You are on page 1of 653

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 2

CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics


I. SET THEORY
A set is any well defined collection of symbols or objects. The objects
comprising the set are called its elements or members.

REPRESENTATION OF A SET

n Tabular Form
All the elements of the set are written in braces { }, each being
separated by a comma.
Example:
If set A is a set of counting numbers, then:
A = {1,2,3, 4,5,...}

o Set Builder Form


Here, the elements are not written explicitly but their characteristic
property or properties are stated and written within braces.
Example:
If set A is a set of natural numbers less than 10, then:
A = {x | x is a natural number < 10}
Where:
“|” is read as “such that”.

KINDS OF SETS
➊ Finite set - a set containing a finite number of elements
Example:
A = {x | x is a natural number ≤ 5} or A = {1,2,3, 4,5}
➋ Infinite set - a set containing an infinite number of elements
Example:
A = {x | x is a natural number} or A = {1,2,3,...}
➌ Singleton - a set having only one element.
Example:
A = {x | x is natural number > 3 but < 5} or A = {4}
➍ Null set - a set having no element. Also called empty set or a void.
Example:
A = {x | x is a natural number between 5 and 6 } or A = φ
➎ Subset - A set “A” is a subset of another set B, if every element of
the set “A” belongs to the set B, denoted by A ⊆ B which is
read as “A is a subset of B” or “A is contained in B”.
Properties of Subsets:
1. Every set is a subset of itself :A ⊆ A
2. Null set is a subset of every set : φ ⊆ A
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
3

s Proper Subset - A set “A” is said to be a proper subset of a set B if A is


a subset of B but is not a subset of A, denoted by A ⊂ B .
Example:
A = {x | x is an odd int eger} ,
B = {x | x is an int eger}
Then,
A ⊂B
➐ Universal Set - A set U is called a universal set, if all the sets under
discussion are subsets of the set U.
Example:
A = {a,c,e,g,i}
B = {b,d, f,h, j} and,
C = {a,b,c,d,e, f,g,h,i, j,...}
Since, sets A and B are subset of the set C, the set C is the universal set.
➑ Equal Sets - Two sets A and B are said to be equal if:
A ⊆ B and B ⊆ A
Example:
A = {1,3,5,7,9} and B = {1,3,5,7,9}
Then, A =B
➒ Equivalent Sets - Two sets A and B having equal number of distinct
elements are said to be equivalent sets.
Example:
A = {3, 4,5,6} and
B = {a,b,c,d}
Since, both sets have the same number of distinct elements, the two sets
are said to be equivalent.

" Note:
3 Equal sets are always equivalent sets but not all equivalent sets
are equal sets
3 Infinite sets are always equivalent.
3 Two sets are equivalent if their Cardinal Number or Order is the
same.

CARDINAL NUMBER OF A SET - the number of distinct elements in a set


A is called the Cardinal Number or its Order and is denoted by n(A) .
Example:
A = {1,3,5,7,9}
Then,
n(A) = 5 → since there are 5 distinct elements
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 4
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
SET OPERATIONS
➊!Union - the union of sets A and B, denoted by A ∪ B , is the set of
elements which belong to A or to B or to both A and B.

Example:

A = { j,o, y}
B = { j,m,q}
☞! A ∪ B = { j,m,o,q, y}

➋!Intersection - the intersection of sets A and B, denoted by A ∩ B , is


the set of elements which belong to both A and B.

Example:
If A and B do not have any
A = { j,o, y} element in common, that is;
B = { j,m,q} A ∩B = ∅ ,
then, A and B are said to be
☞! A ∩ B = { j} disjoint.

"Note:
☞!A set containing of only one element is called a unit set or singleton.

➌!Difference - the difference of sets A and B, is the set of elements


which belong to A but not to B.

Example:
A = { j,o, y}
B = { j,m,q}
☞! A − B = {o, y} and also, B − A = {m,q}
➍!Complement - the complement of a set A, denoted by A c , is the set of
elements which belong to the universal set but not to the set A.

Example:
A = {1,3,5,7,9,...} , and U = {1,2,3,...}
A = {2, 4,6,8,10,...}
c
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
5

Venn Diagram - John Venn, (1834-1883)


¾ A graphical representation defining set operations.

➊ Union, ∪ : ➋ Intersection ∩:

A B A B

A ∪B A ∩B

➌ Complement, A C : ➍ Relative Complement or Difference

A B A B
c
A

A c is shaded A −B

Sample Problem: (Venn - Diagram)


ECE Board November 1998

A club of 40 executives, 33 likes to smoke Marlboro and 20 like to smoke


Philip Morris. How many like both?

Solution:
Let:
x = number of executives who likes to smoke both Marlboro and
Philip Morris

Using Venn - Diagram:

Marlboro
33 − x x 20 − x

Philip Morris

( 33 − x ) + ( 20 − x ) + x = 40
x = 53 − 40
x = 13
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 6
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

ÔLAWS OF THE ALGEBRA OF SETSÔ

1. Idempotent Laws

A∪A = A
A∩A = A

2. Associative Laws

( A ∪ B ) ∪ C = A ∪ (B ∪ C )
( A ∩ B) ∩ C = ( A ∩ B) ∩ C
3. Commutative Laws

A ∪B = B ∪ A
A ∩B = B ∩ A

4. Distributive Laws

A ∪ (B ∩ C ) = ( A ∪ B ) ∩ ( A ∪ C )
A ∩ (B ∪ C ) = ( A ∩ B ) ∪ ( A ∩ C )

5. Identity Laws

A ∪∅ = A
A ∩∅ = A

6. Complement Laws

A ∪ Ac = U
(A )
c
c
=A
A∩A =∅ c

Uc = ∅, ∅ c = U

7. De Morgan’s Laws

( A ∪ B ) = A c ∩ Bc
c

( A ∩ B ) = A c ∪ Bc
c
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
7

II. SET OF NUMBERS

COMPLEX NUMBER
Complex number is an expression involving a combination of real and
imaginary numbers. They are written in the form:

) a + bi ,

where a and b are real numbers.

If:
a = 0 : a + bi → pure imaginary
b = 0 : a + bi → real number
REAL NUMBERS
Real Numbers are the rational and irrational numbers taken together.
Rational Numbers
Are numbers which can be expressed in the form m/n, where m and
n are integers and n ≠ 0 .
Examples:
⎧ 2 3 ⎫
⎨2,5, −4,0, , − ,etc ⎬
⎩ 3 4 ⎭

Irrational Numbers
Are numbers which cannot be expressed in the form m/n.
Example:
{ }
2, 3, π, 4 2,etc
Integers
Integers are the natural numbers, along with their negatives, and
zero (0).
Example:
{−3, −1,0,3,5,etc.}
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 8
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
Natural Numbers
Natural Numbers are numbers, except 0, formed by one or more of
the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 0.
It is also known as Positive Integers.
Examples:
{1,2,3, 4,5,...}
" Note:
The number 0 (zero) is not a natural number, but is considered
as a whole number.

Even Numbers
Are integers divisible by 2 such as 2, 4, 6, 8,..etc.

General Form: 2n

Odd Numbers
Are integers not exactly divisible by 2 such as 7, 11, -5,…etc.

General Form: 2n + 1

Prime Numbers
Are natural numbers that are divisible by 1 and itself only.
Examples:
{2,3,5,7,11,etc.}
Composite Numbers
Are natural numbers that are neither 1 nor a prime number.
Examples:
{4,6,8,10,12,etc.}
"Note:
Number 1 is neither a prime number nor a composite number.

IMAGINARY NUMBERS
Imaginary numbers are the square roots of negative numbers.

−3 = 3i → is an imaginary number

III. ABSOLUTE VALUE


-The absolute value of a real number is its magnitude, or its value without
any reference to its sign.

Properties of Absolute Value


➊ a ≥0 ➋ −a = a
a a
➌ ab = a b ➍ =
b b
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
9

IV. NUMBER DIVERSIONS


Abundant numbers - are numbers whose proper factors add up to more
than the number itself.

Example:

20 = (1,2, 4,5,10 ) → Proper factors of 20


1 + 2 + 4 + 5 + 10 = 22
☞!20 is an abundant number

Deficient numbers - are numbers whose proper factors add up to less


than the number itself.

Example:

16 = (1,2, 4,8 ) → proper factors of 16


1 + 2 + 4 + 8 = 15
☞!16 is a deficient number

Perfect numbers - are numbers whose proper factors add up to the


number itself.

Example:

6 = (1,2,3 ) → proper factors of 6


1+ 2 + 3 = 6
☞!6 is a perfect number

Amicable numbers or Friendly numbers - refers to two numbers where


each is the sum of the proper factors of the other.

Example:
220 = (1,2, 4,5,10,11,20,22, 44,55,110 ) → proper factors of 220
1 + 2 + 4 + 5 + 10 + 11 + 20 + 22 + 44 + 55 + 110 = 284
284 = (1,2, 4,71,142 ) → proper factors of 284
1 + 2 + 4 + 71 + 142 = 220

☞!220 & 284 are an amicable pair


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 10
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
Automorphic numbers
- are numbers whose last digits are unchanged after the number has
been squared.

Example:
( 76 ) = 5776
2

( 625 ) = 390625
2

☞! 76 & 625 are automorphic numbers

Palindrome
- is a numbers which is unchanged whether it is read from left to
right or right to left.

Example:

☞! 66,525,727,123321 are all palindromic numbers

Harshad numbers
- are numbers which can be divided exactly by the sum of its digits.
Example:
1729
1729
1 + 7 + 2 + 9 = 19 → = 91 (exact)
19
☞! 1729 is a Harshad number

Polite numbers
- are numbers which can be made by adding together two or more
consecutive whole numbers.

" Note:
This can often be done in more than one way, and the number of ways it can be
done is a measure of the politeness of a number.

Example:

15 = (1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 ) = ( 4 + 5 + 6 ) = ( 7 + 8 )
☞15 is a polite number with a politeness of 3
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
11

V. BASIC RULES OF ALGEBRA

PROPERTIES OF REAL NUMBERS

1. Closure Property

Addition : a+b
Multiplication : a ⋅b
2. Commutative Property
Addition : a+b = b+a
3m + n2 = n2 + 3m
Multiplication : ab = ba
( m − 2 ) n2 = n2 ( m − 2 )
3. Associative Property of Addition
Addition : ( a + b ) + c = a + (b + c )
(m + 8 ) + 2n2 = m + ( 8 + 2n2 )
Multiplication : ( ab ) c = a ( bc )
( 2m ⋅ 3n )( 5 ) = ( 2m )( 3n ⋅ 5 )
4. Distributive Property
Right Distributive : a ( b + c ) = ab + ac
n ( m + 8 ) = mn + 8n
Left Distributive : ( a + b ) c = ac + bc
(m + 8 ) n = mn + 8n
5. Additive Identity Property

a+0 = a 3m2 + 0 = 3m2


6. Multiplicative Identity Property

a ⋅ 1 = 1⋅ a = a ( 4m ) (1) = (1) ( 4m ) = 4m
2 2 2

7. Additive Inverse Property

a + ( −a ) = 0 5m2 + −5m2 = 0( )
8. Multiplicative Inverse Property
1 ⎛ 1 ⎞
a⋅
a
= 1, a ≠ 0 (m 2
)
+2 ⎜ 2 ⎟ =1
⎝m +2⎠
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 12
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
PROPERTIES OF EQUALITY
1. Reflexive Property
☞! a = a

2. Symmetric Property
☞!If a = b, then b = a

3. Transitive Property
☞!If a = b, and b = c, then a = c

4. Addition Property
☞!If a = b, then a + c = b + c

5. Subtraction Property
☞!If a = b, then a − c = b − c

6. Substitution Property
☞!If a = b, then a can be replaced by b in any expression involving a.

7. Multiplication Property
☞!If a = b, then ( a )( c ) = ( b )( c )

8. Division Property
a b
☞!If a = b, then = , with c ≠ 0
c c

9. Cancellation Property
If a + c = b + c, then a = b
☞!
If ac = bc, then a = b, provided c ≠ 0

OPERATIONS WITH ZERO AND INFINITY

1. a+0 = a 6. 0a = 0

2. a−0 = a 7. a ( ∞ ) = ∞

a
3. a (0) = 0 8. = undefined
0
0 ∞
4. =0 9. =∞
a a
a
5. =0 10. a0 = 1 , a ≠ 0

CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
13

VI. LAWS OF EXPONENTS


Product rule
☞! xm ⋅ xn = xm + n

Quotient rule
xm
☞! n = xm −n , x ≠ 0
x

Power rule
( )
n
☞! xm = xmn

Zero exponent rule


☞! x 0 = 1, x ≠ 0

Negative exponent rule


1
☞! x −n = n , x ≠ 0
x

Expanded power rule


( ax )
m
am x m
☞! = , (provided b ≠ 0, y ≠ 0)
(by )
n
bn y n
p

( )
☞! ⎡ xm ⎤ = xmnp
n

⎣⎢ ⎥⎦

VII. RADICALS
n
¾ A radical is an expression of the form x which denotes the principal
nth root of x.
1
☞! n
x = Xn
Where:
n − index
X − radicand
− radical sign or symbol

In terms of fractional exponent:


m

( X)
m
n
Xm = n
= Xn
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 14
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
PROPERTIES OF RADICALS

( x)
m
1. n
xm = n

2. n
x ⋅ n y = n xy
n
x x
3. = n ,y≠0
n
y y

4. m n
x = mn x

( x)
n
5. n
=x

6. n
xn = x , ( n = even )

n
xn = x, (n = odd)

VIII. SURDS
¾ a numerical expression containing an irrational number.

Pure surds - a pure surd is one which has one factor as a unit and the
other factor as an irrational number.

3, 3
7 → pure surds

Mixed surds - a mixed surd is one which comprises of rational and


irrational numbers.

3 + 5, 2 + 3 6, 2 − 3 etc. → mixed surds

TYPES OF SURDS:

¾ A surd may be quadratic, cubic, quartic etc, depending upon powers


involved.
1
➊!Quadratic surd : 5 or 5 2
1
➋!Cubic surd : 3 5 or 5 3
1
➌!Quartic surd : 4 5 or 5 4
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
15

IX. FACTORS
¾ A factor is a number or expression which divides exactly another
number or expression.

Example:

3 & 5 are factors of 15


( x + y ) & (x − y) are factors of (x 2 − y 2 )
✍! Note:
☞ The proper factors of a number are its entire factor except for the
number itself.

Example:

Factors of 12, F(12) = {1,2,3, 4,6,12}


Proper factors, Fp = {1,2,3, 4,6}

Common Factors
¾ Are factors shared or common of the two or more numbers.

Example:
Common factor of 12 and 18:

Solution:
Factors of 12:
F(12) = {1,2,3, 4,6,12}
Factors of 18:
F(18 ) = {1,2,3,6,9,18}
So the common factor of 12 and 18 are:
☞! F(12) ∩ F(18 ) = {1,2,3,6}

Lowest Common Factors (L.C.F.)

Example:
ECE Board April 1998
What is the lowest common factor of 10 and 32?

Solution:
Prime factors of 10 = 5 × 2
Prime factors of 32 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2

Thus, the lowest factor common to 10 and 32 is:


F2∩32 = 2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 16
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
HIGHEST COMMON FACTOR (H.C.F.)

¾ The Highest Common Factor (H.C.F.) of two or more numbers is the


common factor of all those numbers which has the greatest value.

Example:

Find the (H.C.F.) of 240,600 and 720:

Solution:
F( 240 ) = 3 × 5 × 24 ⎫

⎪ prime factors of the
F( 600 ) = 3 × 52 × 23 ⎬ numbers in canonical

F( 720 ) = 32 × 5 × 24 ⎪ form.

Thus, the H.C.F. is:
H.C.F. = 3 × 5 × 23
✍!Note:
☞ The proper factors of a number are its entire factor except for
the number itself.

X. MULTIPLE
¾ A multiple is a number made by multiplying together two other
numbers.

COMMON MULTIPLE
A whole number which is a multiple of a group of numbers.

Example:

Find the multiples of 2 and 4 that are greater than 10 but less than 20.

Solution:
Multiples of 2 greater than 10 but less than 20:
= {12,14,16,18}
Multiples of 4 greater than 10 but less than 20:
= {12,16}
Thus, the common multiples of 2 and 4 are:
☞ M2 ∩ M4 = {12,16}
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
17

LEAST COMMON MULTIPLE


- the least integer that is a multiple of each of the given numbers

Example:

Find the L.C.M. of 240, 600 and 720.

Solution:
F( 240 ) = 3 × 5 × 24 ⎫
⎪ prime factors of the

F( 600 ) = 3 × 52 × 23 ⎬ numbers in canonical
⎪ form.
F( 720 ) = 32 × 5 × 24 ⎪

Thus, the L.C.M. is:
L.C.M. = 24 × 32 × 52
☞! L.C.M. = 3600

Relationship Between H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two numbers:

Pr oduct of Two Numbers = (H.C.M.)(L.C.M.)


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 18
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
XI. SPECIAL PRODUCTS
1. Product of Two Similar Binomials:

( x + a )( x + b ) = x 2 + ( a + b ) x + ab
( ax + b )( cx + d) = acx 2 + (bc + ad) x + bd
2. Product of the Sum and Difference of Two Terms

( x + y )( x − y ) = x 2 − y 2
3. Square of a Binomial

(x + y)
2
= x 2 + 2xy + y 2

(x − y)
2
= x 2 − 2xy + y 2

4. Square of a Trinomial

( x + y + z) = x 2 + y 2 + z2 + 2 ( xy + xz + yz )
2

5. Square of a Polynomial
( a + b + c + ...)
2
= a2 + b2 + c 2 + ...
+2a ( b + c + ...)
+2b ( c + ...) + 2c (...)
6. Cube of a Binomial

(x + y)
3
= x 3 + 3x 2 y + 3xy 2 + y 3

(x − y)
3
= x 3 − 3x 2 y + 3xy 2 − y 3

7. Other Products:

(x + y)
4
= x 4 + 4x 3 y + 6x 2 y 2 + 4xy 3 + y 4

(x − y)
4
= x 4 − 4x 3 y + 6x 2 y 2 − 4xy 3 + y 4

(x + y)
5
= x 5 + 5x 4 y + 10x 3 y 2 + 10x 2 y 3 + 5xy 4 + y 5

(x − y)
5
= x 5 − 5x 4 y + 10x 3 y 2 − 10x 2 y 3 + 5xy 4 − y 5

(x + y)
6
= x 6 + 6x 5 y + 15x 4 y 2 + 20x 3 y 3 + 15x 2 y 4 + 6xy 5 + y 6

(x − y)
6
= x 6 − 6x 5 y + 15x 4 y 2 − 20x 3 y 3 + 15x 2 y 4 − 6xy 5 + y 6
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
19

XII. FACTORING
The process of writing polynomial as a product .

COMMON MONOMIAL FACTOR


☞! cx + cy = c ( x + y )

FACTORING SPECIAL POLYNOMIAL FORMS

ƒ Difference of Two Squares

☞! x 2 − y 2 = ( x + y )( x − y )

ƒ Perfect Square Trinomial

☞! x 2 + 2xy + y 2 = ( x + y )
2

☞! x 2 − 2xy + y 2 = ( x − y )
2

ƒ Sum or Difference of Two Cubes

(
☞! x 3 + y 3 = ( x + y ) x 2 − xy + y 2 )
☞! x − y
3 3
= (x − y) (x 2
+ xy + y 2
)
OTHER TRINOMIALS

☞! x 2 + (a + b)x + ab = (x + a)(x + b)
☞! acx 2 + (ad + bc)x + bd = (ax + b)(cx + d)

FACTORING BY GROUPING

☞! ac + bc + ad + bd = c(a + b) + d(a + b)
= (a + b)(c + d)

FACTORING (xn ± y n )
(
☞! x 4 − y 4 = ( x − y )( x + y ) x 2 + y 2 )
(
☞! x 5 + y 5 = ( x + y ) x 4 − x 3 y + x 2 y 2 − xy 3 + y 4 )
☞! x − y
5 5
= (x − y) (x 4
+ x y + x y + xy + y
3 2 2 3 4
)
(
☞! x 6 − y 6 = ( x − y )( x + y ) x 2 + xy + y 2 )( x 2
− xy + y 2 )
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 20
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
XIII. FRACTION
A number expressed as a quotient in the form :
a
→b≠0
b
where:
a is called numerator
b is called denominator
If:
a < b → proper fraction
a > b → improper fraction

OPERATIONS WITH FRACTIONS

⎛ b ⎞ ab ⎛a⎞
ƒ a⎜ ⎟ = ⎜b⎟ a
⎝c⎠ c ⎝ ⎠=
c bc
a b a+b
ƒ + =
c c c a ac
=
a b ad + bc ⎛b⎞ b
ƒ + = ⎜ ⎟
c d cd ⎝c⎠
ab + ac ⎛a⎞
ƒ =b+c
a ⎜ b ⎟ ad
⎝ ⎠=
a−b b−a ⎛ c ⎞ bc
ƒ = ⎜ ⎟
c −d d−c ⎝d⎠

A fractional expression is a quotient of two algebraic expressions.

COMPLEX FRACTIONS
- a complex fraction is one which has one or more fractions in the
numerator or denominator.
1
x+
☞! x → main fraction line
2
1−
x
¾ To simplify a complex fraction:
1. Reduce the numerator and denominator to a simple fraction
2. Divide the two resulting fraction.
Example:
⎛ x − 1⎞
⎜ 5 ⎟ ⎛ x − 1 ⎞ ⎛ x ⎞ x(x − 1)
⎝ ⎠=
x+3 ⎜ 5 ⎟ ⋅ ⎜ x + 3 ⎟ = 5(x + 3)
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
x
A fraction is in reduced form if its numerator and denominator have no
factors aside from ±1 .
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
21

XIV. RATIONALIZATION
¾ To rationalize the denominator of a fraction means to remove all
radicals from the denominator

To rationalize a denominator, multiply both the numerator and


denominator by an appropriate factor that will make the denominator free
from radicals

Example:
Rationalizing Single-Term Denominator
5 5 ⎛ 2⎞ 5 2
= ⎜ ⎟=
3 2 3 2 ⎜⎝ 2 ⎟⎠ 6

Example:
Rationalizing Two-Term Denominator
3 3 ⎛2− 7 ⎞
= ⎜ ⎟ → multiply by conjugate
2 + 7 2 + 7 ⎜⎝ 2 − 7 ⎟⎠

=
(
3 2− 7 )
( 7)
2
2 −
2

(
☞! = − 2 − 7 )
XV. RATIO AND PROPORTION

RATIO
The ratio of two numbers a and b may be written as :
a
a to b, a:b or
b
Where:
a is called the antecedent
b is called the consequent

PROPORTION
A proportion is a statement of equality between two ratios
P
means
→ means
a:b = c :d a c


=
extremes
b d
→ extremes

where:
a and d → are called extremes
b and c → are called means
d → is called the fourthproportional to a,b,and c
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 22
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
Mean Proportional of a Proportion:
If;

a:x = x:c x = ac

then;
x is called mean proprtional between a and c
c is called third proportional to a and x

"Note:
In any proportion, the product of the means is equal to the product of the
extremes.

Example 1: (mean proportional )


Find the mean proportional between 2 and 32.

Solution:
2 x
=
x 32
x 2 = 64
x=8
☞ 8 → mean proportional to 2 and 32

Example 2: (third proportional)


Find the third proportional of the square of 3 and the cube root of 27.

Solution:
(3)2 3
27
=
3
27 x
9 3
=
3 x
x =1
☞ 1 → third proportional
Example 3: ( fourth proportional)
Find the fourth proportional to -2,5, and 6.

Solution:
−2 6
=
5 x
−2x = 30
x = −15
☞ x = −15 → fourth proportional
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
23

LAWS OF PROPORTION
a c
ƒ If = ; then ad = bc
b d
a c b d
ƒ If = ; then =
b d a c
a c a b
ƒ If = ; then =
b d c d
a c a±b c ±d
ƒ If = ; then =
b d b d
a c a+b c +d
ƒ If = ; then =
b d a −b c −d
XVI. VARIATION
TYPES OF VARIATION

➊ Direct Variation:
Statement:
If y is directly proportional to x, then, y α x
In Equation Form:
y = kx

➋ Inverse Variation:
Statement:
1
If y varies inversely as x: y α
x
In Equation Form:
⎛ 1⎞
y = k⎜ ⎟
⎝x⎠

➌ Joint Variation:
Statement:

If y varies jointly as x and z: y α xz


In Equation Form:
y = kxz
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 24
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

➍ Combined Variation:
Statement:
x
If y varies directly as x and inversely to z: yα
z

In Equation Form:
⎛x⎞
y = k⎜ ⎟
⎝z⎠
Generally, a combined variation is a combination of two or more types of
variation.

Sample Problem ECE Board April, 2004 -( Variation)

Given that w varies directly as the product of x and y and inversely as the
square of z and that w = 4 when x = 2; y = 6 and z = 3. What is the value
of w, when x = 1, y = 4 and z = 2?

Solution:
xy
wα → combined variation
z2
xy
w = k 2 → working equation
z
Solving for k :
(2)(6)
4=k
(3)2
k=3
Solve w using k=3:
(3)(1)(4)
w=
(2)2
w =3
Thus,
☞ Ans: 3
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
25

XVII. COUNTING TECHNIQUES


PRINCIPLE OF COUNTING
“If a first event can be performed in “ n1 ” different ways and after this has
happened, a second event can be performed in “ n2 ” different ways, then
the two events can happen in n1 ⋅ n2 ways.”
✍!Note:
This principle can be extended to more than two events ( n1 ⋅ n2 ⋅ n3 ⋅ ...)

EXAMPLE Principle of Counting


How many 3-digit number can be formed from the digits 1, 3, 4, 6,7and 9 if
each digit is to be used once.

Solution:
Applying fundamental principle of counting:
The first box can be filled in 6 ways:
Since repetitions is not allowed,
The second box can be filled in 5 ways:
The third box can be filled in 4 ways:

6 4 fdfd
N N = 120 numbers
fdfd 5
N fdfd
6 ways 5 ways 4 ways
Thus,
There are 120 different 3-digit numbers that can be formed out of
the given digits

FACTORIAL NOTATION
If n is a positive integer, n factorial denoted by n! is defined as:

n! = 1⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ n
Example:
4! = 1⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 = 24

Recursive Formula for n!:

0! = 1 and n! = n ⋅ (n − 1)!

Stirling’s Approximation to n!: (James Stirling)


When n is very large positive integer:
( )
n! ≈ 2πn nn e −n
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 26
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
PERMUTATION
¾ An arrangement of a set of objects or things in a specific or definite
order.
➊ Permutation of n different objects taken r at a time:
n!
☞! nPr = → (n > r )
(n − r ) !

➋ Permutation of n different objects taken all at a time:


☞! nPn = n! → ( n = r )
➌ Permutation of n objects not all distinct:
- permutation of n things taken all at a time, of which p are alike, q are
alike, r are alike, etc..
n!
☞! P=
p!q!r !...
➍ Circular or Cyclic Permutation :
- number of ways of arranging n different things around a circle
☞! P = ( n − 1) !

EXAMPLE (Permutation of n objects not all distinct )

Find the number of permutation that can be formed from the word
COMMITTEE.

Solution:
n=9
2M' s, 2 T ' s, 2E ' s
9!
P= = 45,360
2! 2! 2!

EXAMPLE (Cyclic Permutation)

In how many ways can 10 people be seated at a round table?

Solution:
P = (n − 1)!
P = 362,880 ways
P = (10 − 1)!
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
27

COMBINATION
¾ An arrangement of a set of objects or things where order does not
count.
➊ Combination of n different objects taken r at a time:

n! nPr
" nCr = =
(n − r ) !r ! r!

EXAMPLE ( Combination )
In a certain basketball team of 12 players, how many different starting
lineups are possible?

Solution:
n = 12
r = 5 → for each starting lineup in a basketball is composed of 5
players
n! 12!
nCr = =
(n − r ) !r ! (12 − 5 ) !5!
= 792 ways
Or:
C = 12C5 = 792 ways → using calculator
Thus:
There are 792 different starting lineups

Supplementary Problem: - (ECE Board April 1998)


A semiconductor company will hire 7 men and 4 women. In how many
ways can the company chose from 9 men and 6 women who qualified for
the position?

Solution:
The number of combinations of n different things taken r at a time is:
n!
nCr =
(n − r ) !r !
The number of ways to select 7 out of 9 qualified men is:
= 9C7
The number of ways to select 4 out of 6 qualified women is:
= 6C4
Applying principle of counting, the total number of ways:
= ( 9C7 )( 6C4 )
= 540 ways
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 28
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

o Combination of n different things taken 1,2,3…n at a time:

" C = nC1 + nC2 + ... + nCn


" C = 2n − 1

EXAMPLE ( Combination )

In how many ways can a teacher choose one or more students from
five eligible students?

Solution:

C = 5C1 + 5C2 + 5C3 + 5C4 + 5C5


C = 5 + 10 + 10 + 5 + 1
C = 31 ways

Alternate Solution:
From the formula: C = 2n − 1

no. of ways = 2n − 1 = 25 − 1
no. of ways = 31 ways

p Combination of n different objects taken all at a time:

" nCn = 1 → for r = n

EXAMPLE ( Combination )

Find the number of 6- digit combination from the digits 0,1,2,3,4,5,6.

Solution:

n! 6!
C= = (note : 0! = 1)
(n − r ) !r ! ( 6 − 6 ) ! 6!
6!
C= =1
6!
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
29

XVIII. BINOMIAL EXPANSION


BINOMIAL THEOREM: Expansion of ( x ± y )
n

n ( n − 1) x n − 2 y 2
(x + y)
n
= xn + nxn −1 + + ... + nxyn −1 + yn
(r − 1) !

(x + y)0 = 1
(x + y)1 = x + y
(x + y)2 = x 2 + 2xy + y 2
(x + y)3 = x 3 + 3x 2 y + 3xy 2 + y 3
(x + y)4 = x 4 + 4x 3 y + 6x 2 y 2 + 4xy 3 + y 4
(x + y)5 = x 5 + 5x 4 y + 10x 3 y 2 + +104x 2 y 3 + 5xy 4 + y 5

Important Properties
1. In each expansion, there are n + 1 terms.
2. The first and last terms are x n and y n , respectively.
3. The sum of exponents in every term is n.
4. The coefficient of any term is nCk , where k is the exponent of either
x or y.
5. The exponent of x decreases by 1, term by term from n to 0; the
exponent of y increases by 1, term by term from 0 to n.
6. The coefficients of the terms equidistant from ends are equal.

Coefficient of next term:

" C=
( coeff.of previous term)( exp.of x of the previous term )
( exp.of y of the previous term + 1)
Coefficient of any term: for ( x + y )
n

" Coefficient of any term = nCr

Where:
r = either exp onent of x or y

General term of the expansion

ƒ Term with yr :
☞! yrth term = nCr xn −r yr
ƒ r th term:
n − ( r −1)
☞! r th term = nCr −1x y r −1
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 30
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

EXAMPLE ( rth term of the expansion )

( )
11
Find the fourth term of the expansion a2 − b2 .

Solution:
n = 11 r = 4 → fourth term
n −r +1= 8 r −1 = 3

r th term = nCr −1 ( x ) (y)


n − r +1 r −1

( ) ( −b )
8 3
4 th term = 11C3 a2 2

4 th term = −165a16b6

Thus, the fourth term of the expansion is −165a16b6

EXAMPLE ( term in the expansion with yr )

Find the term involving y 5 in the expansion of ( x + y ) .


15

Solution:
n = 15 r =5 n − r = 10

term with y rth = nCr ( x )(y)


n −r r

term with y = 15C5 ( x ) ( y )


5 10 5
From:
term with y 5 = 3,003x10 y 5

Thus, the term with y 5 is 3,003x10 y 5 .

Supplementary Problems 1:
12
⎛ 1⎞
Find the term involving a3 in the expansion of ⎜ a2 + ⎟ .
⎝ a⎠
Solution:
Let:
r = term in the expansion involving a3

From the formula for rth term:


r th term = nCr −1xn −r +1yr −1
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
31

1
Where: x = a2 n = 12 y=
a
Substitute the values of x, y, and n to the formula and collect factors
involving a:
r −1
⎛ 1⎞
( )
13 − r
r th = 12Cr −1 a2 ⎜a⎟
⎝ ⎠
Factors involving a:
(a2 )13 −r (a −r +1 ) = a3
(a)26 − 2r (a)−r +1 = a3
a27 − 3r = a3
27 − 3r = 3
r=8
Thus, the term involving a3 is:
8 −1
⎛ 1⎞
rth term = 12C8 −1(a2 )12 − 8 +1 ⎜ ⎟
⎝a⎠
10 ⎛ 1 ⎞
rth term = 12C7 ( a ) ⎜ 7 ⎟ = 792a3
⎝a ⎠
Supplementary Problem 2:
9
⎛ 1⎞
Find the constant term in the expansion of ⎜ x 2 − ⎟ .
⎝ x⎠
Solution:
Let:
r = the term in the expansion free from x
From:
r −1
⎛ 1⎞
( )
9 − r +1
9Cr −1xn −r +1yr −1 = 9Cr −1 x 2 ⎜ ⎟
⎝x⎠
Collect factors involving x and equate to x 0 .
r −1
⎛ 1⎞
(x )
9 − r +1
2
⎜x⎟ = x0
⎝ ⎠
(x 18 − 2r + 2
)( x ) = x
− r +1 0

x 21− 3r = x 0
21 − 3r = 0
r=7
Thus, the required term is the 7th term:
7 −1
⎛ 1⎞
( )
9 − 7 +1
= 9C7 −1 x 2 ⎜x⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ 1⎞
= 84x 6 ⎜ 6 ⎟
⎝x ⎠
= 84 → term free from x
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 32
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

Sum of Exponents in the expansion:

" S = n ( n + 1) → for (x + y)n

n ( n + 1)( a + b )
" S= → for (x a + yb )n
2

EXAMPLE (Sum of Exponents)

Find the sum of exponents in the expansion ( x + y ) .


5

Solution:
S = 5 ( 5 + 1)
S = 30

EXAMPLE (Sum of Exponents)

Find the sum of exponents in the expansion of (x 2 + 3y)20 .


Solution:
20(20 + 1)(2 + 1)
S= = 630
2

Sum of coefficients:

Substitute 1 to every variable in each term and subtract the constant k n .

(x + y) = (1 + 1)
n n
"

EXAMPLE (Sum of Coefficients)

Find the sum of coefficients of ( 2x + y ) .


10

Solution:
( 2x + y ) = ⎡⎣( 2 )(1) + 1⎤⎦
10 10
= 59,049

Supplementary Problem 1:
Find the sum of coefficients of ( 2x + y − 2 )
8

Solution:
⎡⎣( 2 × 1) + 1 − 2 ⎤⎦ − ( −2 ) = (1) − 256 = −255
8 8 8
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
33

PASCAL’S TRIANGLE (BLAISE PASCAL, 1150-1617)


- is an array of numbers, in the shape of an isosceles triangle, having a 1
at the top and also at the ends of each line. All the other numbers are
made by adding the pair of numbers closest to them in the line above.

(x + y)
0
1
(x + y)
1
1 1
(x + y)
2
1 ➋ 1
(x + y)
3
1 ➌ ➌ 1
(x + y)
4
1 ➍ ➏ ➍ 1
( x + y )6
5
1 5 10 10 5 1
1 6 15 20 15 6 1 (x + y)

Properties of Pascal’s Triangle


1. Each row begins and ends with a 1.
2. The numbers of the nth row of this array can be obtained by adding
the two numbers appearing directly above it.
Example:
Consider row 4:
+3
1N 3
N +3 +1
3N
➍ ➏ ➍
kl; jsdjsdkskdhsdg


elements of row 4

EXAMPLE (Using Pascal’s Triangle)

Expand: (x + y)6

Solution:
Using pascal’s triangle:

(x + y) = x 6 y 0 + 6x 5 y + ( 5 + 10 ) x 4 y 2 + (10 + 10 ) x 3 y 3 + (10 + 5 ) x 2 y 4
6

+ ( 5 + 1) xy 5 + x 0 y 6

(x + y)
6
= x 6 + 6x 5 y + 15x 4 y 2 + 20x 3 y 3 + 15x 2 y 4 + 6xy 5 + y 6
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 34
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
XIX. MATHEMATICAL SEQUENCE
¾ A sequence of numbers is a set of numbers in a definite or specific
order and formed according to a definite rule. The numbers of the
sequence are called terms.

nth term of the Sequence


a1,a2 ,a3 ,...,an
Where:
a1 = first term of a sequence
a2 = sec ond term of a sequence
a3 = third term of a sequence
an = nth term of the sequence
Example:
The sequence for which an = 2n + 1 is:
3,5,7,...,2n + 1,...
where:
n = 1,2,3,...

Sample Problem Mathematical Sequence

What are the first four terms of the sequence whose general term
is 2n2 − 1 ?

Solution:
Evaluate the general term 2n2 − 1 with n = 1,2,3, and 4 .
an = 2n2 − 1 → general term
When:
( )
n = 1: a1 = 2 ⋅ 12 − 1 = 1
n = 2 : a2 = (2 ⋅ 2 ) − 1 = 7
2

n = 3 : a3 = ( 2 ⋅ 3 ) − 1 = 17
2

n = 4 : a4 = ( 2 ⋅ 4 ) − 1 = 31
2

Thus, the first four terms are:


1, 7, 17, 31
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
35

XX. PROGRESSION
¾ A sequence of values in which each term is obtained from the
preceding term in the same way.

ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION (A.P.)


- a sequence in which the difference between any two consecutive term
is constant.

General Form of an A.P.

☞! a1, a2 ,a3 ,...,an ,...

where:
a2 − a1 = a3 − a2 = d → common difference

nth term of an A.P. ✍! Alternate Solution:


nth term of an A.P.:
☞! a1, a2 ,a3 ,...,an an = nd + c
where:
ƒ an = a1 + ( n − 1) d
c = am − md
ƒ an = a2 + ( n − 2 ) d am = any term in A.P.
ƒ an = am + ( n − m ) d n = number of terms
d = common difference
Sum of A.P.

⎛ a + an ⎞
ƒ S = n⎜ 1 ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠
n
ƒ S = ⎡⎣2a1 + ( n − 1) d⎤⎦
2

Arithmetic Mean:

a1 + a3
ƒ AM = a2 =
2

Where:
d = common difference
n = number of terms
an = nth term or last term
am = any term before an
S = sum of first n terms
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 36
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
GEOMETRIC PROGRESSION (G.P.)
- a sequence in which the ratio of each term to its preceding term
remains the same.

General Form of G.P.

" a1,a2 ,a3 ,...an ,...

Where:
a 2 a3
= = r → common ratio
a1 a2

nth term of G.P.


☞! a1,a2 ,a3 ,...an

ƒ an = a1r n −1
ƒ an = a2r n − 2
ƒ an = amr n −m

Sum of Finite G.P.

⎛ r n − 1⎞
ƒ S = a1 ⎜ ⎟ → if r > 1
⎝ r −1 ⎠
⎛ 1− rn ⎞
ƒ S = a1 ⎜ ⎟ → if r < 1
⎝ 1− r ⎠

Sum of Infinite G.P.

If: (r > 1 and n = ∞ ) → r n = ∞


ƒ S=∞
If: (r < 1 and n = ∞ ) → r n = 0
a1
ƒ S=
1− r

Geometric Mean:

ƒ GM = a2 = a1a3
Where:
r = common ratio n = number of terms
an = n term or last term
th
am = any term before an
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
37

Solving for the two numbers a and b given AM and GM:

( AM)
2
a = AM + − (GP)2

( AM)
2
b = AM − − (GP)2
Where:
AM = arithmetic mean between a and b
GM = geometric mean between a and b

EXAMPLE (Arithmetic and Geometric Mean)

The geometric mean and the arithmetic mean of the two numbers are 8
and 17, respectively. Find one of the numbers.

Solution:

xy = 8
✍ Alternate Solution:
xy = 64 From:
x+y x = AM ± AM2 − GM2
= 17
2 x1 = 17 + 172 − 82
x + y = 34 x1 = 32

64 x 2 = 17 − 172 − 82
x+ = 34 x2 = 2
x
x − 34x + 64 = 0
2

( x − 32 )( x − 2) = 0
Thus, the number is:
$ either 32 or 2

HARMONIC PROGRESSION (H.P.)


- a sequence of terms in which each term is the reciprocal of the
corresponding term of a series in arithmetic progression.

Harmonic Mean
2a1a3
ƒ HM =
a1 + a3

EXAMPLE (Arithmetic and Geometric Mean)


What is the harmonic mean between 1/2 and1/6?

Solution:
1
2 (1 2 )(1 6 ) 6 1
HM = = =
1 2 +1 6 2 4
3
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 38
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
XXI. SYSTEMS OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

LINEAR EQUATION IN ONE UNKNOWN


➊!General Form:
ax + b = 0
➋!Solution: (solving for the root)
b
x=−
a
SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO UNKNOWNS
➊! General Form:
a1x + b1y = c1
a2 x + b 2 y = c 2
➋! Methods of finding Simultaneous Solution:
ƒ Solution by addition/subtraction
ƒ Solution by back substitution
ƒ Solution by comparison
ƒ Graphical solution

Steps in Solving System of Linear Equations in Two unknowns by


Addition/Subtraction or Elimination method:
1. Rewrite each equation so that the terms containing variables appear
on the left side of the equal sign and any constants appear on the
right side of the equal sign.
2. If necessary, multiply one or both equations by a constant(s) so that
when the equations are added the resulting sum will contain only one
variable.
3. Add/subtract the equations eliminating one of the variable and
leaving a single equation containing only one unknown.
4. Solve for the unknown in step 3.
5. Substitute the value found in step 4 into either of the two original
equations. Finally, solve the value of the remaining unknown.
Example 1 : (Elimination by addition)
Solve for x and y in the following equations.
3x + 2y = 4
x − 2y = 8
Solution:
3x + 2y = 4 → equation X
x − 2y = 8 → equation Y
4x = 12 → add equations
x=3
Substituting x = 3 to any of the original equation we get y = −5 / 2 .
Thus:
The solution is (3, −5 / 2)
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
39

Example 2: (Elimination by subtraction)

Solve the following system of linear equations.


3x − 2y = 7
x + 3y = −5
Solution:
3x − 2y = 7 → equation X
3x + 9y = −15 → equation Y×3
− 11y = 22 → subtract equations
y = −2
Back-substituting y = −2 to equation n, we get x = 1 .
Thus:
The solution is (1, −2)

Alternate Solution: (elimination by comparison)

7 + 2y
x= → from equation X
3
x = −5 − 3y → from equation Y
Equate x and simplify
7 + 2y
= −5 − 3y
3
11y = −22
y = −2
Again by back-substituting y = −2 to equation 1 we obtain the value x = 1 .
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 40
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
XXII. PROPERTIES OF ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSION IN ONE VARIABLE
THE QUADRATIC EQUATION
➊! General Form:
ax 2 + bx + c = 0
➋! Methods of finding the roots:
ƒ By factoring
ƒ By completing the square
ƒ By quadratic formula
➌! The Quadratic Formula:
−b ± b2 − 4ac
x=
2a

➍! The Discriminant:
In the Quadratic Formula, the quantity under the radical sign

b2 − 4ac

is called the discriminant.


➎! Nature of the roots: (by discriminant)
If, the discriminant;
ƒ b2 − 4ac = 0 , then, the roots are real and equal
ƒ b2 − 4ac > 0 and
9 Perfect square: the roots are real, rational and unequal
9 NOT a perfect square: the roots are real, irrational and
unequal
ƒ b2 − 4ac < 0 , then, the roots are complex conjugate
✍!Note:
Irrational roots of a quadratic equation with rational coefficients
always occur in pairs. (i.e. if one root is p + q , the other root must be
p− q.
➏! Relationship Between Roots and Coefficients
ƒ Sum of roots:
b
x1 + x 2 = −
a
ƒ Product of roots:
c
x1 ⋅ x 2 =
a
ƒ For opposite roots:
If, x 2 = − x1 , then, b = 0 .
ƒ For reciprocal roots:
If, x1 & x 2 are reciprocal to each other, then, x1 ⋅ x 2 = 1 .
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
41

Example ECE Board Problem

The equation whose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of 2x 2 − 3x − 5 = 0 .

Solution:
Solving for the roots of the given equation:
2x 2 − 3x − 5 = 0
( 2x − 5 )( x + 1) = 0
x = 5 2 ; x = −1
The new roots required are:
x1 ' = 2 5 ; x 2 ' = − 1
Thus, the required equation is:
⎛ 2⎞
⎜ x − 5 ⎟ ( x + 1) = 0
⎝ ⎠
⎛ 5x − 2 ⎞
⎜ 5 ⎟ ( x + 1) = 0
⎝ ⎠
5x 2 + 3x − 2 = 0

Example Property of Discriminant

Determine the value of k so that the equation 3x 2 + kx + 12 = 0 will have just


one real solution.

Solution:

One real solution means that the discriminant, b2 − 4ac = 0 .


From the given equation:
a=3 b=k c = 12
By discriminant:
k 2 − 4 ( 3 )(12 ) = 0
k 2 = 144
k = ±12
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 42
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
THE CUBIC EQUATION
➊! General Form:
x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c = 0
➋! Methods of finding the roots:
ƒ By synthetic division: ( trial and error)
ƒ Cardan’s Method: (Exact)
¾ Synthetic Division:
To divide x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c = 0 by ( x − k ) , use the following pattern:

k 1 a b c
k (1)

1 r Remainder


Coefficients of Quotient

✍!Note:
Synthetic division works only for divisors of the form (x − k) .
Do not use synthetic division to divide a polynomial by a
quadratic such as x 2 − 5 .

¾ Cardan’s Method:

1
x1 = S + T − a
3
1 1 i
x2 = − (S + T ) − a + 3 (S − T )
2 3 2
1 1 i
x3 = − ( S + T ) − a − 3 (S − T )
2 3 2

➌! The Discriminant:

D = Q3 + R 2

Where:
D = discriminant
3b − a2 9ab − 27c − 2a3
Q= R=
9 54

And also;
3
S = R + Q3 + R 2
3
T = R − Q3 + R 2
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
43

q Nature of roots :( by discriminant)


If, the discriminant
ƒ Q3 + R 2 = 0 , (all roots are real; at least 2 being equal)
ƒ Q3 + R 2 > 0 , (1 real root and 2 complex conjugate)
ƒ Q3 + R 2 < 0 , (all roots are real and unequal)
✍! Note:
For the cases where D = 0 and D > 0 , use Cardan’s method.

r Irreducible case: (solution if D < 0 )


⎛θ⎞ 1
x1 = 2 −Q cos ⎜ ⎟ − a
⎝3⎠ 3
⎛θ ⎞ 1
x 2 = 2 −Q cos ⎜ + 120° ⎟ − a
⎝ 3 ⎠ 3
⎛θ ⎞ 1
x 3 = 2 −Q cos ⎜ + 240° ⎟ − a
⎝3 ⎠ 3
Where:
R
cos θ =
−Q 3

➏! Relationships between roots and coefficients


ƒ Sum of roots:
x1 + x 2 + x 3 = −a
ƒ Product of roots
x1 ⋅ x 2 ⋅ x 3 = −c
ƒ Sum and Product of two roots:
x1x 2 + x1x 3 + x 2 x 3 = b

BIQUADRATIC EQUATION / QUARTIC EQUATION :

n General Form
x 4 + ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = 0

Solution:
Reduce the quartic equation to the form:
( )
y 3 − by 2 + ( ac − 4d) y + 4bd − c 2 − a2d = 0
Then, the roots of the quartic equation are the four roots of the following
equation:
1
( 1
) (
z2 + a ± a2 − 4b + 4y z + y ± y 2 − 4d = 0
2 2
)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 44
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
o Relationships between roots and coefficients
ƒ Sum of roots:
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 = −a
ƒ Product of roots
x1 ⋅ x 2 ⋅ x 3 ⋅ x 4 = d
ƒ Sum and Product combinations of two roots:
x1x 2 + x1x 3 + x1x 4 + x 2 x 3 + x 2 x 4 + x 3 x 4 = b
ƒ Sum and Product combinations of three roots:
x1x 2 x 3 + x 2 x 3 x 4 + x1x 2 x 4 + x1x 3 x 4 = −c

XXIII. THEORY OF EQUATIONS


➊! Number of Roots of an Equation:
)Every rational integral equation f(x) = 0 of the nth degree has
exactly “n” roots.

Example:
x 3 − x − 5 = 0; has 3 roots
x 4 − 2x 2 − 3x − 2 = 0 : has 4 roots
➋! The Remainder Theorem:
)If a polynomial f(x) is divided by ( x − k ) , the remainder is f(k).

Example:
ECE Board Nov. 1999
Given F(x) = (x − 4)(x + 3) + 4 , when F(x) is divided by (x-k), the
remainder is k. Find the value of k.

Solution:
Using remainder theorem, evaluate the function F(x) for
x =k.
F(x) = (x − 4)(x − 3) + 4
F(k) = (k − 4)(k − 3) + 4 = k
k 2 − 2k − 8 = 0
(k − 4)(k + 2) = 0
k = 4 & k = −2
Thus,
& k = 4 or − 2
➌! The Factor Theorem:
)If ( x − k ) is a factor of a polynomial f(x), then, the remainder f(k)=0.
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
45

Example:
Find the value of k for which 2x3 − kx 2 + 6x − 3k is exactly
divisible by (x + 2) .
Solution:
If the given function is exactly divisible by (x + 2) , then the
remainder must be zero (Factor theorem).
2( −2)3 − k( −2)2 + 6( −2) − 3k = 0
−16 − 4k − 12 − 3k = 0
−28 − 7k = 0
k = −4
Thus,
& k = −4

➍ Descarte’s Rule of Signs


) The number of positive real roots of a polynomial f(x) is
either equal to the number of variations in sign of f(x) or less than
that number by an even integer.

)The number of negative real roots of a polynomial f(x) is either


equal to the number of variations in sign of f(-x) or less than that
number by an even integer
✍!Note:
A variation in sign means that two consecutive coefficients have
opposite sign.

Example:
How many imaginary roots are there in the polynomial

x 3 − 2x 2 + 3x − 12 ?
Solution:
By inspection, a variation in sign occurs 3 times, which
means there are 3 or 1 positive real roots .
Test for negative roots:

f( − x) = ( − x)3 − 2( − x)2 + 3( − x) − 12
= − x3 − 2x 2 − 3x − 12

Again, by inspection, there is no variation in sign, which


means that the function has no real negative roots. Thus, the
number of imaginary roots of the given polynomial is either 0 (for 3
positive real roots) or 2 (for 1 positive real -root)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 46
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

r Relation Between Roots and Coefficients of a Polynomial


From General Form:
xn + k1xn −1 + k 2 xn− 2 + k 3 xn−3 + ... + kn −1x + k n = 0
ƒ Sum of roots = −k1
ƒ Product of roots = ( −1)n k n
ƒ Sum of product of two roots = k 2
ƒ Sum and product of three roots = −kn

XXIV. DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS


LONG DIVISION

Example:
Divide x 2 + 3x + 5 by x − 1 . Find the quotient and the remainder.
Solution:
x+4 Quotient
Divisor x −1 x 2 + 3x + 5 Dividend
x2 − x
4x + 5
4x − 4
Thus; 9 Remainder
9
☞! x + 4 + → (result in fraction form)
x −1

SYNTHETIC DIVISION : (for a Cubic Polynomial):


- short cut for long division
To divide ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = 0 by ( x − k ) ,the following pattern is
suggested:

k ⓐ ⓑ ⓒ ⓓ
ka

ⓐ ⓡ Remainder


Coefficients of Quotient

" Note:
Synthetic division works only for divisors of the form ( x − k ) . Do not
use synthetic division to divide a polynomial by a quadratic such as
x2 − 5 .
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
47

Example:
Divide 6x 3 + 5x 2 − 3x + 9 by 3x − 2 .

Solution:
Using Synthetic division:
2
k= , a = 6, b = 5, c = −3, d = 9
3
( 2 / 3 ) ➏ ➎ -➌ ➒
4 6 2

➏ 9 3 11 Remainder

11
Thus, 6x 2 + 9x + 3x +
3x − 2
XXV. FUNCTIONS
¾ A function is a relationship between two variables such that to each
value of the independent variable there corresponds exactly one
value of the dependent variable.

FUNCTION NOTATION
y = f(x)
Where:
y is the dependent variable
x is the independent variable
f(x) is the value of the function at x

TYPES OF FUNCTIONS

1. Constant function : y=C

2. Linear function : y = c1x + c 2

3. Quadratic function : y = a2 x 2 + a1x + ao (a2 ≠ 0)

4. Cubic function : y = a3 x 3 + a2 x 2 + a1x + ao (a3 ≠ 0)

g(x)
5. Rational function : y=
h(x)
6. Power function : y = axn (n = any real number)

7. Polynomial function : f(x) = an xn + an −1xn −1 + ... + ao


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 48
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
Test for Odd and Even functions:

A function given by y = f(x) is:


Even function, If f( − x) = f(x)
Odd function, If f( − x) = −f(x)
Example:
A function x 5 − x is odd because
f( − x) = ( − x)5 − ( − x) = − x 5 + x = −(x 5 − x) = −f(x)
A function x 2 − 3 is even because
f( − x) = ( − x)2 − 3 = x 2 − 3 = f(x)

XXVI. LINEAR INEQUALITIES


PROPERTIES OF INEQUALITIES

➊ Transitive Property:
If, a < b and b < c then, a < c
Or,
If, a > b and b > c then, a > c
➋ Addition Property:
If, a < b and c < d then,a + c < b + d
Or,
If, a > b and c > d then,a + c > b + d
p Subtraction Property
If, a < b and c = d then,a − c < b − d
Or,
If, a > b and c = d then, a − c > b − d
q Addition of constant:
if, a < b then, a + c < b + c
r Multiplying by a constant:
For c > 0, a < b → ac < bc
For c < 0, a < b → ac > bc

TRICHOTOMY PROPERTY is stated as follows:


If the numbers a and b are given, then a > b or a < b or a = b .

" Note:
In all cases above, a, b, c, and d are real numbers
Word Problems
In Algebra
I. AGE PROBLEMS
MODIFIERS OF TIME FOR CLASSIFICATION OF AGES:
➊ Present Age :
“ ages now”
“at present ”
All carry the same meaning and indicate period in the present time.

➋ Past Age :
“ years ago”
“was at that time”
“years back”
“in the last (number of) years
All indicate periods back into the past, and imply subtracting such
number of years from the present ages of the parties involved.

➌ Future Age :
“ years from now”
“years hence”
“years after”
“in (a number of) years”
All indicate periods in the future, and imply adding such number of years
to the present ages of the parties involved.

" Note:
It is recommended to assume the present age to be the reference in
solving age problems and just add the number of years to come or
subtract the number of years passed for future and past age,
respectively.
Example
If Earnest is twice as old as Harry, this means that their ages now
could be represented as:
x = age of Harry now
2x = age of Earnest now
If the problem then states that 5 years ago, Earnest was three
times as old as Harry, you have to represent their ages 5 years ago
by simply subtracting 5 from their ages now.
x − 5 = age of Harry 5 years ago
2x − 5 = age of Earnest 5 years ago.
Now you can set up the equation using the fact that Earnest was
then three time as old Harry.
2x − 5 = 3(x − 5)
Finally, solve for the required age or ages.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 50
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

Example: - (Age - Related Problem)

Mary was four times as old as Ann ten years ago. If she is now twice as old
as Ann, how old is Mary?

Solution:

Let:

x = Ann' s age now


x − 10 = Ann' s age 10 years ago
2x = Mary ' s age now
2x − 10 = Mary ' s age 10 years ago

Then,
2x − 10 = 4 ( x − 10 )
x = 15
Thus,
2x = 30 → Mary ' s age now

Supplementary Problem:
Eight years ago the sum of the ages of Ana and Bill was 26. In five years, An
will be 35 less than twice the age of Bill. How old is Bill?

Solution:
Let:
B = age of Bill now
A = age of Ana now
(A − 8) + (B − 8) = 26 → sum of their ages 8 years ago
A + B = 42 → X
A + 5 = 2(B + 5) − 35 → relation of their ages in 5 years
A − 2B = −30 → Y

Solving equation n & o simultaneously:

A + B = 42 → X
A − 2B = −30 → Y
3B = 72
B = 24

Thus, Bill is 24 years old


CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 51

II. COIN PROBLEMS

Coin Denomination Coin Value


Penny 1 cent
Nickel 5 cents
Dime 10 cents
Quarter 25 cents
Half 50 cents

Example: - (Coin - Related Problem)


Nestor has nickels, dimes, and quarters amounting to $1.85. If he has twice
as many dimes as quarters, and the number of nickels is two less than twice
the number of dimes, how many quarters does he have?

Solution

Let:
x = no. of quarters
2x = no. of dim es
4x − 2 = no. of nickels
Then,
25x + 10 ( 2x ) + 5 ( 4x − 2 ) = 185
65x = 195
x = 3 → no. of quarters
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 52
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

III. DIGIT PROBLEMS

¾ The word digit is used to refer to individual numerals found in a given


number and the place value which each such numeral holds.

Basis of Analysis:

n For 2-digit Number


Example:
Let :
u = units digit The number 85 means:
t = tens digit 8 tens
t + u = sum of digits 5 units

Valuation: 8(10) + 5(1) = 85


Valuation:
For reversed digits, (58):
" 10t + u = original number
" 10u + t = reversed number Valuation: 5(10) + 8(1) = 58

➋ For 3-digit Number Example:


Let : The number 816 means:
u = units digit 8 one hundreds
t = tens digit 1 tens
h = hundreds digit 6 units
u + t + h = sum of digits Valuation:
8(100) + 1(10) + 6(1) = 816
Valuation :
For reversed digits (618):
" 100h + 10t + u = original number
" 100u + 10t + h = reversed number Valuation:
6(100) + 1(10) + 8(1) = 618
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 53

Example: - (Digit - Related Problem)

The sum of the digits of a certain two digit number is 10. If the digits are
reversed, a new number is formed which is one less than twice the original
number. Find the original number.

Solution:
Let:
t = tens digit
u = units digit
10t + u = original number
10u + t = reversed number

t + u = 10 → X
10u + t = 2(10t + u) − 1
8u − 19t = −1 → Y

Substitute equation n to o :
t = 10 − u → from X
8u − 19(10 − u) = −1
8u − 190 + 19u = −1
27u = 189
u = 7 → the units digit
t = 3 → the tens digit

Valuation:
original number = 10t + u
= 10(3) + 7
= 37

Thus, the original number is 37


MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 54
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

IV. LEVER PROBLEMS

Basic Principle:
The weight times its distance from the support (fulcrum) on one side
equals the weight times its distance from the support (fulcrum ) on the
other side.

w1(x1 ) = w 2 (x 2 )

x1 x2

w1 w2

Example: - (Lever Problem)

An iron bar 8 meters long has a 50 lb boy on one end and a 150 pound
man at the opposite end. How far from the man should the fulcrum be
located to balance the bar?

Solution:

8-x x

From the figure:


x = distance of the man from the fulcrum
50(8 − x) = 150(x)
400 − 50x = 150x
200x = 400
x=2m

) Ans: 2 m
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 55

V. MIXTURE PROBLEMS
¾ A mixture is a combination of two or more substances in some fixed
proportion, more or less uniformly distributed throughout the product
form.

Basic Principle
The amount of mixture times the percent of pure stuff equals the amount
of pure stuff in container.

Example:
50 L of a mixture containing 20% acid would contain:
50(0.20) = 10 L pure acid

Solution to Mixture Problems:


Analyze the mixture using pure stuff
Ⓐ Ⓑ Ⓐ+Ⓑ

+ =

x% y% z%

Where:
A, B, and C are the amount of mixture in each container
x, y, and z are the percentage of pure stuff in each container

Nature of Solution: One equation One Unknown


Example:
If a mixture containing 20% alcohol solution is added to 50L of a
mixture which is 45% alcohol solution to produce a solution that is 30%
alcohol, this could be represented as:
Ⓐ 50 Ⓐ+50

+ =

20% 45% 30%

Equation:
0.20 A

 + 0.45(50)

= 0.30(A + 50)


amount of pure amount of pure amount of pure


alcohol in the first alcohol in the sec ond alcohol in the final
container container container

Finally, solve for the unknown:


A = 75 L
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 56
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

Example: - (Mixture - Related Problem)


How many liters of water must be added to 80 liters of a 40% salt solution to
produce a solution that is 25% salt.

Solution:
80 x 80+x

+ =

40% salt 0% salt 25% salt


(pure water)
Using salt analysis:

⎛ Amount of pure salt ⎞ ⎛ Amount of pure salt ⎞ ⎛ Amount of pure salt ⎞


⎜ ⎟+⎜ ⎟=⎜ ⎟
⎝ in the first container ⎠ ⎝ in the sec ond container ⎠ ⎝ in the final container ⎠
0.40(80) + 0 = 0.25(x + 80)
32 = 0.25x + 20
0.25x = 12
x = 48 L

Alternate solution: Using water analysis

⎛ Amount of water ⎞ ⎛ Amount of water ⎞ ⎛ Amount of water ⎞


⎜ ⎟+⎜ ⎟=⎜ ⎟
⎝ in the first container ⎠ ⎝ in the sec ond container ⎠ ⎝ in the final container ⎠

0.60(80) + x = 0.75(x + 80)


48 + x = 0.75x + 60
0.25x = 12
x = 48 L
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 57

VI. NUMBER PROBLEMS

Example: - (Number - Related Problem)


ECE Board November 1997
The denominator of a certain fraction is three more than twice the
numerator. If 7 is added to both terms of the fraction, the resulting
fraction is 3/5. Find the original fraction.

Solution:
Let:
x = numerator
2x + 3 = denominator
Then,
x
→ Original fraction
2x + 3
Adding 7 to the numerator and denominator we get,
x+7 3
=
2x + 10 5
5x + 35 = 6x + 30
x=5
Thus, the original fraction is:
x 5 5
= =
2x + 3 2(5) + 3 13

Supplementary Problem:
A number 142 is divided into two parts such that when the greater part is
divided by the smaller, the quotient is 3 and the remainder is 14. Find the
larger part.

Solution:
Let:
x = smaller no.
142 – x = larger no.

Then,
142 − x 14
=3+
x x
142 − x 3x + 14
=
x x
142x − x 2 = 3x 2 + 14x
4x 2 = 128x
x = 32 → smaller part
142 − 32 = 110 → larg er part
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 58
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

VII. Number Problems - Consecutive Integers

¾ These are problems about the relationships among numbers which


are usually a whole number, not a fraction or a mixed number.

■ Consecutive Integers

Basis of Analysis:

Let :
x = first con sec utive int eger
x + 1 = sec ond con sec utive int eger
x + 2 = third con sec utive int eger
x + 3 = fourth con sec utive int eger

■ Consecutive Even Integers

Basis of Analysis:

Let :
x = first con sec utive int eger
x + 2 = sec ond con sec utive int eger
x + 4 = third con sec utive int eger
x + 6 = fourth con sec utive int eger

■ Consecutive Odd Integers

Basis of Analysis:

Let :
x = first con sec utive int eger
x + 2 = sec ond con sec utive int eger
x + 4 = third con sec utive int eger
x + 6 = fourth con sec utive int eger
" Note:
Both the even integer problem and the odd integer problem are set
up exactly the same. The only difference is that x represents as the
first even number in consecutive even integer problem while it
represents as the first odd integer in consecutive odd integer
problem.
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 59

Example: - (Consecutive Integer-Problem)

Find three consecutive integers so that the sum of the first two is 35
more than the largest.

Solution:

Let:
x = first con sec utive int eger
x + 1 = sec ond con sec utive int eger
x + 2 = larg est

Formulate equation:
x + (x + 1) = (x + 2) + 35
2x + 1 = x + 37
3x = 36
x = 12
Thus, the numbers are:
12 → first integer
13 → second integer
14 → fourth integer

Example: - (Consecutive Even Integer-Problem)

Find three consecutive even integer if twice the smaller integer is 18 less
than three times the largest integer.

Solution:

Let:
x = first consecutive integer
x + 2 = second consecutive integer
x + 4 = third consecutive integer

2x = 3(x + 4) − 18
2x = 3x + 12 − 18
x = 6 → first consecutive integer
Then,
x + 2 = 8 → second consecutive integer
x + 4 = 10 → third consecutive integer

Thus, the three consecutive integers are 6, 8, and 10


MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 60
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

Example: - (Consecutive Odd Integer-Problem)

Find the sum of three consecutive odd integers if three times the largest
is seven times the smallest.

Solution:
Let:
x = first consecutive odd integer
x + 2 = second consecutive odd integer
x + 4 = third consecutive odd integer
Then,
3 ( x + 4) = 7 ( x )
3x + 12 = 7x
4x = 12
x = 3 → first consecutive odd integer
x + 2 = 5 → second consecutive odd integer
x + 4 = 7 → third consecutive odd integer

Thus, the sum of the three consecutive integers is:


sum = x + x + 2 + x + 4
= 3+3+2+3+4
= 15
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 61

VIII. WORK PROBLEMS

➊ Work rate of an individual :( Rate analysis)

⎛ Work rate of ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞
⎜ ⎟=⎜ ⎟
⎝ an individual ⎠ ⎝ Total time to finish the job alone ⎠
Example:
If a person alone can finish a certain job in 8 days, then his rate of
work is:

⎛ 1⎞
Rate = ⎜ ⎟
⎝8⎠

If two people A and B worked together and finished the job in x


days, then, the sum of their individual rates is equal to their
combined rate.

1 1 1
+ =
A B x

"Note:
This concept can be extended to three or more people working
together.

1 1 1 1
+ + + ... = (combined rate)
A B C x

Where:
x = total time if all working together

➋ Work done by an individual:

⎛ Work rate of ⎞ ⎛ Work done by ⎞


⎜ ⎟ ( Time ) = ⎜ ⎟
⎝ an individual ⎠ ⎝ an individual ⎠

For two or more individual working together:

⎛1 1 1 ⎞
⎜ A + B + C + .... ⎟ x = 1 (complete work)
⎝ ⎠
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 62
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

Example: (Work - Related Problem)


Case 1: (Determining total time to finish a job)

A father can do a job in 5 days, and his son can do the same job in 9
days. How long will it take them to finish the job if they work together?
Solution:
Let:
t = number of days it will take them working together
1 5 = rate of the father
1 9 = rate of the son

Then, working together


1 1 1
+ =
5 9 t
( 9 + 5 ) t = 45
14t = 45
t = 3.21 days

Example: (Work -Related Problem)


Case 2: (Determining additional time to finish a job started by another)

A mechanic can do a repair job in 6 hours. His helper can do then same
job in 10 hours. On a given day the mechanic begins to work and after 2
hours he is joined by his helper. In how many hours will they complete
the job?

Solution:
Let:
t = number of hours they finish the job
1 6, 1 10 = rate of the mechanic and his helper, respectively

Then,
⎛ 1⎞ ⎛1 1 ⎞
⎜ 6 ⎟ 2 + ⎜ 6 + 10 ⎟ t = 1 (complete job)
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
4t 1
= 1−
15 3
4t 2
=
15 3
30
t=
12
t = 2.5 hours
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 63

Example: (Work -Related Problem)

Case 3: (Determining additional time to finish a job left by another who


undoes the job)
A swimming pool can be filled by an input pipe in 7 hours. While a drain
pipe can empty the pool in 11 hours. If for the first 4 hours, the drain was
left open while the pipe is filling it, how much longer would it have taken
the input pipe to fill the pool full if the pool was emptied at the start?

Solution:
Let:
x = additional time the input pipe needs fill the swimming pool alone
Then,
⎛1 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1⎞
⎜ − ⎟ 4 + ⎜ ⎟ x = 1 (complete job)
⎝ 7 11 ⎠ ⎝7⎠
16 x
+ =1
77 7
x 16
= 1−
7 77
x 61
=
7 77
x = 5.545 hours

Example: (Work -Related Problem)


Case 4: (Determining individual time to finish the job given rate relation)

An experienced carpenter works three times as fast as his helper.


Working together, it would take them 6 hours to finish a certain job. How
long would it take the helper to do the job alone?

Solution:
Let:
x = number of hours the helper can do the job alone
1 x = rate of the helper
⎛ 1⎞
3 ⎜ ⎟ = rate of the carpenter
⎝x⎠
Then,
⎛1 3⎞
⎜ x + x ⎟ 6 = 1 (complete job)
⎝ ⎠
24
=1
x
x = 24 hours
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 64
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

IX. UNIFORM MOTION / RATE PROBLEMS


¾ Motion/Rate problems are developed from a simple formula describing the
speed of an object, expressed mathematically as:

Dis tan ce Dis tan ce


Rate = D = rate × time time =
Time rate

➊ Motion in a straight Path:


Case 1: (Meeting Situation)

Meeting Point

d1 d2
D
ƒ Working Equation:
D = d1 + d2

Case 2: (Departing Situation)

d1 d2
D
ƒ Working Equation:
D = d1 + d2

Case 3: (Overtaking Situation)

ƒ Working Equation:
d1 = d2 or t1 = t 2
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 65

o Motion in a Circular Path

Starting point Starting point

Same Direction Opposite Direction

Working Equations:

Moving in opposite direction and meet each other every time t:

" xt + yt = D

Moving in the same direction and pass each other every time t:

" xt − yt = D
Where:
x = rate of the faster runner
y = rate of the slower runner
t = time
D = total distance (equal to the circumference of the circular path)

Sample Problem:
Two friends move at different but constant speeds along a circle of
circumference 500 m. Starting at the same instant and from the same
place, when they move in opposite directions they passed each other
every 30 seconds and when they move in the same direction they pass
each other every 55 seconds. Determine their rates.

Solution:
Let, x & y be the rate of the faster and the slower runner respectively.

Formulate equation: Moving in opposite direction:


30x + 30y = 500 → X

Moving in the same direction:


55x − 55y = 500 → Y

Solving the two equations simultaneously, we get:


x = 12.89 m / s → rate of the faster
y = 3.78 m / s → rate of the slower
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 66
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

X. Rate Problems - (Wind and Water )


n Motion Against the wind (headwind):

R C
Let:
R = rate/speed of the plane
C = rate of the wind

Then, the distance covered when moving against the wind is:
D = (R − C ) t

o Motion with the wind (tailwind):

C R

Let:
R = rate/speed of the plane
C = rate of the wind

Then, the distance covered when moving with the wind is:
D = (R + C ) t

p Motion with the water current: (Downstream)

Distance Travelled:
D = (R + C ) t

p Motion against the water current: (Upstream)

Distance Travelled:
D = (R − C ) t
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 67

Sample Problem: (Motion – Related Problem)

The speed of a plane is 120 mi/hr in calm air. With the wind it can cover
a certain distance in 4 hours, but against the wind it can cover only 3/5 of
that distance in the same time. Find the velocity of the wind.

Solution:
Let:
C = velocity of the wind
d = distance covered with the wind
w
120 mph i
Condition: n
3 d
dagainst the wind =
5
(
dwith the wind)
3
(R − C ) t = (R + C ) t
5
Substitute values:
3
(120 − C ) t = (120 + C ) t
5
600 − 5C = 360 + 3C
8C = 240
C = 30 mi / hr

Sample Problem: (Motion – Related Problem)

A boat propelled to move at 25 mi/hr in still water, travels 4.2 miles


upstream in the same time that it can travel 5.8 miles downstream. Find
the speed of the stream.

Solution:

Let:
x = speed of current 25 mi / hr

Condition:
tupstream = t downstream
4.2 5.8 water current
=
25 − x 25 + x
x = 4 mi / hr
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 68
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

XI. CLOCK PROBLEMS

¾ Clock related problems generally involve a single unknown. It is usually


of determining the time elapsed from a given start-off hourly position
after which its hands move to the desired position anywhere of being
together, opposite each other, or that in which they form a right angle.
Basis of Analysis:

Let: 12
11 1
x = no. of minute spaces covered by
the minute hand. 10 2

x
= no. of minute spaces traveled by 9 3
X
12
the hour hand. 8 4
7 5
6 X
This means that the minute hand
travels 12 times faster than the hour 12
hand.

Positions of the hands of the clock and angle between them:

TOGETHER PERPENDICULAR OPPOSITE


12
11 1 12 12
11 1 11 1
2
10 2 2
10 10
9 3
9 3 9 3
8 4
8 4 8 4
7 5
6 7 5 7 5
6 6

Hands of the clock: Separation in degrees and minutes


Together : 0° or 0 minutes apart
Perpendicular : 90° or 15 minutes apart
Opposite : 180° or 30 minutes apart:

For the condition that the hands of the clock will be together,
perpendicular or opposite each other, the number of minutes required to
satisfy the said conditions can be obtained by multiplying 5.4545 to the
digit on the face of the clock last passed by the minute hand before it
satisfy the condition of being together, perpendicular or opposite each
other.
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics 69

Example: (Clock Related )

In how many minutes after 7o’clock will the hands of the clock

a. be together for the first time?


b. perpendicular for the first time?
c. opposite each other ?

Solution to a:
Let: 12
11 1
x = no. minutes traveled by
10 2
the minute hand
9 3
x x
x = 35 + 8 4
35
12
7 5
11x 6
= 35
12 x 12
x = 38.18 minutes
Alternate Solution:
The last digit on the face of the clock passed by the minute before it
coincides with the hour hand is the digit 7. Thus, the number of minutes
required to satisfy the condition of being together is:
x = ( 7 )( 5.4545 )
= 38.18 minutes

Solution to b:
Let:
x = no. minutes traveled by
the minute hand
12
11 1
⎛ x ⎞ x
⎜ + 35 ⎟ − x = 15 10 2

⎝ 12 ⎠ 9 3
x 35
35 − 15 = x − 8 4
12
7 5
11x 6
20 =
12 x 12

x=
( 20 )(12 )
11
x = 21.82 minutes

Alternate Solution:
The last digit passed by the minute hand is 4, thus
x = 4 ( 5.4545 )
x = 21.82 minutes
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 70
CHAPTER 1 Algebra and General Mathematics
Solution to c:
Let:
x = no. minutes traveled by
the minute hand x

12
⎛ x ⎞ 11 1
⎜ 12 + 35 ⎟ − x = 30 2
⎝ ⎠ 10

x 9 3
35 − 30 = x −
12 8 4
35
11x 7 5
5= 6
12
x 12
x=
( 5 )(12 )
11
x = 5.4545 minutes

Alternate Solution:
By inspection, the last digit passed by the minute hand is 1, thus

x = 1( 5.4545 )
x = 5.4545 minutes
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


 
   
 
 
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 72
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

I. PLANE ANGLE
A plane angle is determined by rotating a ray (half-line) about its
endpoint called vertex.

θ
Terminal side

Initial side
Vertex

" Note:
In the coordinate axes, an angle is in standard position if its vertex is
the origin and its initial side coincides with the positive x-axis.

TYPES OF ANGLE:

Acute angle
: θ < 90°

Right angle
: θ = 90°

Obtuse angle
: 90 < θ < 180

Straight angle
: θ = 180°

Reflex angle
: 180 < θ < 360

Perigon
: θ = 360°

; Sign Convention:
ƒ Positive angle
-an angle measured in counter-clockwise direction
ƒ Negative angle
- an angle measured in clock-wise direction
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 73

UNITS OF ANGLE MEASUREMENT


1. Degree
2. Radian
3. Gradian
4. Mil

Conversion Factors:
1 revolution = 360 degrees
= 2π radians
= 400 gradians
= 6400 mils

ƒ Basic relationship: 180° = π radians

" Note:
When no units of angle measure are specified, radian measure is implied.

CONVERSIONS: DEGREES RADIANS


πrad
1. To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by .
180°
180°
2. To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by .
πrad

Example:
Express 135° in radians.

Solution:
180° = πrad → basic conversion factor
⎛ πrad ⎞
135° = 135° ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 180° ⎠
= 2.36 rad
$ Answer: 2.36 rad

Example:
Convert 6.5π to degrees.

Solution:
Since the given quantity has no specified unit of angle measurement,
then, it implies that 6.5π is in radians.
⎛ 180° ⎞
6.5π = 6.5π ⎜ ⎟
⎝ πrad ⎠
= 1170°
$ Answer: 1170°
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 74
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

Example:
The ratio of the angle in a triangle is 3 : 4 : 5 . Find the measure of the
largest angle in radians.

Solution:
Let:
3x, 4x, 5x → be the three angles
Then,
3x + 4x + 5x = 180°
12x = 180°
x = 15°
Thus, the largest angle is:
⎛ πrad ⎞
5x° = 5(15°) = 75° → 75° ⎜ ⎟ = 1.309rad
⎝ 180° ⎠
$ Answer: 1.309 rad.

CONVERSIONS: DEGREES Mils

Example: ECE Board November 2000


The angle 174 degrees is equivalent to ______mils.

Solution:
Let:
θ = the angle in mils

Then,
⎛ 6400 mils ⎞
θ = 174° ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 360° ⎠
θ = 3093.33 mils

Supplementary problem:
Find the measure of 2.25 revolutions counterclockwise in mils.

Solution:
Let:
θ = the angle in mils
Then,
⎛ 6400 mils ⎞
θ = 2.25 rev. ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 1rev. ⎠
θ = 14, 400 mils
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 75

ANGLE PAIRS
➊! Complementary angles : ∠A + ∠B = 90°
➋! Supplementary angles : ∠A + ∠B = 180°
➌! Explementary angles : ∠A + ∠B = 360°

✍!Note:
Two angles are said to form a linear pair if they are adjacent
angles and whose noncommon sides are opposite rays.

Example:
Three times the measure of a complement of a certain angle is equal
to 30° more than the measure of its supplement. Find the angle.

Solution:
Let,
x = be the angle
( 90 − x ) = measure of its complement
(180 − x ) = measure of its supplement
Then,
3 ( 90 − x ) = (180 − x ) + 30
270 − 3x = 210 − x
x = 30°
$ Ans: 30°

Example:
One angle measures twice as much as the other. Find the measure of
each angle if the two angles form a linear pair.

Solution:
Let,
x = measure of the smaller angle
2x = measure of the larger angle

Since, the two angles form a linear pair, then, their sum must be 180 ْ◌.

x + 2x = 180
3x = 180
x = 60°
Then:
2x = 120°

$ Ans: 60°, 120°


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 76
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

REFERENCE ANGLE
A reference angle θ for an angle α in standard position is the positive
acute angle between the x-axis and the terminal side of angle α .

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

α α α
α θ

θ θ

Reference Angle Measurements:


Q1 : θ = α Q3 : θ = ( α − 180 )
Q2 : θ = (180 − α ) Q4 : θ = ( 360 − α )

COTERMINAL ANGLE
Two angles which when placed in standard position, have coincident
terminal sides are called Coterminal Angles.

θ = β + k ( 360° )
Where:
θ = the coterminal angle of angle β
k = an int eger
= 1,2,3, 4,5,...
"Note:
There are unlimited numbers of angles coterminal with a given
angle.

Example:
Find the reference angle and the first positive coterminal angle of 125°
counterclockwise.
Solution:
Let:
θ = the reference angle of 125°
φ = the first positive coterminal angle with 125°

The angle 125° counterclockwise is in the second quadrant, thus


θ = 180 − 125
θ = 55° → reference angle
And also,
φ = 125 + (1) 360
φ = 485° → first positive coterminal angle of 125°
$ Ans: 55°, 485°
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 77

II. RIGHT TRIANGLE

ⓒ hypotenuse
ⓐ opposite

θ
ⓑ adjacent
The Pythagorean Theorem

Statement of the theorem:

“In a right triangle, the square of the length of the hypotenuse is


equal to the sum of the squares of the lengths of the legs”.
c 2 = a2 + b2

" Note:
In any triangle, the sum of any two sides must be greater than the third
side; otherwise no triangle can be formed.

If:
c 2 > a2 + b2 → The triangle is obtuse
c 2 < a2 + b2 → The triangle is acute

The Six Trigonometric Functions


Using the length of the sides of a right triangle, six ratios are formed that
define the six trigonometric functions.

opposite o adjacent a
sin θ = = c ot θ = =
hypotenuse h opposite o
adjacent a hypotenuse h
cos θ = = sec θ = =
hypotenuse h adjacent a
opposite o hypotenuse h
tan θ = = csc θ = =
adjacent a opposite o
" Note:
As an aid to remember these definitions more easily, memorize the
mnemonics:
Soh Cah Toa Cao Sha Cho

Example:
o − pposite
Soh → which means, Sin =
h − ypotenuse
a − djacent
Cah → which means, Cos = etc..
h − ypotenuse
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 78
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

QUADRANT SIGNS OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

Q2 Q1
Sine( + ) All( + )

Q3 Q4
T an( + ) C os ( + )

➊!Q1 : All Trigonometric functions are positive.


➋!Q2 : Only sine and its reciprocal are positive.
➌!Q3 : Only tangent and its reciprocal are positive.
➍!Q4 : Only cosine and its reciprocal are positive.

MNEMONIC: Add Sugar To Coffee

Example:
Add → All functions in the first quadrant are positive.
Sugar → Sine is positive in the second quadrant.
To → Tangent is positive in the third quadrant.
Coffee → Cosine is positive in the fourth quadrant.

Note that the reciprocal of the function will always have the same sign
with the given function.

Sample Problem: ECE Board Nov. 2003

In what quadrants do the secant and cosecant of an angle plotted on a


Cartesian coordinates have the same sign?

Solution:
Using the MNEMONIC: Add Sugar To Coffee

All functions in quadrant I are positive:


sec,csc → same signin Q1,both( + )
In Quadrant III, only tangent and its reciprocal is positive and all the rest
are negative:
So, sec,csc → same sign in Q3 ,both( −)

Thus;

☞!Ans: Quadrant I & III


CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 79

SPECIAL RIGHT TRIANGLES

n The (30 - 60 - 90) triangle:

c = 2a ⓒ 60°

b=a 3
30°
Ratio of the sides :

a : b : c = 1: 3 : 2

o The (45 - 45 - 90) triangle:


ⓒ 45°
a=b ⓐ
c=a 2
45°
Ratio of the sides :
a : b : c = 1: 1: 2 ⓑ

p The Egyptian Triangle:


PYTHAGOREAN TRIPLES
A Pythagorean triple is a set of three positive integers, a, b, and c, that
are related so that a2 + b2 = c 2 .

9 The numbers 3, 4, and 5 form a Pythagorean triple since

3


2
+
42 = 5

N
2

9 +16 25

9 The numbers 5, 12, and 13 form a Pythagorean triple since

+
= 13
2 2 2
5
 12
N
25 +144 169

" Note:
Any whole - number multiple of a Pythagorean triple is also a
Pythagorean triple.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 80
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

ANGLES OF DEPRESSION AND ELEVATION

ƒ Angle of Elevation - is the angle from the horizontal up to the line of


sight from the observer to an object above.

ƒ Angle of Depression - is the angle from the horizontal down to the line
of sight from the observer to an object below.

Sample Problem:
From a 120 feet observation tower on the coast, a Coast Guard officer
sights a boat in difficulty. The angle of depression of the boat is 5
degrees. How far is the boat from the shoreline?

Solution:


120

120
tan 5 =
x
120
x=
tan 5
x = 1,371.61 ft.
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 81

III. OBLIQUE TRIANGLE


¾ An oblique triangle is a triangle that contains no right angle.

a b

B A
c

SOLUTIONS TO OBLIQUE TRIANGLES


➊!The Sine Law
“In any triangle, the ratio of any side to the sine of its opposite
angle is constant.”
a b c
= =
sin A sinB sin C
sin A sinB sin C
= = → reciprocal form
a b c
"Note:
Use Sine Law if:
ƒ Given two angles and any side.
ƒ Given two sides and an angle opposite one of them.

➋!The Cosine Law

“ In any triangle, the square of any side is equal to the sum of the
squares of the other two sides minus twice the product of these sides
and the cosine of their included angle.”

S tan dard Form : Alternative Form :


b2 + c 2 − a 2
)a2 = b2 + c 2 − 2bc CosA cos A =
2bc
a2 + c 2 − b2
)b2 = a2 + c 2 − 2ac CosB cosB =
2ac
a 2 + b2 − c 2
)c 2 = b2 + c 2 − 2bc cos C cos C =
2ab

"Note:
Use the Laws of Cosine if:

ƒ Given three sides


ƒ Given two sides and their included angle
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 82
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

➌ The Law of Tangents

⎛ A −B ⎞
tan ⎜ ⎟
a−b ⎝ 2 ⎠
" =
a+b ⎛ A +B⎞
tan ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠

⎛B−C⎞
tan ⎜ ⎟
b−c ⎝ 2 ⎠
" =
b+c ⎛B+C⎞
tan ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠

⎛C−A⎞
tan ⎜ ⎟
c −a ⎝ 2 ⎠
" =
c +a ⎛C+A⎞
tan ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠

q Mollweide’s Equation

⎛ C −B ⎞
sin ⎜ ⎟
a −b ⎝ 2 ⎠
" =
c ⎛C⎞
cos ⎜ ⎟
⎝2⎠

⎛ A +B⎞
cos ⎜ ⎟
a+b ⎝ 2 ⎠
" =
c ⎛C⎞
sin ⎜ ⎟
⎝2⎠
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 83

IV. TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES

The Magic Hexagon: (Used for finding basic trigonometric identities )

sec u csc u

tan u X cot u

sin u cos u

How to use the magic hexagon:


☞! Reciprocal Identities

From the magic hexagon, any function is equal to 1 divided by the


function opposite to it.
1 1
" sin u = csc u = sin u csc u = 1
csc u sin u
1 1
" cos u = sec u = cos u sec u = 1
sec u cos u
1 1
" tan u = cot u = tan u cot u = 1
cot u tan u

☞! Quotient Relations

From the magic hexagon, any function is equal to the quotient of


one adjacent function divided by the one next to it.

sin u sec u
" tan u = tan u =
cos u csc u
cos u csc u
" cot u = cot u =
sin u sec u

☞! Product Relations

From the magic hexagon, any function is equal to the product of two
adjacent functions.

" sin u = tan u cos u " csc u = sec u ⋅ cot u


" cos u = sin u cot u " tan u = sec u ⋅ sin u
" sec u = csc u tan u " cot u = csc u ⋅ cos u
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 84
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

☞! Pythagorean Relations

From the magic hexagon, the square of the quantity at the top of a
triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the quantity of the
base.

" sin2 u + cos2 u = 1 ;


" 1 + tan2 u = sec 2 u ; sec 2 u − tan2 u = 1
" 1 + cot 2 u = csc 2 u ; csc 2 u − cot 2 u = 1

☞! Functions of Negative Angles

ƒ sin ( − u ) = − sin u ; cos ( −u ) = cos u


ƒ tan ( − u ) = − tan u ; cot ( −u ) = − cot u
ƒ sec ( − u ) = sec u ; csc ( −u ) = − csc u

☞! Addition Formulas

ƒ sin ( u + v ) = sin u cos v + cos u sin v


ƒ cos ( u + v ) = cos u cos v − sin u sin v
tan u + tan v
ƒ tan ( u + v ) =
1 − tan u tan v
cot u cot v − 1
ƒ cot ( u + v ) =
cot u + cot v

☞! Subtraction Formulas

ƒ sin ( u − v ) = sin u cos v − cos u sin v


ƒ cos ( u − v ) = cos u cos v + sin u sin v
tan u − tan v
ƒ tan ( u − v ) =
1 + tan u tan v
cot u cot v + 1
ƒ cot ( u − v ) =
cot u − cot v
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 85

☞! Double - Angle Formulas

ƒ sin 2u = 2 sin u cos u


ƒ cos 2u = 2 cos2 u − 1
= 1 − 2 sin2 u
= cos2 u − sin2 u
2 tan u
ƒ tan 2u =
1 − tan2 u
1 − tan2 u
ƒ cot 2u =
2 tan u

☞! Triple - Angle Formulas

ƒ sin 3u = 3 sin u − 4 sin3 u


ƒ cos 3u = 4 cos3 u − 3 cos u
3 tan u − tan3 u
ƒ tan 3u =
1 − 3 tan2 u

☞! Multiple Angle Formulas


ƒ sin 4 u = 4 sin u cos u − 8 sin u cos u
3

ƒ cos 4u = 8 cos4 u − 8 cos2 u + 1


4 tan u − 4 tan3 u
ƒ tan 4u =
1 − 6 tan2 u + tan4 u
ƒ sin 5u = 5 sin u − 20 sin3 u + 16 sin5 u
ƒ cos 5u = 16 cos5 u − 20 cos3 u + 5 cos u
tan5 u − 10 tan3 u + 5 tan u
ƒ tan 5u =
1 − 10 tan2 u + 5 tan4 u

☞! Half - Angle Formulas

u 1 − cos u u sin u
ƒ sin =± ; sin =
2 2 2 1 + cos u
u 1 − cos u u sin u
ƒ tan =± ; tan =
2 1 + cos u 2 1 + cos u
u 1 − cos u u
ƒ tan = ; tan = csc u − cot u
2 sin u 2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 86
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

☞! Power-Reducing Formulas

1 − cos 2u
ƒ sin2 u =
2
3 sin u − sin 3u
ƒ sin3 u =
4
3 − 4 cos 2u + cos 4u
ƒ sin4 u =
8
10 sin u − 5 sin 3u + sin 5u
ƒ sin u =
5

16
1 + cos 2u
ƒ cos u =
2

2
3 cos u + cos 3u
ƒ cos3 u =
4
3 + 4 cos 2u + cos 4u
ƒ cos4 u =
8
10 cos u + 5 cos 3u + cos 5u
ƒ cos u =
5

16
1 − cos 2u
ƒ tan u =
2

1 + cos 2u
3 sin u − sin 3u
ƒ tan u =
3

3 cos u + cos 3u
3 − 4 cos 2u + cos 4u
ƒ tan4 u =
3 + 4 cos 2u + cos 4u
10 sin u − 5 sin 3u + sin 5u
ƒ tan5 u =
10 cos u + 5 cos 3u + cos 5u

☞! Sum -to-Product Formulas

⎛u+v⎞ ⎛u−v ⎞
ƒ sin u + sin v = 2 sin ⎜ ⎟ cos ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
⎛u+v⎞ ⎛u−v⎞
ƒ cos u + cos v = 2 cos ⎜ ⎟ cos ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
sin ( u + v )
ƒ tan u + tan v =
cos u cos v
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 87

☞! Difference-to-Product Formulas

⎛u+v⎞ ⎛u−v⎞
ƒ sin u − sin v = 2 cos ⎜ ⎟ sin ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
⎛u+v⎞ ⎛u−v⎞
ƒ cos u − cos v = 2 sin ⎜ ⎟ sin ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
sin ( u − v )
ƒ tan u − tan v =
cos u cos v

☞! Product -to-Sum Formulas

1
ƒ sin u sin u = ⎡cos ( u − v ) − cos ( u + v ) ⎤⎦
2⎣
1
ƒ cos u cos v = ⎡⎣cos ( u − v ) + cos ( u + v ) ⎤⎦
2
1
ƒ sin u cos v = ⎡⎣sin ( u − v ) + sin ( u + v ) ⎤⎦
2
1
ƒ cos u sin v = ⎡⎣sin ( u + v ) − sin ( u − v ) ⎤⎦
2

☞! Other Trigonometric Identities

sin ( A + B + C ) = [cos A cosB cos C(tan A + tanB


ƒ
+ tan C) − (tan A tanB tan C)]
cos ( A + B + C ) = [cos A cosB cos C(1 − tan A tanB
ƒ
− tanB tan C − tan A tan C)]
ƒ tan ( A + B + C )
tan A + tanB + tan C − tan A tanB tan C
=
1 − tan A tanB − tanB tanC − tan A tan C
ƒ tan A + tanB + tan C = tan A tanB tan C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 88
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

V. Hyperbolic Transcendental Functions


e θ − e −θ
ƒ Hyperbolic sine : sinh u =
2
eθ + e −θ
ƒ Hyperbolic cosine : cosh u =
2
sinh u e θ − e − θ
ƒ Hyperbolic tangent : tanh u = =
cosh u e θ + e − θ
cosh u e θ + e − θ
ƒ Hyperbolic cotangent: coth u = =
sinh u e θ − e − θ
1 2
ƒ Hyperbolic secant : sechu = = θ
cosh u e + e − θ
1 1
ƒ Hyperbolic cosecant : csch u = =
sinh u e θ − e − θ

☞! Hyperbolic Identities

ƒ cosh2 u − sinh2 u = 1
ƒ sech2u + tanh2 u = 1
ƒ coth2 u − csch2 u = 1
ƒ cosh u + sinh u = e θ
ƒ cosh u − sinh u = e − θ
ƒ sinh( u ± v ) = sinh u cosh u ± cosh u sinh v
ƒ cosh( u ± v ) = cosh u cosh u ± sinh u sinh v
tanh u ± tanh v
ƒ tanh ( u ± v ) =
1 ± tanh u tanh v
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 89

VII. LOGARITHM
The logarithm of any number N to a given base a is the index x to which
the base must be raised to make it equal to the given number.

Equation:
" x = loga N → logarithmic form
" ax = N → exp onential form
Where:
x is the logarithm of N to the base a.

TYPES OF LOGARITHM

n Natural Logarithm or Napierian Logarithm: (using base e)

Properties of Natural Logarithm:

" ln xy = ln x + ln y " ln e = 1
x
" ln = ln x − ln y " ln en = n
y
" ln xn = n ( ln x ) " eln x = x

o Common Logarithm or Briggssian Logarithm: (using base 10)

Properties of Common Logarithm:

" log xy = log x + log y " loga a = 1


x
" log = log x − log y " aloga n = n
y
" log xn = n ( log x ) " loga an = n
logM
" logN M = " log1 = 0
logN

" Note:
Negative numbers have no real logarithm.

➌ Relationship Between Natural and Common Logarithm:

Mln x = log x
Where:
M = modulus of logarithm
=log10 e
=0.434...
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 90
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

VIII. INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

; The Inverse Sine Function

y = arcsin x iff sin y = x

; The Inverse Cosine Function

y = arccos x iff cos y = x

; The Inverse Tangent Function

y = arctan x iff tan y = x

Relations Between Inverse Trigonometric Functions

π
" sin−1 u + cos−1 u = sin−1( − u) = − sin−1 u
2
π
" tan−1 u + cot −1 u = tan−1( − u) = − tan−1 u
2
π
" sec −1 u + csc −1 u = sec −1( − u) = π − sec −1 u
2
" csc −1 u = sin−1 (1 u ) csc −1( − u) = − csc −1 u
" sec −1 u = cos−1 (1 u ) sec −1( − u) = π − sec −1 u
" cot −1 u = tan−1 (1 u ) cot −1( − u) = π − cot −1 u

" Note:
In all cases it is assumed that the principal values are used.
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY
I. Spherical Trigonometry
¾ The study of properties of spherical triangles and their measurements.

The Terrestrial Sphere


N
North Pole
Latitude

Equator
W E
Longitude

Prime
S Meridian

; Definitions:

Equator: The great circle on the surface of the earth equidistant from
the North Pole and South Pole. The equator divides the earth’s surface
into northern and southern hemisphere. The plane in which the equator
lies is called equatorial plane.

Meridian: A Great Circle passing through the north and south poles. A
local meridian of a point on the earth’s surface is the great circle
passing through the north and south poles and that point.

Prime Meridian: A meridian passing through Greenwich England.

Latitudes: The north-south location of a point on the earth’s surface,


measured as an angle in degrees from the equator. Also defined as,
small circles perpendicular to a meridian.

Longitudes: The east -west location of a point on the earth’s surface,


measured as an angle in degrees from Greenwich Meridian (a standard
GMT meridian)

; Conversion Factors:
1 minute of arc = 1 nautical mile
1 nautical mile = 6080 ft.
1 nautical mile = 1.1516 statue mile
1 statue mile = 5280 ft.
1 knot = 1 nautical mile per hour
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 92
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

1. Properties of Spherical Triangle


① Sum of Three vertex angle :
A + B + C > 180°
A + B + C < 540°
② Sum of any two sides :

b+c > a
a+c >b ⓑ
a+b > c ⓒ
③ Sum of three sides : Ⓒ
0° < a + b + c < 360° ⓐ Ⓑ
④ Spherical Excess :
E = ( A + B + C ) − 180°
⑤ Spherical Defect :
D = 360° − ( a + b + c )

2. Right Spherical Triangle


Napier’s Rules: ( Using Napier’s Circle)
➊ SIN-CO-OP Rule:

The sine of any middle part is
equal to the product of the cosines ⓑ
of its opposite parts. ⓒ

① sin ⓐ = cos A cos ⓒ Ⓒ

② sin ⓑ = cosB cos ⓒ ⓐ Ⓑ


③ sin ⓒ = cos ⓐ cos ⓑ
④ sinA = cos ⓐ cosB
⑤ sinB = cos A cos ⓑ
Napier’s Circle
➋ SIN-TA-AD Rule:
The sine of any middle part is
equal to the product of the
tangents of its adjacent parts. ⓑ ⓐ

① sin ⓐ = tan ⓑ tanB A B


② sin ⓑ = tan ⓐ tan A ⓒ

③ sin ⓒ = tan A tanB


④ sinA = tan ⓑ tan ⓒ
⑤ sinB = tan ⓐ tan ⓒ
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 93

3. Oblique Spherical Triangle

➊ The Law of Sines:

sin A sinB sin C


" = =
a b c

➋ The Law of Cosines:

First Law of Cosines: (For Sides) A

" cos a = cosb cos c + sinb sin c cos A


ⓒ B
" cosb = cos a cos c + sin a sinb cosB
" cos c = cos a cosb + sin a sinb cos C

Second Law of Cosines: (For Angles) ⓑ ⓐ

C
" cos A = − cosB cos C + sinB sin C cos a
" cosB = − cos A cos C + sin A sinB cos b
" cos C = − cos A cosB + sin A sinB cos c

p The Law of Tangents

⎛ A +B⎞ ⎛a+b⎞
tan ⎜
2 ⎟⎠
tan ⎜ ⎟
" ⎝ = ⎝ 2 ⎠
⎛ A −B⎞ ⎛a −b⎞
tan ⎜ ⎟ tan ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠

q Napier’s Analogy
1 1
sin ( A − B ) tan ( a − b )
" 2 = 2
1 c
sin ( A + B ) tan
2 2
1 1
sin ( a − b ) tan ( A − B )
" 2 = 2
1 C
sin ( a + b ) cot
2 2
1
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 94
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

q Napier’s Analogy

1 1
sin ( A − B ) tan ( a − b )
" 2 = 2
1 c
sin ( A + B ) tan
2 2

1 1
sin ( a − b ) tan ( A − B ) A
" 2 = 2
1 C
sin ( a + b ) cot
2 2 ⓒ B

1
cos ( A − B ) tan ( a + b )
" 2 = ⓑ ⓐ
1 c
cos ( A + B ) tan
2 2 C

1 1
cos ( a − b ) tan ( A + B )
" 2 = 2
1 C
cos ( a + b ) cot
2 2

A sin(s − b) sin(s − c)
" sin =
2 sinb sin c

A sin s sin(s − c)
" cos =
2 sinb sin c

B sin(s − a) sin(s − c)
" sin =
2 sin a sin c

B sin s sin(s − c)
" cos =
2 sin a sin c

C sin(s − a) sin(s − b)
" sin =
2 sin a sinb

C sin s sin(s − b)
" cos =
2 sin a sinb
CHAPTER 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 95

4. Area of Spherical Triangles

πr 2E
A= Ⓐ
180

Where:

E = spherical excess
r = radius of sphere Ⓒ

If given three sides: ⓐ Ⓑ


E s s−a s−b s−c
tan = tan tan tan tan
4 2 2 2 2
a+b+c
s=
2
If given three angles:
E = A + B + C − 180°

5. Solid Angle

¾ A solid angle is a measure of the angle subtended at the vertex of the


cone.
ω
A
ω=
r2
Where:
A = area cut out from a sphere
r = radius of the sphere

" Note:
The unit of a solid angle is steradians.
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 97

I. Triangles

‰ Area of Triangle

n Given base & altitude:

1
AT = bh
2
h = a sin θ a
h
where :
θ
b = base b
h = height or altitude

o Given three sides a, b, & c:

ˆ Hero’s Formula:

A T = s ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )
Where: c
a
P a+b+c
s= =
2 2
s = semi − perimeter b

p Equilateral Triangle:

3 2
AT = a
4
a2 sin 60
=
2
h = 0.866 a a a
h
Where:
A T = area
a
P = perimeter
a = side
h = altitude
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 98
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

Cont’: Area of Triangle

q Given two sides and their


included angle:
a
1
A T = ab sin θ θ
2
b
r Given three angles and one
side:

x 2 sin θ sin α β
AT =
2 sin β α
θ

s Triangle with inscribed circle:

A T = rs

r=
( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )
s
c a
Where: r
r = apothem
= radius of inscribed circle b
a+b+c
s= → semi − perimeter
2

t Triangle inscribed in a circle:

abc B
) AT =
4r
)r=
a
=
b
=
c c r a
2 sin A 2 sinB 2 sin C
Where: A b C
r = radius of circumscribedcircle

u Triangle with escribed circle:

A T = r ( s − a)
Where:
a+b+c r
s= → semi − perimeter
2 c a
r = radius of excircle
b
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 99

ˆ Special Lines in a Triangle

➊ Median
A median of a triangle is a
segment from vertex to the
midpoint of the opposite side.
mb
Length of Median: (Apollonius) c a
1
ma = 2b2 + 2c 2 − a2
2 ma mc
1
mb = 2a2 + 2c 2 − b2
2 b
1
mc = 2a2 + 2b2 − c 2
2
➋ Angle Bisector
An angle bisector of a triangle
is a segment or ray that bisects
an angle and extends to the
opposite side.

Length of Angle Bisector:


c bb
2 a
ba = bcs ( s − a )
b+c
2
bb = acs ( s − b ) ba bc
a+c
2 b
bc = abs ( s − c )
a+b
where :
s = semi − perimeter
➌ Altitude
An altitude of a triangle is a
segment from a vertex
perpendicular to the opposite
side.
hb
Length of Altitude: c a
2A T hc
ha =
a ha
2A T
hb = b
b
2A T
hc =
c
Where:
A T = area of the triangle
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 100
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

ˆ Special Centers in a Triangle

➊ Centroid
- is the point of intersection of
all the medians of a triangle.

➋ Incenter
- is the point of intersection of
all angle bisectors in a
triangle.
- is also the center of the.
inscribed circle in a triangle.

➌ Circumcenter
- is the point of intersection of r
all perpendicular bisectors of
a triangle.
- is also the center of the
circumscribed circle.

➍ Orthocenter
- is the point of intersection of
all the altitudes of a triangle.

➎ Excenter
- is the center of the escribed excircle
circle.
excenter
" Note:
A line that passes through the
incenter and orthocenter of a
triangle is called Euler’s line.
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 101

ˆ Radius of Inscribed and Circumscribed Circle in a Triangle

n Equilateral Triangle:

a 3 a
R= a
3
a 3
r=
6 a
o Isosceles Triangle:
a2b
R= B
4A T
a b c
R= = = c
2sinA 2sinB 2 sin C a
A
r= T
s
b 2a − b A C
b
r=
2 2a + b

p Right Triangle:

c
R=
2
ab c a
r= = (s - c )
a+b+c

q Scalene Triangle: b

abc
R=
4A B
a b c
R= = =
2sinA 2sinB 2 sin C
c a
2A T A T
r= =
P s
A
r=
( s-a )( s − b )( s − c ) b C
s
absinC C
r= = ( s-c ) tan
2s 2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 102
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

II. Quadrilaterals
¾ A plane figure with four straight sides.

n Parallelogram

A parallelogram is a quadrilateral
in which opposite sides are parallel
a h
and equal.

ˆ Formulas for Area & Perimeter: b


Given base and altitude
Given base and altitude :
A = bh
Given diagonals : a d1
θ
1 d2
A = d1d2 sin θ
2
b
Given adjacent sides and
their included angle : Given Diagonals
A = ab sin θ
Perimeter :
P = 2 (a + b) a
Where :
θ
b = base
b
h = altitude or height
θ = included angle Given adjacent sides and
d1 & d2 = diagonals their included angle

o Square

A square is a quadrilateral with


four equal sides and four right a
angles.

ˆ Formula for Area & Perimeter: a d a


A = a2 P = 4a
where :
A = area a
P = perimeter a = side
d = a 2 → diagonal
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 103

p Rectangle

A rectangle is a quadrilateral in
which pairs of opposite sides are
parallel and equal and each angle
is 90°. b
ˆ Formula for Area:
A = ab P = 2(a + b) a a
where :
A = area
b
P = perimeter
b = base
a = altitude

q Trapezoid

A trapezoid or trapezium is a
quadrilateral with only one pair of a
opposite sides parallel.

ˆ Formula for Area & Perimeter:


h
h α β
A= (a + b)
2 b
A = hM
Where:
a+b
M= → median
2
h h
P = a+b+ +
sin α sin β
= a + b + h csc α + h csc β b
where : a
A = area
P = perimeter h
a = base1
b = base 2 " Note:
h = height or altitude The height or altitude of a
trapezoid is the shortest
distance between the two
parallel sides
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 104
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

r Rhombus

A rhombus is a quadrilateral in
which all sides are equal but none
of the angles is 90°.
h
ˆ Formulas for Area & Perimeter:
s
Given base and altitude :
A = hs
Given diagonals :
1
A = d1d2
2
d1
Given adjacent sides and d2
their included angle :
s
A = s2 sin θ
Perimeter :
P = 4s
where :
s = any side
h = altitude or height s
θ = included angle θ
d1 & d2 = diagonals s

s General Quadrilateral

ˆ Given four sides and sum of


two opposite angles:

A= ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )( s − d) − abcdcos2 θ C
b
B
Where:
θ c
s = semi − perimeter a
a+b+c +d
=
2 D
A c
A+C B+D
θ= or θ =
2 2
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 105

t Cyclic Quadrilateral

A cyclic quadrilateral is a
quadrilateral in which all of its four
vertices lie on a circle

ˆ Ptolemy ' s Theorem :


d1 ⋅ d2 = ac + bd

ˆ Bramaguptha ' s Formula :



A= ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )( s − d )

d2
( ab + cd ) + ( ac + bd ) + ( ad + bc ) ⓓ d1
r=
4A

Where:
s = semi − perimeter
a+b+c +d
s=
2
A = area of the quadrilateral
d1 & d2 = diagonals

" Note:
Opposite angles of a cyclic
quadrilateral are supplementary:

A + C = 180
B + D = 180

Quadrilateral Circumscribing a Circle

… Formula for Area:


b
A quad = abcd
r
A quad = rs a c
where :
a+b+c +d
s=
2 d
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 106
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

Relationships Among Special Parallelograms

Relationships:

9 The opposite sides of a


parallelogram are parallel and
congruent.

9 The opposite angles of a


parallelogram are congruent.

9 The consecutive angles of a


parallelogram are
supplementary.

9 The diagonals of a

Parallelogram
Rectangles
parallelogram bisect each other.
Squares
9 A diagonal of a parallelogram
divides it into two congruent Rhombus
triangles

9 Every rectangle and every


rhombus must be a
parallelogram.

9 Every square is both rectangle


and a rhombus

9 All sides of a rhombus are


equal.

9 The diagonals of a rhombus are


perpendicular bisectors of each
other

9 The diagonals of a rhombus


bisect the vertex angles
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 107

III. Polygons
¾ A polygon is a closed plane figure bounded by straight line segments
as sides.

n Parts of Polygon

Vertex
Interior Angle
Diagonal
Side
Exterior Angle

.
1. Side - one of the line segments that make up the
polygon
2. Vertex - a point where two sides of the polygon meet.
Two or more points are called vertices.
3. Diagonal - a line connecting two non consecutive vertices
in a polygon.
4. Interior angle - angle formed by two adjacent sides inside
the polygon
5. Exterior angle - angle formed by two adjacent sides outside
the polygon, one of which has been extended.

Types of Polygon:

➊ Convex Polygon:
A convex polygon is a polygon
in which no interior angle is
greater than 180°

➋ Concave Polygon
A concave polygon is one
having at least one interior
angle greater than 180°
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 108
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

o Common Regular Polygons

Polygons Number of Sides

Triangle 3
Quadrangle 4
Pentagon 5
Hexagon 6
NUMBER OF SIDES
Heptagon 7
Octagon 8
Nonagon 9
Decagon 10
Undecagon/ Hendecagon 11
Dodecagon 12
Tridecagon / Triskaidecagon 13
Tetradecagon / Tetrakaidecagon 14
Quindecagon / Pentakaidecagon 15
Hexadecagon / Hexakaidecagon 16
Heptadecagon / Heptakaidecagon 17
Octadecagon / Octakaidecagon 18
Enneadecagon / Enneakaidecagon 19
Icosagon 20
Triacontagon 30
Tetracontagon 40
Pentacontagon 50
Hexacontagon 60
Heptacontagon 70
OCtacontagon 80
Enneacontagon 90
Hectogon / Hecatontagon 100
Chilliagon 1000
Myriagon 10000
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 109

To construct a name, combine the prefix+suffix

Sides Prefix Sides Suffix


20 Icosikai... +1 ...henagon
30 Triacontakai... +2 ...digon
40 Tetracontakai... +3 ...trigon
50 Pentacontakai... +4 ...tetragon
+
60 Hexacontakai... +5 ...pentagon
70 Heptacontakai... +6 ...hexagon
80 Octacontakai... +7 ...heptagon
90 Enneacontakai... +8 ...octagon
+9 ...enneagon

Examples:
56 sided polygon - Pentacontakaihexagon

38 sided polygon - Tricontakaioctagon

p Angle Measurements and Number of Diagonals

① Sum of Interior Angles :


S = nθ = ( n − 2 ) 180°
② Measure of int erior Angle : x x
S ( n − 2 ) 180° θ
θ=
= θ
α α
n n θ
③ Number of Diagonals : α
x R
n r β
D = (n − 3 )
2
④ Sum of Exterior Angles :
S = 360° Where:
⑤ Measure of Exterior Angle : θ = interior angle
360 α = central angle
β= r = radius of
n
inscribed circle
Note : R = radius of
In all cases, n = no.of sides circumscribed circle
x = side
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 110
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

q Area & Perimeter of Regular Polygons


① Given apothem & perimeter :
1
A= pr
2
where :
A = area
p = perimeter r ⓧ
r = apothem

② Given apothem and number


of sides :
⎛ 180 ⎞
A = nr 2 ⎜ tan
⎝ n ⎟⎠
⎛ 180 ⎞
P = 2nr ⎜ tan
⎝ n ⎟⎠ r
where :
r = apothem
n = number of sides

③ Given lenght of the side :


nx 2 ⎛ 180 ⎞
A= ⎜ cot ⎟
4 ⎝ n ⎠
P = nx
where :
x = length of the side ⓧ
n = number of sides
P = perimeter

④ Given R :
nR 2 ⎛ 360 ⎞
A= ⎜ sin
2 ⎝ n ⎟⎠
⎛ 360 ⎞
P = 2nr ⎜ sin
⎝ 2n ⎟⎠
where :
R
R = radius of circumscribng
circle
n = number of sides
P = perimeter
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 111

r Special Polygons

① Pentagram :
( regular 5 − po int ed star) r

A = 1.123 r 2
② Hexagram(star of David) :
(regular 6 − point ed star)
A = 3 r2
r
Where :
r = radius of circumscribing
circle

IV. Parabolic Segment and Ellipse

n Parabolic Segment and Spandrel


b
➊ Parabolic Segment:
2
A = bh
3 Parabolic Segment
Parabolic
Segment
Spandrel

➋ Spandrel: h
1
A = bh
3

o Ellipse

➊ Area of an Ellipse:
A = πab
➋ Circumference:

‰ First Approximation:
a
C = π (a + b) b

‰ Better Approximation:
C = π 3(a + b) − (a + 3b)(3a + b)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 112
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

V. Circle

n Circle Relationships

ˆ DEFINITIONS
1. Circle - is the set of all
points in a plane that are at
the same distance from a
Arc
fixed point called the center.
2. Radius - is a line segment Chord
joining the center to a point
Radius
on a circle
Diameter
radius = OB
3. Central angle - is an angle Secant
formed by two radius. Tangent
θ = ∠BOC
4. Inscribed angle - is an angle
whose vertex is on the circle
and whose sides are chord.
β = ∠BAC
5. Arc - is a continuous part of
a circle.
p
s = AB
6. Minor arc - is an arc that is
less than a semi-circle
p
s = BC
7. Major arc - is an arc that is B
greater than a semi-circle.
q A β θ
s = AFB C
O
8. Chord - is a line segment
joining two points of the E D
circumference
chord = AB G F H
9. Diameter - is a chord
through the center of the
circle
D = AC
10. Secant - is a line that
intersects the circle at two
points.
HJJG
sec ant = ED
11. Tangent - is a line that
touches the circle at one and
only one point.
HJJG
Tangent = GH
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 113

o Circle Principles

ˆ Theorems on Circle

c The perpendicular drawn from the


center of a circle to a chord P Q R
bisects the chord.

PQ = QR

d Equal chords of a circle are


equidistant form the center of the
circle. x
d1
d2
d1 = d2 x

e A central angle is measured by


its intercepted arc; (i.e. a central
angle of 60° intercepts a 60° arc).
θ
A B
p
θ = AB

f An inscribed angle is measured


by one-half its intercepted arc or A
one - half the measure of the
central angle for the same θ
B
intercepted arc.
β
p θ
AB
β= =
2 2

g Angles inscribed in the same or


congruent arcs are equal.
β
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = β
A β β
B
C
h An inscribed angle intercepting a
semi-circle is 90 degrees.

∠C = β = 90° θ
θ = 180° A B

C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 114
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

Cont’ : Circle Principles

ˆ Theorems on Circle
i An angle formed by a tangent
and a chord is measured by one-
half its intercepted arc.
B
p
AB
∠A =
2 A

j An angle formed by two


intersecting chords is measured
by one-half the sum of the A B
a
intercepted arcs. b

( )
1 p p θ θ
θ = BC + DA
2 c
d
C
And also: D
ac = bd
k An angle formed by two tangents
intersecting outside a circle is
measured by one-half the B
difference of the intercepted arcs.

A θ P
θ=
2
(
1 q p
BAD − DB )
D

l An angle formed by two secants


intersecting outside a circle is A
measured by one-half the
B
difference of the intercepted arcs.
θ=
2
(
1 p p
AC − BD ) D
θ P

PA ⋅ PB = PC ⋅ PD C

cc An angle formed by a tangent


and a secant intersecting A
outside a circle is measured by
one-half the difference of the B
intercepted arcs. θ P
θ=
2
1 p p
(
AD − BD )
(PD ) D
2
= PA ⋅ PB
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 115

p Area of a circle, sector and segment


➊ Area of a Circle:
A = πr 2 → in terms of radius
πD2 r
A= → in terms diameter
4 C
➋ Circumference of a Circle:
D
C = 2πr or C = πD

➌ Length of an Arc:
s = rθ
where :
r
s = length of arc s
θ
r = radius
θ = angle in radians

➍ Area of a Circular Sector:


1 1
A= rs or A = r 2θ
2 2 Sector
where :
r = radius r
θ s
s = length of int ercepted arc
θ = angle in radians

➎ Area of Circular Segment:


Case 1:
A = A sec tor − A triangle Segment
1 1
= r 2θr − r 2 sin θ
2 2 r
1 2 θ
= r (θr − sin θ)
2
Case 2:
A = A sec tor + A triangle
Segment
1 1
= r 2θr + r 2 sin α
2 2
r
1
= r 2 (θr + sin α ) α
2 θ
where :
r = radius
θ = central angle
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 116
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

VI. Special Plane Curves

1. Lemniscate (Two-Leaved Rose))

1 Equation in Rectangular Form:


( ) ( )
2
) x2 + y2 = a2 x 2 − y 2
② Equation in Polar Form :
) r 2 = a2 cos 2θ θ a
③ Angle θ :
) θ = 45°
④ Total Area
) A = 2a2

2. Three - Leaved Rose

① EquationinPolar Form
) r = a sin 3θ
② Formula for n − Leaved
a
Rose :
) r = a cosnθ
3 Total Area
πa2
4

3. Four - Leaved Rose

① EquationinPolar Form
) r = a sin 2θ
② For n − Leaved Rose :
` ) r = a sin ( nθ ) a

3 Total Area
πa2
A=
2
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 117

4. Cycloid
① Equation in Parametric
Form :
⎧⎪ x = a ( θ − sin θ )
)⎨
⎪⎩ y = a (1 − cos θ ) 2a
② Area of One Arc : o 2πa
) A = 3πa2
③ Arc Length of One Arc :
) L = 8a L A cycloid is a curve
described by a point P on
④ Dis tan ce Between two
a circle of radius “a”
Cusps : rolling on a straight line.
) d = 2aπ

5. Catenary
① Equation
A y B
a xa
)y=
2
(
e + e− x a )
x
= a cosh
a a
x
" Note:
A Catenary when revolved L A curve in which a heavy
about its axis generates a uniform flexible chain
surface called catenoid. freely hangs if suspended
vertically from its two
extremes A and B.

6. General Hypocycloid

① Parametric Equations y
⎧ ⎛a+b⎞
) ⎨ x = ( a + b ) cos θ − b cos ⎜ ⎟θ
⎩ ⎝ b ⎠ b
a
⎧ ⎛a+b⎞
)⎨ y = ( a + b ) sin θ − b sin ⎜ ⎟θ x
⎩ ⎝ b ⎠
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 118
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

7. Epicycloid

① Parametric Equations :
⎧ ⎛a+b⎞ y
) ⎨ x = ( a + b ) cos θ − b cos ⎜ ⎟θ
⎩ ⎝ b ⎠
⎧ ⎛a+b⎞
)⎨ y = ( a + b ) sin θ − b sin ⎜ ⎟θ
b
⎩ ⎝ b ⎠
a
L An epicycloid is the curved θ
x
described by a point P on a circle
of radius “b” as it rolls on the
outside of another fixed circle of
radius “a”.

7. Cardioid- An epicycloid of one cusps


① Equation Polar Form :
) r = 2a (1 + cos θ ) a
a
② Area Bounded by the
Curve :
) A = 6πa2
③ Arc Length of Curve : L A cardioid is a path
) L = 16a traced out by a point on
a circle of radius “a”
rolling round the
circumference of
another circle having the
same radius “a”.

8. Tractrix
① Equationin Parametric
y
Form :
⎧ ⎛ θ ⎞
⎪ x = a ⎜ ln cot − cos θ ⎟ P
)⎨ ⎝ 2 ⎠
⎪ y = a sin θ a

θ
x
x
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 119

9. Astroid -A hypocycloid with four cusps

1 Equation in Rectangular Form:

) x 2 3 + y 2 3 = a2 3
a
② Equationin Parametric
Form :
⎧⎪ x = a cos3 θ
)⎨
⎪⎩ y = a sin θ
3

③ Area Bounded :
L A hypocycloid with 4 cusps
3 is described by a point P on
) A = πa2
8 a circle of radius a/4 as it
④ Arc Length(total) : rolls on the inside of a fixed
) L = 6a circle of radius “a” without
slipping.

10. Trochoid

① Parametric Equations : y

) x = aθ − b sin θ
b
) y = a − b cos θ
Three possible cases : a
x
If :
b < a → curtate cycoid
b > a → prolate cycloid
b = a → cycloid y

b
L A trochoid is a curve described
by a point P at a distance “b” from
the center of a circle of radius “a” a
x
as the circle rolls on the x-axis.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 120
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

11. Folium of Descartes

1 Equation in Rectangular Form:

) x 3 + y 3 = 3axy
② Equationin Parametric
Form :
⎧ 3at
⎪⎪ x = 1 + t 3
)⎨ 2
⎪ y = 3at
⎪⎩ 1+ t3
③ Area Bounded :
3
) A = a2
2
④ Equation of Asymtote :
) x+y+a = 0

12. Evolute of an Ellipse

1 Equation in Rectangular Form: y

) ( ax ) + ( by ) ( )
23 23 23
= a2 − b2

② Parametric Equations :

⎪ (
⎧ax = a2 − b2 cos3 θ ) o x
)⎨
2 2
(
⎪⎩by = a − b sin θ
3
)
This curve is the envelope of the
x2 y2
normals to the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1
a b
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry 121

14. Witch of Agnesi

1 Equation in Rectangular Form:


y
( )
) x 2 + 4a2 y = 8a3 P
② Parametric Equations :
) x = 2a cot θ 2a B

) y = a (1 − cos 2θ ) θ
x
o

15. Involute of a Circle

① Parametric Equations :
y
) x = a ( cos θ + a sin θ )
) y = −a ( a cos θ + sin θ ) P

This is the curved described by the


endpoint P of a string as it unwinds o x
from a circle of radius a while held
taut.

16. Ovals of Cassini

① Equationin Polar Form : y


) r 4 + a 4 − 2a2r 2 cos 2θ = b 4
with : x
a < b or b < a
If : a = b, then the curve
is a lemniscate
y
This is the curve described by a
point P such that the product of x
its distance from two fixed points
(distance 2a apart) is constant.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 122
CHAPTER 3 Plane Geometry

17. Cissoid of Diocles

1 Equation in Rectangular Form:


y
S
) ( 2a − x ) y 2 = x 3
P
R
② Parametric Equations :
) x = 2a sin2 θ a
2a sin3 θ o x
)y =
cos θ

This is a curve described by a


point P such that the distance OP
= distance RS. It is used in the
problem of duplication of a cube,
i.e. finding the side of a cube which
has twice the volume of a given
cube.

18. Spiral of Archimedes

① Equationin Polar Form : y


) r = aθ

x
Algebra & General Mathematics
 
  Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics

Physics

Mechanics

Strength of Materials

Engineering Economics

 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 124
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

I. Volumes

1. Cube

A cube is a polyhedron whose six


faces are all squares

➊ Total Surface Area,: ⓐ


" A s = 6a2
➋ Volume, (V):
D ⓐ
" V = a3 d

➌ Space Diagonal:
" D = 3a

➍ Face Diagonal:
" d = 2a

2. Rectangular Parallelepiped

A rectangular parallelepiped is a
polyhedron whose six faces are all
rectangles

➊ Area of a Rectangular
Parallelepiped:
" A s = 2 ( ab + bc + ac )
➋ Volume, (V):

" V = abc D
➌ Space Diagonal, D: d

" d = a +b +c
2 2 2

➍ Face Diagonal, d:
" dl = a2 + b2 → longer
" ds = b2 + c 2 → shorter
Where:
dl = longer diagonal
ds = shorter diagonal
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 125

3. Cylinder

A cylinder is a solid bounded by a


closed cylindrical surface and two
parallel planes.

➊ Oblique Cylinder
ƒ Lateral Surface Area: r

" A = 2πrL
= 2πrh csc θ
ƒ Volume: L
h
θ
" V = Bh
= πr 2 (L sin θ )

➋. Right Circular Cylinder:


ƒ Lateral Surface Area: r

" A = Ch
= 2πrh
ƒ Volume:
h
" V = Bh
= πr 2h
Where:
C = circumference
B = area of the base
r = radius of the cylinder
L = slant height
h = altitude or height
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 126
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

4. Prism

A prism is a polyhedron having two " Note:


identical and parallel faces (usually Prisms are named according
referred to as the “ends” or “bases” ) to their bases
and whose sides are parallelogram

n Oblique Prism
A prism with an axis that is not at
right angle to the base.
L
h
AR
" V = ( A R )(L )
" A s = (PR )(L )
AB
o Right Prism
A right prism is one whose axis is
perpendicular to the base.
" V = ( A B )( h )
" A s = (PB )( h )
Where:
V = volume h
A s = lateral area
A B = area of the base
AB
PB = perimeter of the base
h = height or altitude

p Truncated Prism

General Formula:
⎛ h + h + h3 + ... + hn ⎞ h1 h4
" V = AR ⎜ 1 2 ⎟ h5
⎝ n ⎠ h2 h3
⎛ ∑h ⎞ AR
" V = A R ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ n ⎠
Where:
h3
V = volume
A R = area of the right sec tion h1
h = height AR
n = no. of sides h2
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 127

5. Cone

A cone is a tree dimensional shape " Note:


formed by a straight line when one end A frustum of a cone is the part
is moved around a simple closed curve, of the cone cut off between the
while the other end of the line is kept base and a plane which is
fixed at a point which is not in the plane parallel to the base.
of the curve

n Oblique Circular Cone

axis
A ‰ Formula for Volume & Area
1
" V = Bh h
3
" A L = πrL
B

o Right Circular Cone r

‰ Formula for Volume & Area


1
" V = Bh L
3 h
" A L = πrL
" L2 = r 2 + h2 B

r
p Frustum of a Cone
r
‰ Formula for Volume & Area b
h
⎛ C + C2 ⎞
" AL = ⎜ 1 ⎟L B
⎝ 2 ⎠
h
(
" V = b + B + bB
3
) R

Where:
A L = the lateral surface area
V = the volume
B = the area of the lower base
L h
b = area of the upper base
h = height
r
L = slant height
CB & Cb = circumference of the
ower and upper base,
respectively.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 128
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

6. Pyramid

A pyramid is a polyhedron having any


polygons as one face (base) with all
other faces (sides) being triangles
meeting at a common vertex.

n Right Pyramid

‰ Formula for Volume & Area


1 Apex
" V = Bh
3
1
" A L = PL h L
2
B
Where:
V = volume
A L = lateral area
B = area of the base
h = perpendicular height
L = slant height

o Frustum of a pyramid

‰ Formula for Volume & Area

"V=
h
3
(
b + B + bB )
(P + PB ) L
" AL = b
b
2 h
Where:
B
V = volume
A L = lateral area
b = area of the upper base
B = area of the lower base
Pb = perimeter of the upper base
PB = perimeter of the lower base
L = slant height
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 129

6. Prismatoid

n The General Prismatoid

‰ Formula for volume:


Line
h
" V = ( A1 + 4A m + A 2 )
The winning A1
6
Where:
V = volume h Am
A1 = area of the lower base
A m = area of the mid sec tion
A2
A 2 = area of the upper base
h = perpendicular dis tan ce
between the two bases

‰ Volume of Special Prismatoid


n A wedge cut from a cylinder of
radius r by two planes, one
perpendicular to the axis of the
cylinder and the other intersecting
the first plane at an angle θ along a
diameter.
2 3 r3 θ
"V= → (if θ = 30°)
9
2r 3
"V= → (if θ = 45°)
3

o Solid with circular base of radius r


and every plane section
perpendicular to a certain diameter
is an equilateral triangle.

4r 3
"V=
3

p Solid with circular base of radius r


and every plane section
perpendicular to a certain diameter
The the
is an isosceles triangle of altitude h.

πr 2h
"V=
2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 130
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

Con’t: Prismatoid

‰ Volume of Some Prismatoid

q Solid with circular base of radius r


and every plane section
perpendicular to a certain diameter
is an isosceles triangle with altitude
equal to one-half of its base.

4r 3
"V=
3

r Solid with circular base of radius r


and every plane section
perpendicular to a certain diameter
is a square.

16r 3
"V=
3

s Solid with circular base of radius r


and every plane section
perpendicular to a fixed diameter is
a semicircle.

2πr 3
"V=
3

t Solid common to two identical


cylinders with their axis meeting at
90° .

16r 3
"V =
3

" Note:
For all special prismatoid, the
formula for general prismatoid is
applicable.
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 131

7. Similar Solids

‰ Relationship between Area and


Altitude:

2
A 2 ⎛ h2 ⎞
" =⎜ ⎟ x2 x1
A1 ⎝ h1 ⎠

‰ Relationship between Volume


and Altitude:

3
V2 ⎛ h2 ⎞
" =⎜ ⎟ h2 h1
V1 ⎝ h1 ⎠

‰ Relationship between Volume


and Area:

3
V2 ⎛ A 2 ⎞
" =⎜ ⎟ h2 h2
V1 ⎜⎝ A1 ⎟⎠

Where, in all cases:

h1 & h2 = height / altitude of the smaller


and bigger solid, respectively.
A1 & A 2 = area of the smaller and
bigger solid, respectively.
V1 & V2 = volume of the smaller and
bigger solid, respectively.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 132
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

8. Sphere

‰ Formula for volume & area:


4
" V = πr 3
3 r
" A s = 4πr 2

He‰ Spherical Zone

n One base:
h
" A s = 2πrh
r r
o Two bases:

" A s = 2πrh
Where: r h
r = radius of the sphere

‰ Spherical Segment

n One base:

πh2 h
"V= ( 3r − h )
3 r r

o Two bases:
a
πh ⎡
"V=
6 ⎣
( )
3 a2 + b2 + h2 ⎤⎦
h
Where:
a = radius of the small base b
b = radius of the big base

‰ Spherical Sector:

2 2
"V= πr h
3
1 h
" V = (Az ) h
3 r r
Where:
A z = area of the zone
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 133

8. Cont’: Sphere

‰ Spherical Polygon
¾ A closed geometric figure on the
surface of a sphere formed by the
arcs of great circles.
B

πr 2E
"A= C
180 A
Where:
E = spherical excess D
E = sum of angles − ( n − 2 ) 180°
r = radius of the sphere
n = number of sides

‰ Spherical Pyramid B

π r 2E
" As = C
180
A
π r 3E
"V=
540 D
Where:
E = Spherical excess
E = sum of angles − ( n − 2 ) 180°
r = radius of the sphere
n = number of sides

‰ Spherical Lune
r θ

πr θ
2
"A=
90
Where:
θ = angle of the lune (degrees)

‰ Spherical Wedge:
r θ
πr 3 θ
"V=
270
Where:
θ = angle of the wedge (degrees)
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 134
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

9. Ellipsoid

n General Ellipsoid / Spheroid

¾ A three-dimensional figure all planar


cross-sections of which are either
ellipses or circles.
b a
4
"V= πabc c
3

o Prolate Spheroid
- Volume generated when an
ellipse is revolved about the major
axis.

4
"V= πab2
3
⎛ arcsin e ⎞
" A s = 2πb ⎜ b + a ⎟
⎝ e ⎠
Where:
a2 − b2
" e=
a

For prolate spheroid, a > b

p Oblate Spheroid
- Volume generated when an
ellipse is revolved about the minor
axis.

4 2
"V= πa b
3
πb2 ⎛ 1 + e ⎞
" A s = 2πa2 + ln ⎜ ⎟
e ⎝ 1− e ⎠
Where:

b2 − a2
" e=
a
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 135

10. Paraboloid of Revolution

n One base:
r
1 2
"V= πr h
2
4πr ⎡⎛ r2 ⎞ ⎛ r ⎞ ⎤
3
h
" A L = 2 ⎢⎜ h2 + ⎟ − ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
3h ⎢⎣⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎥⎦

o Two bases:
r2

πh 2
"V= ⎡r1 + r2 2 ⎤⎦
2 ⎣ h

r1

11. Tetrahedron
Tetrahedron formed by three mutually
perpendicular edges of lengths a, b, and
c.
c
abc
"V=
6 a
b

12. Torus

‰ Formula for area:

" A = 4 π2 r R

‰ Formula for volume:

" V = 2π2r 2R

R r
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 136
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

POLYHEDRONS
Polyhedron is a solid bounded by flat
surfaces with each surface bounded by
straight sides. In other words, a
polyhedron is a solid bounded by
polygons. Each of the flat surfaces is
called a face. A straight side bounding a
face is called an edge. A point at the end
of an edge is called a vertex.
A regular polyhedron is a solid figure
each of whose sides is a regular polygon
(of the same size) and each of whose
angles is formed by the same number of
sides.
The Five Regular Polyhedra ( Platonic Solids)

Regular Polyhedron: (Tetrahedron) - Four Equal Faces


➊ Tetrahedron:

ƒ Number of Faces (f) =4


ƒ Number of Vertices (v) =4
ƒ Number of Edges (e) =6

Relationship Between f, v, and e:

" f + v − e = 2 → Euler’s Equation

ƒ Total Surface Area (A s ) :

" A s = 4(Area of Equilateral Δ )


= 3a2

ƒ Volume (V):
2 3
"V= a
12
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 137

Regular Polyhedron: (Hexahedron) - Six Equal Faces

➋ Hexahedron:
ƒ Number of Faces (f) =6
ƒ Number of Vertices (v) =8
ƒ Number of Edges (e) = 12

Relationship Between f, v, and e:

" f + v − e = 2 → Euler’s Equation

ƒ Total Surface Area (A s ) :


" A s = 6(Area Square)
= 6a2

ƒ Volume (V):
" V = a3

Regular Polyhedron: (Octahedron) - Eight Equal Faces

➌ Octahedron:

ƒ Number of Faces (f) =8


ƒ Number of Vertices (v) =6
ƒ Number of Edges (e) = 12

Relationship Between f, v, and e:

" f + v − e = 2 → Euler’s Equation

ƒ Total Surface Area (A s ) :


" A s = 8(Area of Equilateral Δ )
= 2 3a2

ƒ Volume (V):
2 3
"V= a
3
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 138
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry

Regular Polyhedron: (Dodecahedron) - Twelve Equal Faces

➍ Dodecahedron:

ƒ Number of Faces (f) = 12


ƒ Number of Vertices (v) = 20
ƒ Number of Edges (e) = 30

Relationship Between f, v, and e:

" f + v − e = 2 → Euler’s Equation

ƒ Total Surface Area (A s ) :

" A s = 12(Area of Pentagon)


= 20.65a2

ƒ Volume (V):
" V = 7.66a3

Regular Polyhedron: (Icosahedron) - Twenty Equal Faces

➎ Icosahedron

ƒ Number of Faces (f) = 20


ƒ Number of Vertices (v) = 12
ƒ Number of Edges (e) = 30

Relationship Between f, v, and e:

" f + v − e = 2 → Euler’s Equation

ƒ Total Surface Area (A s ) :


" A s = 20(Area of Equilateral Δ )
= 5 3a2

ƒ Volume (V):
" V = 2.18a3
CHAPTER 4 Solid Geometry 139

Regular Polyhedron: Radius of Circumscribing Circle

‰ GENERAL FORMULA:

3V
"r=
A
Where:

V = volume of the regular


polyhedron
A = surface area of the regular
polyhedron

Radius of Inscribed Sphere:

n Tetrahedron:

2
"r= a
12
o Hexahedron:

a
"r=
2

p Octahedron:

a
"
6

q Dodecahedron:

" 1.11 a

r Icosahedron:

" r = 0.76 a
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 141

1. The Cartesian Plane: Rene Descartes (1596-1650


The Cartesian Coordinate system
is consists of two perpendicular lines
which intersect at the point O called Quadrant Quadrant
II I
the origin. The horizontal line is called
the x-axis and the vertical line is P(x,y)

called the y-axis. Together, they are


called as the Cartesian Coordinate
Axes. Notice that the coordinate axes
divide the plane into four quadrants I,
Quadrant
II, III and IV. III
Quadrant
IV
I

2. Directed Line Segments

¾ a line segment measured in


P2B
( x2 , y 2 )
definite sense or direction.

Taking one direction, say AB, as A B


positive, makes the opposite direction
BA as negative A
P1(x1, y1 )
AB = "+ " BA = "− " A

3. Distance Between Two Points

" d = (x 2 − x1 )2 + (y 2 − y1 )2
P2 (x2 , y 2 )
where :
d = dis tan ce
d
( x1, y1 ) = coordinate of P1
( x 2, y 2 ) = coordinate of P2
P1(x1, y1 )
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 142
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

4. Division of Line Segment


X Formula 1
r1x2 + r2 x1 Case 1:
" x= Point of Division on
r1 + r2
theLine Segment
r1y2 + r2 y1
" y=
r1 + r2 r2
where : P2 (x2 ,y 2 )
r1 PP
= 1 r1 P(x,y)
r2 PP2
" Note :
r1,r2 → the same sign if measured P1(x1,y1 )
in the same direction.
r1,r2 → opposite sign if measured
in opposite direction.
Case 2:
o Alternate Formula : Point of Division on
" x = x1 + r(x2 − x1) the extension.
" y = y1 + r( y2 − y1)
: where : r2 P(x,y)
PP r1
r= 1
PP
1 2
P2 (x2 ,y 2 )
" Note :
r is always positive, regardless of
P1(x1,y1 )
whether the point of division is on
the line segment or on its extension.

5. The Midpoint Formula

Special case for division


of line segment : r2
where : P2 (x2 ,y 2 )
x +x
" xm = 1 2 PP 1 r1
2 k= 1 = Pm (xm,ym )
PP 2
y +y 1 2
" ym = 1 2
2 P1(x1,y1)
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 143

6. Area of a Triangle by Coordinates

x1 y1
x1 y1 1
1 x2 y2 1
A= = x2 y2 1
2 x3 y3 2 P3 (x3 ,y 3 )
x3 y3 1
x1 y1
1 ⎡ (x1y2 + x2y3 + x3y1)⎤
A= ⎢ ⎥
2 ⎣−(x1y3 + x3y2 + x2y1)⎦
" Note: P1(x1,y1 ) P2 (x2 ,y 2 )
A = "+ ", if points taken counter
clockwise order.
A = "− ", if points taken clockwise.

7. Special Centers of Triangle by Coordinates

n Location of Centroid : P(x


3 3,y3 )

x + x + x3 (xc,yc )
" xc = 1 2
3
y1 + y2 + y3
" yc =
3
Y Location of Incenter : P1(x1, y1 ) P2 (x 2 , y 2 )

ax + bx 2 + cx3
" xi = 1
a+b+c
ay1 + by2 + cy3
" yi =
a+b+c
where : P(x
3 3,y3 )

a,b,and c → are the sides of the


(x,y)
i i
trianlgle.

" Note:
Centroid - is the point of intersection
P1(x1, y1 ) P2 (x 2 , y 2 )
of all the medians of a
triangle.

Incenter - is the point of intersection of


all the angle bisectors of a
triangle.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 144
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

8. Area of Polygon by Coordinates

x1 y1
x2 y2 Where:
1 (x1, y1 ),(x 2 , y 2 ),...,(xn , yn ) are P4
A= P5
2 consecutive vertices of the
xn yn polygon. P6
x1 y1 P3
1 x1 x2 x3 x x
A= +... n 1 P1
2 y1 y2 y3 yn y1
P2
1 ⎡ (x1y2 + x2y3 +... + xny1)⎤
A= ⎢ ⎥
2 ⎣−(x2y1 + x3y2 +... + x1yn )⎦
" Note:
For polygons with more than 3 sides, it is
necessary to plot first the vertices before
substituting to the above formula.

9. Slope of the Line

n Given inclination (θ) :


" m = tan θ
P2
o Given two po int s :
y 2 − y1
" m=
x 2 − x1 y 2 − y1
P1
" Note:
For x 2 − x1
Horizontal line : m=0
Vertical line : m=α θ
Upward to the right: m=+
Upward to the left : m=−

Angle of Inclination - is defined as the


smallest positive angle that the
line makes with the positive x-
axis.
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 145

10. Properties of Algebraic Curves


➊ Intercepts

" x − int ercept → the values of


the abscissas of the points
where the curve crosses the x-
axis. To solve the x-intercepts, let
y=0 and solve for x.
" y − int ercept → the values of Three x-intercepts
One y-intercept
the ordinates of the points where
the curve crosses the y-axis. To
solve the y-intercepts, let x=0
and solve for y.

➋ Symmetry

" Test for symmetry :


y-axis symmetry
1. The graph of an equation is
symmetric with respect to the y-
axis if replacing x with -x gives
an equivalent equation.
2. The graph of an equation is
symmetric with respect to the x-
axis if replacing y with -y gives
an equivalent equation.
3. The graph of an equation is
symmetric with respect to the x-axis symmetry
origin if replacing x with -x and y
with -y simultaneously, gives an
equivalent equation.

➌ Asymptotes

¾ A line which touches a given


curve and the point of contact is
at infinity.
" Vertical Asymtote :
The line x=a is a vertical
asymptote of the graph of f if:
f(x) → ± ∞ as x → a Origin symmetry
" Horizontal Asymptote:
The line y=b is a horizontal
asymptote of the graph of f if:
f(x) → b as x → ± ∞
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 146
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

II. Straight Line

1. Equations of Straight Lines

‰ General Equation
P(x, y)
" Ax + By + C = 0 ⎫
⎬ b

‰ Standard Equations:

n Point - Slope Form:

" y − y1 = m(x − x1 ) P(x, y)


m
Where:
m = slope
(x1, y1 ) = any point on the line

o Slope-Intercept Form:

" y = mx + b

Where: ⎫
⎬ b
m = slope ⎭

b = y − int ercept

p Two-point Form:

y − y1 y 2 − y1
" =
x − x1 x 2 − x1 P2 (x 2 , y 2 )
Where:
P1(x1, y1 ) ⎫
⎬ are two point s on the line P1(x1,y1 )
P2 (x 2 , y 2 )⎭
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 147

Con’t: Standard Equations

q Intercept Form:

x y
" + =1 ⎫


b
a b
where : a
a = x − int ercept
b = y − int ercept

r The Normal Form:

" x cos θ + y sin θ = p


where :
ρ
A
cos θ =
± A 2 + B2
B
sin θ =
± A 2 + B2
−C
p=
± A 2 + B2

s Parametric Form:

x − x1 y − y1
" = =r
cos θ sin θ

where :
(x1 + r cos θ, y1 + r sin θ) is
any point on this line
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 148
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

2. Parallel Lines : (m1=m2)

 Equations of Parallel
Lines :
L1 : Ax + By + C1 = 0 L1
Ax + By + C1 = 0
L 2 : Ax + By + C2 = 0 L2
 Slope of Parallel Lines :
m1 = m2
" Note :
Ax + By + C1 = 0
The equations of parallel lines
differ in constant term only.

3. Perpendicular Lines:

 Equations of Perpendicular
Lines :
Bx − Ay + C2 = 0
L1 : Ax + By + C1 = 0 L2
L 2 : ±Bx ∓ Ay + C2 = 0
 Slope of Parallel Lines :
1
m2 = − or m1 ⋅ m2 = −1 L1
m2
Ax + By + C1 = 0

4. Distance From a Point to a Line

Ax1 + By1 + C
" d=
± A 2 + B2
P(x1,y1 )
" Note :
In the denominator, use: d
"+ " → if the point is above or
to the right of the line
"− " → if the point is below or
to the left of the line Ax + By + C = 0
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 149

5. Distance Between Two Parallel Lines


Let:
L1 ; A1x + B1y + C1 = 0
L 2 ;A 2 x + B2 y + C2 = 0 L1
Ax + By + C1 = 0
C2 − C1 d
" d= L2
A 2 + B2
where :
C1 = constant term in L1
Ax + By + C1 = 0
C2 = constant term in L2

6. Point of Intersection of Two Lines

L1 : A1x + B1y + C1 = 0
L2
L 2 : A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0
A1x + B1y + C1 = 0
B2C1 − B1C2 L1
" x=
A 2B1 − A1B2 (x,y)
A C − A 2C1
" y= 1 2
A 2B1 − A1B2
A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0

7. Angle Formed By the Intersection of Two Lines


X In Terms of Slope :
m2 − m1 L2
" Tanθ =
1 + m1 ⋅ m2 A1x + B1y + C1 = 0 θ
L1
where :
θ is the angle in the counter
clockwise direction
m1 & m2 → slope of L1 and L 2, A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0
respectively
Y In Terms of Coefficients :
A B − A 2B1
" Tanθ = 1 2
A1A 2 + B1B2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 150
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

8. Equation of a Straight Line Through the Intersection of Two Lines

L1 : A1x + B1y + C1 = 0
L2
L 2 : A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0
A1x + B1y + C1 = 0
" L1 + kL 2 = 0 L1
where :
k → is a constant
L1 & L 2 → are the equations of
the two intersecting A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0
lines, respectively.

9. Equations of Angle Bisectors Between Two Lines

L1 : A1x + B1y + C1 = 0
L2
L 2 : A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0
A1x + B1y + C1 = 0
A1x + B1y + C1 A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 L1
" =
± A +B2
1
2
1 ± A +B2
2
2
2

where :
Ambiguous sign( ± ) follows the
A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0
sign of B.

7. Angle Formed By the Intersection of Two Lines

X In Terms of Slope :
m2 − m1 L2
" Tanθ =
1 + m1 ⋅ m2 A1x + B1y + C1 = 0 θ
L1
where :
θ is the angle in the counter
clockwise direction
m1 & m2 → slope of L1 and L 2, A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 = 0
respectively
Y In Terms of Coefficients :
A B − A 2B1
" Tanθ = 1 2
A1A 2 + B1B2
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 151

I. CONIC SECTIONS
¾ Conic Section or Conics is the locus of a point which moves in such
a way that the ratio of its distance from a fixed point (focus) and a
fixed line (directrix) is constant. The constant ratio is called
eccentricity.
General Equation:
Ax 2 + Bxy + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0

If: B = 0
Then, the axes of the conic are parallel to the x and y coordinate axis.

1. Conics by Cutting Plane


➊ CIRCLE
- cutting Plane Parallel To the
base.
Eccentricity, e :
e→0
➋ PARABOLA
- cutting plane parallel to
slant height.
Eccentricity, e:
e =1
➌ ELLIPSE
- cutting plane not parallel to
any element.
Eccentricity, e:
e <1
➍ HYPERBOLA
- cutting plane perpendicular to
the base
Eccentricity, e:
e >1

2. Degenerate Conics

Point Line Two Intersecting Line


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 152
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

Parabola ( e = 1) :
¾ A parabola is a set of all points that are equidistant from a fixed line
called the directrix and a fixed point called the focus.
Latus Rectum = 4a
y

2a F
ⓐ f
x
2a ⓐ d

Directrix

1. General Properties of Parabola


① Eccentricity :
f
e= =1
d
② Discrimin ant :
B2 − 4AC = 0
③ By equation :
" Ax 2 + Bxy + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
Either, A or C is 0

2. General Equations

From: ⓨ ⓨ

Ax + Cy + Dx + Ey + F = 0
2 2

➊ Axis Vertical ( C = 0 ):
" Ax 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
" x 2 + dx + ey + f = 0
➋ Axis Horizontal ( A = 0 ): ⓧ ⓧ

" Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
" y 2 + dx + ey + f = 0
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 153

3. Standard Equations

➊ Vertex at (0,0): (0,0)


ⓧ (0,0) ⓧ
① y = ± 4ax
2

② x 2 = ± 4ay ⓨ(0,0) ⓨ
( + ) → opening :(upward / right)
( − ) → opening: (downward / left) (0,0)

➋ Vertex at (h,k):
① ( y − k ) = ±4a ( x − h )
2 (h,k)

(h,k)
② ( x − h ) = ± 4a ( y − k )
2

( + ) → opening :(upward / right)


(h,k)
( − ) → opening: (downward / left)

(h,k)

4. Key Formulas
➊ Coordinate of the Vertex:
From:
" Ax 2 + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
■ If C = 0 :(axis vertical)
y
−D D2 − 4AF
" h= k=
2A 4AE
■ If A = 0 :(axis horizontal)
Latus Rectum
Directrix

E2 − 4CF −E (h,k) F x
" h= k= 4a
4CD 2C
2a
➋ Focal Distance (a):
■ If C = 0 : ■ If A = 0
−E −D
" a= " a=
4A 4C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 154
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

5. Squared Property of Parabola


➊ For major axis horizontal:
y
2
⎛y ⎞ x (x 2 ,y 2 )
"⎜ 1⎟ = 1 (x1,y1 )
⎝ 2⎠
y x 2 x

o For major axis vertical:


y
2
⎛ x ⎞ y
"⎜ 1 ⎟ = 1
⎝ x2 ⎠ y2 x
(x1,y1 )
Where:
(x1, y1 ) ⎫
⎬ are points on the (x 2 ,y 2 )
(x 2 , y 2 )⎭
parabola
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 155

Ellipse, e < 1:
¾ An ELLIPSE is the locus of a moving point which moves such that the
ratio of its distance from a fixed point to its distance from a fixed line is
constant and is less than one. The fixed point is called the focus, the
fixed line is called the directrix and the constant ratio is called the
eccentricity.
¾ It can also be defined as the locus of a point which moves so that the
sum of its distances from two fixed point called the foci is constant and
is equal to the length of the major axis.

y-axis

a
b
Directrix

Directrix
F F x-axis
2
b c c
a c=ae c=ae

a a

d=a/e d=a/e

Where:
a = semi-major axis
2a = major axis
b = semi-minor axis
2b = minor axis
c = focal distance
d = distance from center to directrix

1. General Properties of Ellipse

① Eccentricity : y-axis
f
e = <1 d
d
② Discrimin ant : f
F1 F2
2
B − 4AC < 0
③ By equation :
" Ax 2 + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
If :
A ≠ C, (same sign) → ellipse
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 156
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

2. Equations of an Ellipse
➊ GENERAL EQUATION:
" Ax 2 + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
➋ CENTER AT ORIGIN (0,0):
■ Major Axis Horizontal
x2 y2
" 2
+ =1 b
a b2 a
Where: (0,0)
a = semi − major axis
b = semi − minor axis
■ Major Axis Vertical
a
x2 y2
" 2
+ 2
=1
b a (0,0) b
Where:
a = semi − major axis
b = semi − minor axis
➌ CENTER AT (H, K):

■ Major Axis Horizontal

"
( x − h )2 + ( y − k )2 =1 a
b
2 2 (h,k)
a b
Where:
a = semi − major axis
b = semi − minor axis
■ Major Axis Vertical
a

"
( x − h )2 + ( y − k )2 =1 (0,0) b
b2 a2
Where:
a = semi − major axis
b = semi − minor axis
" Note:
ÔFor ellipse, a is always >b
ÔFor major axis horizontal, “a”
is the denominator of the term
containing x.
ÔFor major axis vertical, “a” is
the denominator of the term
containing y.
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 157

3. Key Formulas
➊ Coordinate of the Center:
From:
Ax 2 + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
D E
" h= k=
−2A −2A
➋ Length of (a) and (b):
If: A > C
" a = A and b = C
If: C > A
" a = C and b = A
➌ Distance from center
to directrix, (d):
a
"d= or a = de
e
➍ Eccentricity,(e):
c
"e = or c = ea
a
➎ Relationship Among a, b, & c:

" a 2 = b2 + c 2
➏ Equation of Tangent line
at point P(x1,y1):

xx1 yy1
" 2
+ = 1 → C(0,0)
a b2
➐ Equation of Auxiliary Circle:

" x 2 + y 2 = a2
a = semi-major axis of the
ellipse

➑ Condition of Tangency:
The line y = mx + p is
tangent to the ellipse if:
" p = ± a2m + b2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 158
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

HYPERBOLA (e = 1)
¾ A HYPERBOLA is the locus of a moving point which moves such that
the ratio of its distance from a fixed point to its distance from a fixed line
is constant and is greater than one. The fixed point is called the focus,
the fixed line is called the directrix and the constant ratio is called the
eccentricity.
¾ It can also be defined as the locus of a point which moves so that the
difference of its distances from two fixed point called the foci is constant
and is equal to the length of the transverse axis.

y-axis
Moving point
c c
d1 ⎫(x, y) b2
⎬ d2 a b x-axis
⎭ b2 F1 a F2
F1 F2
a
Directrix d d

Directrix
d1 − d2 = cons tan t

Where:
a = length of semi-transverse axis
b = length of semi-conjugate axis
c = focal distance (from center to one focus)
d = distance from center to directrix
2a = length of transverse axis
2b = length of conjugate axis
2c = distance between foci
2d = distance between directrices
F = focus
V = vertex
b2
= semi - latus rectum
a

" Note:
The definition of a hyperbola is similar to that of an ellipse. The
distinction is that, for an ellipse, the sum of the distances between
the foci and a point on the ellipse is constant, while, for a hyperbola,
the difference of these distances is constant.
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 159

1. General Properties of Hyperbola

① Eccentricity :
f
e = >1
d
② Discrimin ant :
From General Equation :
Ax 2 + Bxy + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
B2 − 4AC > 0
③ From :
" Ax 2 + Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
A and C, opposite sign
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 160
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

2. Equations of Hyperbola

➊ General Equation:
" Ax 2 − Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
Transverse Axis Horizontal
or :
" Cy 2 − Ax 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
Asymptote Asymptote

Conjugate Axis
➋ Center at origin (0,0):
■ Transverse Axis Horizontal b
a
x2 y2 Transverse Axis
− =1
a2 b2
■ Transverse Axis Vertical
y2 x2
+ =1
a2 b2
➌ Center at (h,k):
■ Transverse Axis Horizontal

( x − h )2 − ( y − k ) 2 =1
a2 b2 Transverse Axis Vertical
■ Transverse Axis Vertical
Transverse Axis

( y − k )2 + ( x − h ) 2 =1
a2 b2 Asymptote Asymptote

b
a
" Note: Conjugate Axis
For a hyperbola:
“a” is always the denominator
of the positive term. And
also:
a>b
b>a
If, a = b ,
then the hyperbola is called
rectangular hyperbola
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 161

3. Key Formulas
➊ Coordinate of the Center:
From:
Ax 2 − Cy 2 + Dx + Ey + F = 0
D E
" h= k=
−2A −2C

➋ Length of (a) and (b):


If, transverse axis is vertical:
"a= A and b = C
If, transverse axis horizontal:
" a= C and b = A

➌ Distance from center


to directrix,(d):
a
"d= or a = de
e
➍ Eccentricity, (e):
c
"e = or c = ea
a

➎ Relationship Among a, b,& c:


" c 2 = a 2 + b2
➏ Equation of Asymptote:

From two-point form:


" y − k = ±m ( x − h )
Where:
(h,k ) → center of hyperbola
m = slope of the asymptote

For transverse axis horizontal:


b
m=
a
For transverse axis vertical:
a
m=
b
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 162
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

DIAMETER OF CONICS
Diameter of the conic - is the locus of the mid-points of a system of
parallel chords of any conic.

; PARABOLA
Diameter
2
n Axis vertical: x = 4ay

Equation of Diameter:
m
" x = 2am

o Axis horizontal: y 2 = 4ax


m
Equation of Diameter:

2a
"y=
m

Diameter
; ELLIPSE

x2 y2
n Major Axis Vertical: + =1
b2 a2 m
Diameter
Equation of Diameter:

" a2 x + b2my = 0

x2 y2
o Major Axis Horizontal: 2
+ =1
a b2

Equation of Diameter:

" b2 x + a2my = 0
m
Diameter
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 163

; HYPERBOLA

n Transverse Axis Vertical:


y2 x2
− =1
a2 b2
a
b
Equation of Diameter:

" a2 x − b2my = 0

o Transverse Axis Horizontal:

x2 y2
2
− =1
a b2 a
b

Equation of Diameter:

" b2 x − a2my
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 164
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry

POLAR EQUATIONS OF CONICS


A nondegenerate conic with eccentricity “e” has one of the following
polar equations:

eh
n "r= ; directrix x = +h
1 + e cos θ

eh
o "r= ; directrix x = −h
1 − e cos θ

eh
p "r= ; directrix y = +h
1 + e sin θ

eh
q "r= ; directrix y = −h
1 − e sin θ

From the given polar equations, if:

e < 1 → ELLIPSE
e = 1 → PARABOLA
e > 1 → HYPERBOLA

Sample Problem 1:
3
What type of conic is the graph of the equation r = .
1 + cos θ
Solution:
From the equation:
eh 3
r= →
1 + e cos θ 1 + cos θ
Notice that from the given equation e = 1 and h = 3 . Thus, the conic is a
parabola with directrix x = 3
CHAPTER 5 Plane Analytic Geometry 165

Sample Problem 2;
Determine the equation of directrix and the type of conic represented by
4
the equation: r = .
3 − 4 sin θ

Solution:

Reduce the given equation to the form:


eh
r=
1 − e sin θ
Divide the numerator and denominator by 3:

4
r= 3
4
1 − sin θ
3
By inspection:
4
e = → hyperbola
3
4
eh =
3
4 ⎛ 1⎞
h= ⎜ ⎟
3⎝e⎠
4⎛3⎞
h=
3 ⎜⎝ 4 ⎟⎠
h =1

Thus, the conic is a hyperbola with directrix:


y = −1
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry 167

1. Rectangular Coordinates

The position of a point in space can z


be determined by giving its directed
distances from three mutually
perpendicular planes called the
coordinate planes. The coordinate
planes divide the space into eight
parts called octants and the region
which all coordinates are positive is
called the first octant.
y x

2. Distance Between Two Points in Space

" d = (x 2 − x1 )2 + (y 2 − y1 )2 + (z 2 − z1 )2
where : z
d = dis tan ce
P2 ( x 2 ,y 2 ,z 2 )
( x1, y1, z1 ) = coordinate of P1
( x 2, y 2, z2 ) = coordinate of P2
For any point P(x, y,z) , its distance
y x
from the origin O(0,0,0) is: P1 ( x1,y1,z1 )
" d = x 2 + y 2 + z2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 168
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry

3. Division of Line Segment

If a point P(x, y, z) divides the line


joining the points P1(x1, y1, z1 ) and z
P2 (x 2 , y 2 , z2 ) into the ratio r1 : r2
P2 ( x 2 ,y 2 ,z 2 )
internally, then;
r2
rx +r x r1
"x= 1 2 2 1 P ( x,y,z )
r1 + r2
r1y 2 + r2 y1 y x
"y= P1 ( x1,y1,z1 )
r1 + r2
r1z 2 + r2 z1
"z=
r1 + r2
z
The Midpoint Formula: ( r1 = r2 ) P2 ( x 2 ,y 2 ,z 2 )

x1 + x 2 r2
" xm = r1
2 Pm ( x m ,ym ,zm )
y1 + y 2
" ym = y x
2 P1 ( x1,y1,z1 )
z1 + z 2
" zm =
2

4. Direction Angle and Direction Cosines

For a directed line L passing through


the origin the angles α , β and γ formed z
by L with the x, y, and z axes,
respectively, are called the direction
angles, and the cosines of these angles
are the direction cosines of L. γ
α
β
Direction Cosines of Axes:
" x − axis : (1,0,0) y x
" y − axis : (0,1,0)
" z − axis : (0,0,1)
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry 169

5. Direction Cosines of Line Joining Two Points in Space

➊ Direction Cosines
x 2 − x1 z
" cos α =
d P2 ( x 2 ,y 2 ,z 2 )
y 2 − y1
" cos β =
d
z 2 − z1
" cos γ =
d
Where: y x
P1 ( x1,y1,z1 )
d = distance between two points
➋ Relation Between Direction
Cosines:
The sum of the squares of
direction cosines of a straight line
is unity.
" ( cos α ) + ( cos β ) + ( cos γ ) = 1
2 2 2

Or , let;
l = cos α
m = cos β
n = cos γ
Then,
l 2 + m 2 + n2 = 1
➌ Direction Numbers, [L,M,N]:
Any set of numbers L, M, N that
are proportional to the direction
cosines of a line are called
direction numbers of the line.

Relationship Between Direction


Numbers and Direction Cosines:
L
" l = cos α =
± L + M2 + N2
2

M
" m = cos β =
± L2 + M 2 + N 2
N
" n = cos γ =
± L + M2 + N2
2

Where:
L, M, N are the direction numbers
of the line.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 170
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry

6. Equation of Line Joining Two Points in Space

➊ Standard Form:

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
" = =
x 2 − x1 y 2 − y1 z 2 − z1
Or:

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
" = =
l m n

" Note:
These are also valid if l, m, n are
replaced by L, M, N respectively.

o Parametric Form:

" x = x1 + lt
" y = y1 + mt
" z = z1 + nt

" Note:
These are also valid if l, m, n are
replaced by L, M, N respectively.

7. Coordinates of a Point in Terms of Direction Cosines

➊ If the direction cosines of a line


OP are l, m, n and OP=d, then
the coordinates of the point P are:
" P(dl,dm,dn)
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry 171

8. Angle Formed Between Two Lines

➊ Given Direction Cosines of the


Two Lines:

For L1: l1, m1, n1


For L2: l2 ,m2 ,n2
" cos θ = l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2

➋ Given Direction Numbers:

For L1: L1,M1,N1


For L2: L 2 ,M2 ,N2

L1L 2 + M1M2 + N1N2


" cos θ =
L21 + M12 + N12 L22 + M22 + N22

Where:
θ = angle formed between two
lines
l,m,n → are the direction
cosines
L,M,N → are the direction
numbers
" Note:

The Two Lines are Parallel if:

"l1 = l2 , m1 = m2 , n1 = n2

The Two Lines are Perpendicular if:

" l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2 = 0


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 172
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry

9. Plane

➊ GENERAL EQUATION

" Ax + By + Cz + D = 0
z
If:
A = 0 : perpendicular to xy plane
B = 0 : perpendicular to xz plane
C = 0 : perpendicular to yz plane
A or B = 0 : parallel to xy plane
B or C = 0 : parallel to yz plane
A or C = 0 : parallel to xz plane y x

➋ STANDARD EQUATIONS:

ƒ Intercept Form
z
x y z
" + + =1
a b c

Where: c
a, b, and c are the x, y, and z b a
intercepts of the plane,
respectively y x

ƒ Normal Form:

" x cos α + y cos β + z cos γ = p


Where:
p = perpendicular distance from z
O to plane P.
α, β, γ are angles between OP and
positive x, y, z axes
γ
respectively.
β
α
Ax + By + Cz −D
" = y x
± A 2 + B 2 + C2 ± A 2 + B 2 + C2
Where:
± → is chosen to make the right
member positive.
A, B, and C are direction cosines
of the radius vector drawn
perpendicular to the plane and D
denotes its length.
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry 173

Cont’: Plane

ƒ Three - Point Form


Equation of a plane passing
through points: z
P1 (x1, y1, z1 )
P2 (x 2 , y 2 , z 2 ) P2 P3
P3 (x 3 , y 3 , z3 )

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
" x 2 − x1 y 2 − y1 z2 − z1 = 0 y P1 x
x 3 − x1 y 3 − y1 z3 − z1

ƒ Point-Direction Form:

" A(x − x1 ) + B(y − y1 ) + C(z − z1 )

Where:
A, B, and C are the directions of
the point perpendicular to the
plane.

10. Equation of Line Through a Point P and Perpendicular to the Plane

n Standard Form:

x − x o y − y o z − zo z
" = =
A B C

o Parametric Form:
P1
" x = x o + At
" y = y o + At
y x
" z = zo + At

Where:
A, B, and C are the direction numbers
. for a line perpendicular to the plane.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 174
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry

8. Angle Formed Between Two Planes


The angle formed between two planes is
the angle formed between their normals:

P1 : A1x + B1y + C1z + D1 = 0


P2 : A 2 x + B2 y + C2 z + D2 = 0
A1A 2 + B1B2 + C1C2 θ
cos θ =
(A12 + B12 + C12 ) ⋅ (A 22 + B22 + C22 )
Or:
" cos θ = l1l2 + m1m2 + n1n2

9. Conditions For Parallel and Perpendicular Planes


Given two planes:
P1 : A1x + B1y + C1z + D1 = 0 z
P 2 : A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 z + D2 = 0

Parallel if:
A B C
" 1 = 1 = 1 y x
A 2 B 2 C2
z
Perpendicular if:

" A1A 2 + B1B2 + C1C2 = 0

y x

10. Perpendicular Distance from a Point to a Plane

Ax1 + By1 + Cz1 + D z


"d=
± A +B +C2 2 2 Ax + By + Cz + D = 0
Where: P1(x1, y1, z1 )
± → the sign of the denominator
is taken opposite to that of D. d
y x
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry 175

11. Equation of Plane Passing through the Line of Intersection of Two Planes
Let:
P1 : A1x + B1y + C1z ⎫⎪
⎬ intersecting planes
P2 : A 2 x + B2 y + C2 z ⎪⎭
Equation:
A1x + B1y + C1z + D1 + k(A 2 x + B2 y + C2 z + D2 ) = 0

12. Equation of Angle Bisector Between Two Planes


Let:
P1 : A1x + B1y + C1z ⎫
⎬ intersecting planes
P2 : A 2 x + B2 y + C2 z ⎭
Equation is
A1x + B1y + C1z + D1 A 2 x + B 2 y + C2 z + D2

A12 + B12 + C12 A 22 + B22 + C22

13. Volume of Tetrahedron Given Vertices


Given vertices:
P1(x1, y1, z1 ), P2 (x 2 , y 2 , z 2 ),P3 (x 3 , y 3 , z3 ) P3 (x 3 ,y 3 ,z3 )

& P4 (x 4 , y 4 , z 4 )
x1 y1 z1 1
1 x2 y2 z2 1 P4 (x 4 ,y 4 ,z 4 )
V=
6 x3 y3 z3 1
x4 y4 z4 1 P1(x1,y1,z1 ) P2 (x 2 ,y 2 ,z 2 )
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 176
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry

14. Quadric Surfaces

; SPHERE
I. GENERAL EQUATION:
" x 2 + y 2 + z 2 + dx + ey + fz + g = 0 z

ƒ Coordinates of the center: C(h,k, j) (x, y, z)

d e
"h= "k= center
−2 −2 R
f
" j=
−2 y x
ƒ Radius of the Sphere:
" r = h2 + k 2 + j2 − g

z
II. STANDARD EQUATIONS
➊ Center at the Origin: C(0,0,0)
" ( x) + ( y) + (z) = r2
2 2 2 center(0,0,0)

➋ Center at: C ( h,k, j ) y x

" ( x − h) + ( y − k ) + ( z − j) = r 2
2 2 2

III. Equation of Tangent Plane to a


Sphere: z

(x1, y1, z1 )
From:
" x 2 + y 2 + z 2 + dx + ey + fz + g = 0 center(h,k, j)
Substitute:
x 2 = xx1 x = x + x1
y
y 2 = yy1 y = y + y1 x

z = zz1
2
z = z + z1
Equation: z
xx1 + yy1 + zz1 + d(x + x1 ) + e(y + y1 )
E2 (x 2 , y 2 , z2 )
+ f(z + z1 ) + g = 0
E1(x1, y1, z1 )
IV. Equation of a Sphere Given
Ends of Diameter:
(x − x1 )(x − x 2 ) + (y − y1 )(y − y 2 ) y
x
+(z − z1 )(z − z 2 ) = 0
I
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry 177

Cont’: Quadric Surfaces

; ELLIPSOID / SPHEROID

STANDARD EQUATIONS:

n Center at the origin:


z
2 2 2
x y z
" 2
+ 2+ 2
a b c

o Center at (h, k, j):

( x − h) (y − k) ( z − j)
2 2 2 y x
" 2
+ 2
+ 2
a b c
Where:
a, b, and c are the semi-axes of
the ellipsoid

; PROLATE SPHEROID z

STANDARD EQUATIONS:

n Center at the origin:

x 2 y 2 z2
" + + =1 y
b2 b2 c 2 x

o Center at (h, k, j): A surface generated when


an ellipse is revolved
about its major axis.
( x − h) (y − k) ( z − j)
2 2 2

" + + =1
b2 b2 c2
z
; OBLATE SPHEROID

n Center at the origin:

x 2 y 2 z2
" + + =1
a2 a2 c 2 y x

o Center at (h, k, j): A surface generated when


an ellipse is revolved
( x − h) (y − k) ( z − j) about its minor axis.
2 2 2

" + + =1
a2 a2 c2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 178
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry

Cont’: Quadric Surfaces


; CIRCULAR CYLINDER

STANDARD EQUATIONS:

n Center at the origin:


z
" x 2 + y 2 = r 2 (opening on the z − axis)

" x 2 + z2 = r 2 (opening on the y − axis)

" z2 + y 2 = r 2 (opening on the x − axis) y x

; ELLIPTIC CYLINDER

STANDARD EQUATIONS

n Center at the origin


z
x2 y2
" 2 + 2 = 1 (opening on the z − axis)
a b

x 2 z2
" + = 1 (opening on the y − axis)
a2 c 2
y x
2 2
z y
" 2 + 2 = 1(opening on the x − axis)
c b

; CIRCULAR CONE
STANDARD EQUATIONS:
z

x 2 y 2 z2
" + = (opening on the z − axis )
a2 a2 c 2

x 2 z2 y 2
" + = (opening on the y − axis)
a2 a2 b2 y x

y 2 z2 x 2
" + = (opening on the z − aixs)
b2 b2 a 2
CHAPTER 6 Solid Analytic Geometry 179

Cont’: Quadric Surfaces

; ELLIPTIC CONE
STANDARD EQUATIONS:
z
2 2 2
x y z
" + = (opening on the z − axis )
a2 b2 c 2

x 2 z2 y 2
" + = (opening on the y − axis)
a2 c 2 b2
y x
2 2 2
y z x
" + = (opening on the z − aixs)
b2 c 2 a 2
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


 
   
 
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 181

I. Derivatives
If y = f(x) , then the derivative of y or f(x) is defined as
dy f(x + Δx) − f(x)
= lim
dx Δx →0 Δx
Symbols of derivative:
y' ⎫

dy ⎪
dx ⎪

f '(x) ⎬ All means derivative
d ⎪
[ f(x)]⎪
dx ⎪
Dx [ f(x)] ⎪⎭
" Note:
The process of taking the derivative of a function is called
differentiation.

Meaning of the Derivative of a function:


The derivative dy/dx of the function y = f(x) represents the following:
y

Δy

x Δx

➊ Instantaneous rate of change of y with respect to x.


➋ Slope of the tangent line to the curve y = f(x) .
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 182
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus
II. Limit of a Function

1. Theorems on Limits
Let :
lim f(x) = M and lim g(x) = N
x →a x →a

1. lim cf(x) = c ⎛⎜ lim f(x) ⎞⎟


x →a ⎝ x →a ⎠
= cM ;c → cons tan t
2. lim [ f(x) ± g(x)]
x →a
= lim f(x) ± lim g(x)
x →a x →a
= M±N
3. lim [ f(x) ⋅ g(x)]
x →a

= ⎛⎜ lim f(x) ⎞⎟ ⎛⎜ lim g(x) ⎞⎟


⎝ x →a ⎠ ⎝ x →a ⎠
= M⋅N
⎡ f(x) ⎤
4. lim ⎢ ⎥
x →a ⎣ g(x) ⎦

lim f(x)
= x →a
lim g(x)
x →a
M
= →M≠0
N
5. lim n f(x)
x →a
= n lim f(x)
x →a

= M → provided n M
n

is real number
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 183

2. Some Important Limits

⎛ sin x ⎞
1. lim ⎜
x →0 ⎝ x ⎠
⎟ =1

2. lim cos x = 1
x →0

⎛ tan x ⎞
3. lim ⎜ =1
x →0 ⎝ x ⎟⎠

1
4. lim (1 + x ) x = e
x →0

x
⎛ 1⎞
5. lim ⎜ 1 + ⎟ = e
x →∞ ⎝ x⎠

x
⎛ ex − 1⎞
6. lim ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = 1
x →0
⎝ x ⎠

⎛ ax − 1⎞
7. lim ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = loge a
x →0
⎝ x ⎠

⎛ xn − an ⎞ n −1
8. lim ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = na
x →a
⎝ x−a ⎠

9. lim u = ∞
u →∞

u ⎫
10. lim =∞ ⎪
u →∞ k


k ⎪⎪
11. lim = ∞ ⎬ k ≠ 0
u →0 u



k
12. lim = 0 ⎪
u →∞ u ⎪⎭
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 184
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus

3. The 7 Indeterminate Forms

1. 00 2. ∞0 3.1∞
0
4. 5. ∞ − ∞ 6.0 × ∞
0

7.

4. The L’Hospitals’ Rule : (Solution to Indeterminate Forms)

Case ① :
⎡ lim f(x) → 0 ⎤
f(x)
and ⎢ ⎥
x →a
If : lim
x →a g(x) ⎢ lim g(x) → 0 ⎥
⎢⎣ x →a ⎥⎦
Then :
f(x) f '(x) f "(x)
lim = lim = lim
x →a g(x) x →a g'(x) x →a g"(x)

CASE ② :
⎡ lim f(x) → ∞ ⎤
f(x)
and ⎢ ⎥
x →a
If : lim
x →a g(x) ⎢ lim g(x) → ∞ ⎥
⎣⎢ x →a ⎦⎥
Then :
f(x) f '(x) f "(x)
lim = lim = lim
x →a g(x) x →a g'(x) x →a g"(x)

" Note:
The above rule of repeated
differentiation is applicable
until the limit is no longer
indeterminate.
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 185

II. General Rules of Differentiation


1. Derivatives of Algebraic Functions
d
1. (c ) = 0
dx

d
2. d ( x ) = 1
dx ( cx ) = c
dx

d
3. ( cx ) = c
dx

4.
d
dx
( )
cxn = ncxn−1

5.
dx
( )
d n
u = nun−1
du
dx

d du dv dw
6. (u ± v ± w ± ...) = ± ± ± ...
dx dx dx dx

d du
7. ( cu ) = c
dx dx

d dv du
8. (uv ) = u + v
dx dx dx

d dw dv du
9. (uvw ) = uv + uw + vw
dx dx dx dx

du dv
v −u
d ⎛u⎞ dx dx
10. =
dx ⎜⎝ v ⎟⎠ v2

dy
dy du dy du
11. = = ⋅
dx dx du dx
du
du 1
12. =
dx dx
du
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 186
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus

2. Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions


d du
1. sinu = cos u
dx dx

d du
2. cosu = − sinu
dx dx

d du
3. tanu = sec 2 u
dx dx

d du
4. cot u = − csc 2 u
dx dx

d du
5. sec u = sec u tanu
dx dx

d du
6. csc u = − csc u cot u
dx dx

3. Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions


d 1 du
1. sin−1 u =
dx 1 − u dx
2

d −1 du
2. cos−1 u =
dx 1 − u2 dx

d 1 du
3. tan−1 u =
dx (1 + u2 ) dx

d −1 du
4. cot −1 u =
dx (1 + u2 ) dx

d ±1 du
5. sec −1 u =
dx u (u − 1) dx
2

d ∓1 du
6. csc −1 u =
dx u (u − 1) dx
2
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 187

4. Derivatives of Logarithmic Functions

d loga e du
1. loga u = → a ≠ 0,1
dx u dx

d d 1 du
2. lnu = loga u =
dx dx u dx

5. Derivatives of Exponential Functions

d u du
1. a = au ln a
dx dx

d u du
2. e = eu
dx dx

d v d v lnu
3. u = e
dx dx
d
= e v lnu ( v lnu)
dx
du dv
= vuv −1 + uv lnu
dx dx

6. Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions


d du
1. sinhu = coshu
dx dx

d du
2. coshu = sinhu
dx dx

d du
3. tanhu = sec 2 h
dx dx

d du
4. cothu = − csc h2u
dx dx
d du
5. sec hu = − sec hu tanhu
dx dx
d du
6. csc hu = − csc hu cothu
dx dx
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 188
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus

7. Derivatives of Inverse Hyperbolic Functions

d 1 du
1. sinh−1 u =
dx u + 1 dx
2

d ±1 du
2. cosh−1u =
dx u2 − 1 dx
Use :
( + ) → if cosh−1 u > 0,u > 0
( − ) → if cosh−1 u < 0,u, > 0

d 1 du
3. tanh−1 u =
dx 1 − u2 dx
→ [ −1 < u < 1]

d 1 du
4. coth−1 u =
dx 1 − u2 dx
→ [u > 1 or u < −1]

d ∓1 du
5. sec h−1u =
dx u 1 − u2 dx
Use :
( − ) → if sec h−1u > 0, (0 < u < 1)
( + ) → if sec h−1u < 0, (0 < u < 1)

d ∓1 du
6. cs c h−1u =
dx u 1 + u2 dx
Use :
( − ) → if u > 0
( + ) → if u < 0
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 189

8. Higher Derivatives: For the second, third and higher derivatives

①.Second Derivative (y ") :


d ⎛ dy ⎞ d2 y
y" = = = f "(x)
dx ⎜⎝ dx ⎟⎠ dx 2
②.Third Derivative (y "') :
d ⎛ d2 y ⎞ d3 y
y "' = ⎜ ⎟= = f "'(x)
dx ⎜⎝ dx 2 ⎟⎠ dx3

③. nth Derivative (yn ) :


d ⎛ dn −1y ⎞ dn y
yn = ⎜ ⎟= = f n (x)
dx ⎜⎝ dxn−1 ⎟⎠ dxn

9. Higher Derivatives of Product: Leibniz’s Rule


Let :
dp
Dp = → D operator
dxp
dpu
Dpu = → p th derivative of u
dxp
Then,
⎛n⎞
Dn (uv) = uDnv + ⎜ ⎟ (Du ) Dn−1v
⎝1 ⎠
( )
⎛ ⎞
n
( )(
+ ⎜ ⎟ D2u Dn− 2v + ...
⎝ 2⎠
)
+ vDnu
Examples :
d2 d2v ⎛ du ⎞ ⎛ dv ⎞
①. 2
(uv) = u 2
+ 2⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
dx dx ⎝ dx ⎠ ⎝ dx ⎠
vd2u
+
dx 2
d3 d3 v ⎛ du ⎞ ⎛ d v ⎞
2
②. (uv) = u + 3⎜ ⎟⎜ 2 ⎟
dx 3
dx3
⎝ dx ⎠ ⎜⎝ dx ⎟⎠
⎛ d2u ⎞ ⎛ dv ⎞ ⎛ d3u ⎞
+ 3⎜ 2 ⎟⎜ ⎟ + v⎜ 3 ⎟
⎜ dx ⎟ ⎝ dx ⎠ ⎜ dx ⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 190
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus
III. Differentials
The differential of the function y = f(x) is equal to its derivative
multiplied by the differential of the independent variable.

dy = f '(x)dx
or
⎛ dy ⎞
dy = ⎜ ⎟ dx
⎝ dx ⎠
Where:
dy = the differential of the dependent variable y
dx = the differential of the independent variable
= Δx → increment of x

Rules for Differentials:


1 d ( u ± v ± w ± ...) = du ± dv ± dw ± ...
2 d ( uv ) = udv + vdu
⎛ u ⎞ vdu − udv
3 d⎜ ⎟ =
⎝v⎠ v2
( )
4 d un = nun−1du
" Note:
The rules for differentials are exactly analogous for derivatives.

Example: (Approximation by Differentials)

A coat of paint of thickness 0.01 inch is applied to the face of a sphere


whose radius is 10 inches. Estimate the number of cubic inches of paint
used.

Solution:
4 3
V= πr → volume of a sphere
3
Applying differential :
dV = 4πr 2dr
but :
dr = ( r + Δr ) − r = Δr = 0.01
dV ≈ 4π(10)2 (0.01)
dV ≈ 12.57 in2
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 191

IV. Slope of Curve, Tangent and Normal

y
Normal Line
y = f(x)
Tangent line
Point of
P(h,k) Tangency
x

➊ Slope of Tangent Line at any point P(h,k)


dy
mT = y ' = = f '(x)
dx

At the Point of Tangency:


Slope of the line = slope of the curve
m T = mC = y '
Where:
mT = slope of the tangent line
mc = slope of the curve
dy ⎫
y ', , f '(x)⎬ = first derivative of the curve
dx ⎭
➋ Slope of Normal Line:
1
mN = −
mT
➌ Equations of Tangent and Normal:
Tangent Line :
y − k = y '(x − h)
NormalLine :
1
y − k = ( x − h)
y'
➍ Angle Between Two Curves:
The angle between two curves at a point of intersection is defined as
the angle between their tangent lines at that point.
m − m1
tan θ = 2
1 + m1m2
Where:
m1 = slope of tangent line 1
m2 = slope of tangent line 2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 192
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus
VI. Curvature
A curvature is defined as the rate of change of the direction of the curve.
Thus, a curve whose direction changes rapidly is said to have a great
curvature, or is sharply curved.
y

ρ y = f(x)

➊ Curvature, (K):
y"
K= 32
⎡1 + ( y ' )2 ⎤
⎣ ⎦
➋ Radius of Curvature, ( ρ );
32
⎡1 + ( y ' )2 ⎤
1
ρ= = ⎣ ⎦
K y"
➌ Center of Curvature, (h,k):
y ' ⎡1 + ( y ' ) ⎤
2

h= x− ⎣ ⎦
y"
y ' ⎡1 + ( y ' ) ⎤
2

k = y+ ⎣ ⎦
y"
➍ Circle of curvature:
( x − h) + (y − k) = ρ
2 2
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 193

VII. Maxima And Minima


1. Critical Points
① At m ax imum po int : y
f '(x) = 0
f "(x) = −(concave downward) Maximum Point
② At m in imum po int :
f '(x) = 0 Point of inflection
x
f "(x) = + (concave upward)
③ At the po int of inf lection :
y" = 0
Minimum Point

"Note:
The point of inflection is the point on the curve wherein the curve
changes its sense of concavity, that is, from concave downward to
concave upward or vice versa.

Example: (Critical Points)

Find the critical points and the point of inflection of the curve:
y = x3 − 5x 2 − 8x + 3 .

Solution:

Solving for the x coordinates of the critical points (maximum and minimum),
set the first derivative y’ of the curve equal to zero.
y ' = 3x 2 − 10x − 8
0 = 3x 2 − 10x − 8
( x − 4 )( 3x + 2 ) = 0
x = 4, & x = − 2 3 → critical numbers
Solving for y, substitute the values of x to the original equation:
when, x = 4
y = ( 4 ) − 5 ( 4 ) − 8 ( 4 ) + 3 = −45
3 2

when, x = − 2 3
y = ( − 2 3 ) − 5 ( − 2 3 ) − 8 ( − 2 3 ) + 3 = 5.81
3 2

Solving for the point of inflection, set y " = 0 .


y " = 6x − 10
0 = 6x − 10
x = 10 6
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 194
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus

Substituting x = 10 6 to the original equation, we get y = −19.65 .


Thus, the critical points are:
( − 2 3,5.81) , (4, −45)
(10 6, −19.65 ) → po int of inf lection

How to Solve Worded Problems in Maxima and Minima

Steps in Solving Worded Problems in Maxima and Minima:


1. Draw a diagram if necessary.
2. Write an equation representing the quantity to be maximized or
minimized. This quantity will typically be represented in terms of
two or more variables.
3. Use any relationships between the variables to express the
equation obtained in step 2 into a function of single variable.
4. Differentiate and equate the function to zero.

Example:

Find the area of the largest rectangle that can be inscribed in an


equilateral triangle of side 20.

Solution:

Step 1: (Draw the figure)

20 20 h = 202 − 102
= 10 3
y
x x

Step 2:
(The quantity to be maximized is the area)
Equation for area:

A = 2xy

Expressing the equation as a function of single variable:


By similar triangle:
10 − x y
=
10 10 3
y = 3 (10 − x )
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 195

The area as a function of one variable (x):


A = 2x 3 (10 − x )

(
= 2 3 10x − x 2 )
Step 4:
Differentiate and equate to zero:
dA
= 2 3 (10 − 2x ) = 0
dx
x=5
Solving for y:
y = 3 (10 − 5 ) = 5 3
Thus, the area is:
A = 2 (5) 5 3( )
= 50 3

In how many equal parts into which a given number N must be divided
so that the successive product of its parts will be a maximum?

Solution:
Diagram here is not necessary.
Let:
x = number of equal parts
N
= value of each part
x
x
⎛N⎞
P = ⎜ ⎟ → successive product of each part
⎝x⎠
By logarithmic differentiation:
x
⎛N⎞
lnP = ln ⎜ ⎟
⎝x⎠
lnP = x lnN − x ln x
dP dx ⎡ ⎛ 1⎞ ⎤
= lnN − ⎢ x ⎜ ⎟ + ln x ⎥ = 0
P ⎣ ⎝x⎠ ⎦
lnN − 1 − ln x = 0
N
ln = 1
x
elnN x = e1
N
=e
x
N
x=
e
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 196
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus

2. General Application: Length, Distance & Perimeter

① Shortest Ladder :
z
c 2 3 = x2 3 + y2 3
y

x
② Shortest line tan gent
to an ellipse :
z
z = a+b
}b
a

③ Longest Rod :
z 2 3 = a2 3 + b 2 3 b

c
a

4 Minimum Length of Wire


a x
=
a+b D
s2
a s1 b

x
5 Minimum Perimeter for D

Given Area :
x = 2y
No fence needed here
P = 4y x

y
Ground dis tan ce x
for best viewing angle θ :
H
x= h ⋅H θ
h

x
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 197

Cont’: General Application: Maximum and Minimum Areas

Maximum Area of Rectangle


if Perimeter is Given :
x=y y
A = x → square
2

x
Maximum Area of Triangle
for a Given Perimeter :
P a b
a=b=c =
3
c
Largest Rectangle
Inscribed in an Ellipse:
a b
x= y= y b
2 2
2A ellipse
A rec =
π a x

Largest Rectangle
Inscribed in a Triangle:
b
x=
2 x h
h y
y=
2
b
MaximumCapacity of
known width.
θ = 30°
w x θ θ
x
x=
3
Largest rectangle that can x
be inscribed in a semi-circle
of radius r.
r
x=y=
2
r y
A = r2
x
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 198
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus

Cont’: General Application: Maximum and Minimum Volume

■ Minimum Volume of a cone


circumscribing a sphere of radius
θθ
r. h
1 r
sin θ = h = 4r
3
■ Maximum volume of a cylinder
R
inscribed in a cone of radius r and
height h.
H θθ
h= H
3
4 h
Vcylinder = Vcone
9
ƒ Maximum volume of a cylinder R r
that can be cut from a sphere of
radius R.
6R 2R
r= h=
3 3
r
Vsphere
Vcylinder =
3 R
h
And also,
W
Wcylinder = sphrere
3

ƒ Maximum volume of a right


circular cone if lateral area is given
or minimum lateral area if volume
is given:
h
h = 2 (r )

ƒ Maximum volume or Maximum


area of a right circular cone r
inscribed in a sphere of radius R.

4
h= R → max. volume
3 R h
5
h = R → max. convex area
4 r
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 199

Cont’: General Application: Maximum and Minimum Volume

ƒ Maximum volume of a
rectangular box (open at the open
top) with square base for a
known area A, or minimum
y
surface area for a known
volume.
x
x
x = 2y

ƒ Maximum volume of a
rectangular box (closed) for a
given surface area: z
y
x = y = z → a cube x

ƒ Strongest rectangular beam


that can be cut from a log of
circular cross section: D y
y=x 3
D2 = x 2 + y 2 x

ƒ Strongest rectangular beam


that can be cut from a log of
elliptical cross section:
a x
1
Breadth : x = 2b y
3
2
Depth : y = 2a
3
b
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 200
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus

VIII. Time Rates

Steps in Solving Problems Involving Time-rates

1. Draw a diagram if necessary. Label constants with their numerical


value.
2. Determine which rates are given and which rate you need to find.
3. Find an equation relating the variables defined in step 1.
4. Differentiate the equation in step 3
5. Substitute all the given information into the result of step 4 and find
the unknown rate.

Sample Problem 1:

Sand escapes at the rate of 8 ft3/min from an inverted conical container


whose depth is 15 ft. and whose base is a circle of radius 5 ft. Find how
fast is the level of the sand sinking when there are 10 ft of sand in the
tank.

Solution:

Step 1: Draw and label the figure.


r 5

Step 2:
Given:
dV
= −8 (decrea sin g) 15
dt
h
dh
The unknown rate is :
dt

The volume of sand is:


1
V = πr 2h
3
Step 3: By similar triangle:
r 5
=
h 15
1
r= h
3
Substitute to 2:
CHAPTER 7 Differential Calculus 201
2
1 ⎛1 ⎞
V= π h h
3 ⎜⎝ 3 ⎟⎠
1
V= πh3
27

Step 4: Differentiate with respect to time

dV 1 dh
= π ( 3 ) h2
dt 27 dt
1 2 dh
−8 = π (10 )
9 dt
dh
= −0.229 ft. / min
dt

Sample Problem 2:

The top of a 25 feet ladder, leaning against a vertical wall is slipping


down at the rate of 2 ft./s. Find how fast is the bottom end of the ladder
slipping along the ground when it is 8 feet away from the base of the
wall.

Solution:
By Pythagorean Theorem:
252 = x 2 + y 2
Differentiate with respect to time: dy
dx dy 25
0 = 2x + 2y dt
dt dt
y
dy
−y
dx dt 8
=
dt x x dx
Solving for y, when x = 8 : dt
y = 252 − 82 = 23.68

Substitute the given values:


dx − ( 23.68 )( −2 )
=
dt 8
= 5.92
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 203

INDEFINITE INTEGRALS
I. GENERAL FORM:

" ∫ f(x) dx = F(x) + C


Where:
∫ → integral sign
f(x) → integrand
C → constant of integration
F(x) + C → indefinite integral

II. GENERAL RULES OF INTEGRATION - standard Integration Formulas

1.
∫ dx = x + C
2.
∫ adx = ax + C
3.
∫ af(x)dx = a∫ f(x)dx
4.
∫ (u ± v ± w ± ...)dx = ∫ udx ± ∫ vdx ± ∫ wdx ± ...

∫ f(ax)dx = a ∫ f(u)du + C
1
5.

∫ ∫ du du
dx
6. F {f(x)} dx = F(u)

∫ f '(x) du
F(u)
=

where :
u, v and w are functions of x
a → is a cons tan t
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 204
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

III. SPECIAL FORMULAS

➊ The Power Formula

un +1

" undu =
n +1
+ C → n ≠ −1

➋ Logarithm Formula

∫u
du
" = lnu + C

➌ Exponential Function

∫ e du = e + C
u u
"

∫ ∫ du
" a du = e u uln a

euln a au
= =
ln a ln a

➍ Integration by parts

"
∫ udv = uv − ∫ vdu
Where: (in all cases)
u and v are functions of x
a → is a cons tan t
e = 2.71828...(base of natural logarithm
" Note:
To apply the formula of Integration by parts, separate the integrand into
two factors, u and dv with dv usually as the most complicated factor
containing dx.

➎ Generalized Integration by Parts

∫f gdx = f (n −1)g − f (n − 2)g'+ f (n −3)g"− ...( −1)n ∫ fgndx


n
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 205

IV. INTEGRATION OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

1.
∫ sinu du = − cosu + C
2.
∫ cos u du = sinu + C
3.
∫ tanu du = ln sec u + C = − ln cos u + C
4.
∫ cot u du = ln sinu + C
⎛u π⎞
5.
∫ sec u du = ln (sec u + tanu) + C = ln tan ⎜⎝ 2 + 4 ⎟⎠ + C

∫ csc u du = ln (csc u − cot u) + C = ln tan 2 + C


u
6.

∫ sin u du = 2 −
u sin 2u 1
7. 2
+ C = (u − sinu cosu ) + C
4 2

∫ cos u du = 2 +
u sin 2u 1
8. 2
+ C = (u + sinu cosu ) + C
4 2

∫ tan u du = tanu − u + C
2
9.

∫ cot u du = − (cot u + u) + C
2
10.

∫ sec u du = tanu + C
2
11.

∫ csc u du = − cot u + C
2
12.

13.
∫ sec u tanu du = sec u + C
14.
∫ csc u cot u du = − csc u + C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 206
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

V. TRANSFORMATION OF TRIGONOMETRIC INTEGRALS

; CASE 1
Integrals Involving: sin au sin bu
Use the transformation:

1 1
ƒ sin A sinB = cos(A − B) − cos(A + B)
2 2

; CASE 2
Integrals Involving : sin au cos bu
Use the transformation:

1 1
ƒ sin A cosB = sin(A − B) + sin(A + B)
2 2

; CASE 3
Integrals involving: cos au cos bu
Use the transformation:

1 1
ƒ cos A cosB = cos(A − B) + cos(A + B)
2 2

; Case 4
Integrals involving: sinm u cosn u
Where either m or n is a positive odd integer
Use the transformation:

ƒ sin2 u = 1 − cos2 u
ƒ cos2 u = 1 − sin2 u

; CASE 5
Integrals involving: tann u or cot n u
Where n is any positive integer
Use the transformation

tan2 u = sec 2 u − 1
cot 2 u = csc 2 u − 1
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 207

; CASE 6
Integrals involving: sinm u cosn u
Where both m and n are positive even integers
Use the transformation:
1 − cos 2u
ƒ sin2 u =
2
1 + cos 2u
ƒ cos u =
2
2
ƒ sin 2u = 2 sinu cosu
; CASE 7
Integrals involving: sec n u or csc n u
Where n is positive even integer
Use the transformation:

sec 2 u = 1 + tan2 u
csc 2 u = 1 + cot 2 u

VI. INTEGRALS GIVING INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

du 1 u
1. ∫ u2 + a2 = a arctan a + C
du 1 u
2. ∫u u −a 2 2
=
a
arc sec + C
a

du u
3. ∫ a −u
2 2
= arcsin
a
+C

VII. INTEGRALS INVOLVING INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

u u
1. ∫ arcsin a du = u arcsin a + a 2 − u2 + C

u u
2. ∫ arccos a du = u arccos a − a 2 − u2 + C

u u a
∫ arctan a du = u arctan a − 2 ln(a + u2 )
2
3.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 208
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

VIII. INTEGRATION OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

1. ∫ sinhudu = coshu + C
2. ∫ coshudu = sinhu + C
3. ∫ tanhudu = ln coshu + C
4. ∫ cothudu = ln sinhu + C

∫ sec hudu = sin ( tanhu ) + C


−1
5. = 2 arctan eu + C

u
∫ csc hudu = ln tanh 2 + C = −arc coth e +C
u
6.

sinh 2u u 1
∫ sinh u du = − + C = (sinhu coshu − u) + C
2
7.
4 2 2

sinh 2u u 1
∫ cosh udu = + + C = (sinhu coshu + u) + C
2
8.
4 2 2

∫ tanh udu = u − tanhu + C


2
9.

∫ csc h udu = − cothu + C


2
10.

∫ sec h udu = tanhu + C


2
11.

∫ coth udu = u − cothu + C


2
12.

13. ∫ sec hu tanhudu = − sec hu + C


14. ∫ (csc hu)(cothu)du = − csc hu + C
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 209

IX. INTEGRALS GIVING INVERSE HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

1. ∫
du
u +a
2 2
= arcsinh
u
a (
+ C = ln u + u2 + a2 + C )
du 1 u 1 ⎛a+u⎞
2. ∫ a2 − u2 = a arctanh a + C = 2a ln ⎝⎜ a − u ⎠⎟ + C ; (u2 < a2 )

du 1 ⎛u−a⎞ 1 u
∫ u2 − a2 = 2a ln ⎜⎝ u + a ⎟⎠ + C = − a arc coth a + C ; (u > a2 )
2
3.

X. INTEGRATION BY TRIGONOMETRIC SUBSTITUTION

Three Cases may be evaluated.

; CASE 1

If the integrand involves:


a 2 − u2 ; Let u = a sin θ .

; CASE 2

If the integrand involves :


a2 + u2 ; Let u = a tan θ

; CASE 3

If the integrand involves :


u2 − a2 ; Let u = a sec θ
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 210
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

XI. INTEGRATION OF RATIONAL FRACTIONS

Four cases may be evaluated using partial fraction expansion.

; Case 1 - (Nonrepeated Linear Factors)


When the denominator is factorable into Real Distinct Linear Factors.

Example:
ax 2 + bx + c
" ∫ (x2 − 4)(x + 1) dx
Where the denominator is factorable into:
(x 2 − 4) ( x + 1) = (x + 2)(x − 2)(x + 1)

Assume:
ax 2 + bx + c A B C
= + +
(x 2 − 4)(x + 1) (x + 2) (x − 2) x + 1

Solve for A, B, and C then, integrate every term in the expansion.

ax 2 + bx + c A B C
∫ (x 2 − 4)(x + 1) dx = ∫ (x + 2) + ∫ (x − 2) + ∫ x + 1 + K

; Case 2 - Repeated Linear Factors


When the denominator is factorable into Real Linear factors of which
some are repeated.
Example:

ax 2 + bx + c
" ∫ (x + 1) ( x − 2)3 dx
Where the denominator is factorable into:
(x + 1)(x − 2)3 = ( x + 1) (x − 2)(x
 − 2)(x −

2)
repeated factors
Assume:
ax 2 + bx + c A B C D
= + + +
(x + 1)(x − 2)3 (x + 1) (x − 2) (x − 2)2 (x − 2)3

Solve for A, B, C, and D then integrate every term in the expansion.

ax 2 + bx + c A B C D
∫ (x + 1) ( x − 2)3 dx = ∫ (x + 1) + ∫ (x − 2) + ∫ (x − 2)2 + ∫ (x − 2)3 + K
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 211

; Case 3 - Nonrepeated Irreducible Quadratic Factors


When the denominator contains irreducible quadratic factors of which
none are repeated.

Example:

ax 2 + bx + c
" dx
2x 3 − x 2 + 8x − 4

Where the denominator is factorable into:


(2x 3 − x 2 + 8x − 4) = (x

2
+

4) (2x − 1)
irreducible quadratic factor

Assume:

ax 2 + bx + c Ax + B C
= +
2x − x + 8x − 4
3 2
(x + 4)
2
(2x − 1)

Solve for A, B, and C, then integrate every term in the expansion.

ax 2 + bx + c Ax + B C
∫ 2x3 − x2 + 8x − 4 dx = ∫ (x2 + 4) + ∫ (2x − 1) + K

; Case 4- Repeated Irreducible Quadratic Factors

When the denominator contains irreducible quadratic factors of which


some are repeated.

Example:

ax 2 + bx + c
∫ (2x − 1)(x2 + 4)2 dx

Assume:
ax 2 + bx + c A Bx + C Dx + E
= + 2 + 2
(2x − 1)(x + 4)
2 2
(2x − 1) (x + 4) (x + 4)2

Solve for A, B, C, D, and E, then integrate every term in the expansion.

ax 2 + bx + c A Bx + C Dx + E
∫ (2x − 1)(x2 + 4)2 = ∫ (2x − 1) + ∫ (x2 + 4) + ∫ (x2 + 4)2 + K
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 212
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

DEFINITE INTEGRALS

I. WALLIS FORMULA

⎡ 2
⎤⎡ 2

⎢ ( m − 1)( m − 3 ) ⋅ ...or ⎥ ⎢( n − 1)( n − 3 ) ⋅ ...or ⎥
" ∫ sinm u cosn u du = ⎣ ⎦⎣ ⎦ ×k
π2 1 1
2
( )( )
0
m + n m + n − 2 ⋅ ...or
1

Where:
π
k= , if m and n are both even
2
k = 1 , otherwise

II. HIGHER ORDER INTEGRALS

; DOUBLE INTEGRAL

➊ Iterated Double Integral

b y 2 (x) b ⎡ y 2 (x) ⎤
" ∫a ∫y (x) f(x, y)dydx = ∫a ⎢⎣ ∫y (x) f(x, y) dy ⎥⎦ dx
1 1

Or:

b x 2 (y) b ⎡ x 2 (y) ⎤
" ∫a ∫x (y) f(x, y)dxdy = ∫a ⎢⎣ ∫x (y) f(x, y) dx ⎥⎦ dy
1 1

Where;
a & b are constants
f(x, y) is a function of x and y

Example 1:

2 2y 3
Evaluate the integral I = ∫ ∫ x ydxdy .
1 0

Solution: (See next page…)


CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 213

Take the partial integral of the function with respect to x:


2 2y
I= ∫ ∫ x 3 ydxdy
1 0

I = ∫ ⎡ ∫ x 3 y dx ⎤ dy
2 2y

1 ⎣⎢0 ⎦⎥
2y
2⎡x y⎤
4
I= ∫ ⎢ ⎥ dy
⎣ 4 ⎦0
1

16y 5
2
I=∫ dy
4
1

Then, integrate with respect to y:

2
2 16y 5 16y 6 ⎤
I=∫ dy = ⎥
1 4 24 ⎦1
16(2)6 16(1)6
I= −
24 24
I = 42

➋ Definite Double Integral


b d b⎡ d ⎤
∫a ∫c f(x, y)dydx = ∫a ⎢⎣ ∫c f(x, y) dy ⎥⎦ dx

Example:
3 4
Evaluate the definite integral I = ∫ ∫ (x + 2y) dydx .
2 0

Solution:

Take the partial integral of the function with respect to y:

(x + 2y) dydx = ∫ ⎡ ∫ (x + 2y) dy ⎤ dx


3 4 3 4
I= ∫ ∫
2 0 ⎢ 0
2 ⎣ ⎦⎥
3 4
I = ∫ xy + y 2 ⎤⎦ dx
2 0

I = ∫ ( 4x + 16 ) dx
3

Then, integrate with respect to the remaining variable x:

I = ∫ ( 4x + 16 ) dx
3

2
3
I = 2x 2 + 16x ⎤⎦
2

I = 52.67
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 214
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

; TRIPLE INTEGRAL

➊ Iterated Triple Integral

b y 2 (x) z2 (x,y)
" ∫a ∫y (x) ∫z (x,y) g(x, y, z) dz dy dx
1 1

Or:
b y 2 (z) x 2 (y,z)
" ∫a ∫y (z) ∫x (y,z) g(x, y, z) dx dy dz
1 1

Example:
2 z yz
Evaluate the integral I = ∫ ∫∫ xyz dx dy dz
0 1 0

Solution:
Take the partial integral with respect to x:

∫ ⎡⎢⎣ ∫ xyz dx ⎤ dy dz
2 z yz 2 z yz
I= ∫ ∫∫ xyz dx dy dz = ∫
0 1 0 0 1 0 ⎥⎦
yz
2 z x 2 yz ⎤
I= ∫ ∫ ⎥ dy dz
0 1 2 ⎦0
y 3 z3
2 z
I= ∫ ∫ dy dz
0 1 2
Next, take the partial integral, this time with respect to the variable y:

y3 z3 2⎡ z y z ⎤
3 3
2 z
I= ∫ ∫ dy dz = ∫ ⎢ ∫ dy ⎥ dz
2 ⎣ 2 ⎦
0 1 0 1

z
2 y 4 z3 ⎤
I= ∫ ⎥ dz
0 8 ⎦1
z7
2
I= ∫ dz
0 8

Finally, integrate with respect to the variable z:

2
2 z7 z8 ⎤
I= ∫ dz = ⎥
0 8 64 ⎦ 0
I=4
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 215

AREA & VOLUME BY INTEGRATION

I. Plane Areas

A simple mnemonic device for


remembering the formula for area is y
to think of a rectangle, infinitesimally
thin, whose height is y = f(x) and y = f(x)
whose width is dx. The area of this
imaginary rectangle would be ydx . If
we “add up” all such rectangular y
areas between “a” (lower limit) and x
“b” (upper limit) by integrating, we a b
dx
obtain:

b
A = ∫ ydx
a

Where:
A = area
a = lower limit
b = upper limit
y = height
dx = differential width

II. Area Between Two Curves

CASE 1: Vertical Strip


dx
x2
A = ∫ ydx (x1, y1 )
x1

Where: y
y = y 2 − y1 (x 2 , y 2 )
= yupper curve − ylower curve
x1 x2

CASE 2: Horizontal Strip

y2 (x 2 , y 2 )
A = ∫ xdy y2
y1

Where: dy
x
x = x1 − x 2
y1
= xright curve − xleft curve (x1, y1 )
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 216
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

III. Area in Polar Coordinates

A simple mnemonic device for


remembering the formula for area
in polar coordinates is to think of a y
circular sector, infinitesimally r = f(θ)
small, whose radius is r and
whose angle is θ . The area of
this imaginary circular sector dθ
1 β r
would be r 2dθ . If we “add up”
2 α
x
all such sectoral areas between
“ α ” (lower limit) and “ β ” (upper
limit) by integrating, we obtain:
1 β 2
2 ∫α
A= r dθ

Where:
A = area
r = radius
α & β = lower limit and upper limit, respectively
dθ = differential angle of the incremental area

IV. Length of a Plane Curve

➊ In rectangular Form:

By Pythagorean Theorem: ds
dy
2
⎛ dy ⎞
ds = 1 + ⎜ ⎟ dx
⎝ dx ⎠

Integrating:
1 + ( dy dx ) dx Or 1 + ( dx dy ) dy
b b
s=∫ s=∫
2 2

a a

➋ In Parametric Form:

( dx dt ) + ( dy dt )
b
s=∫
2 2

➌ In Polar Form:
θ2
s=∫ r 2 + ( dr dθ ) dθ
2

θ1
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 217

V. Centroid of Plane Areas

Case 1: Vertical Strip y


dx
x2
Ax = ∫ x c dA (x1, y1 )
x1
x2
y
Ay = ∫ y c dA
x1
yc y (x 2 , y 2 )
Where:
dA = ydx x
xc
Since, the limit is from x1 to x 2 ,
x
express y in terms of x :
y = yupper curve − y lower curve

CASE 2: Horizontal Strip


y
y2
Ax = ∫ x c dA (x 2 , y 2 )
y1
y2 x
Ay = ∫ y c dA dy
y1

Where: yc y
dA = xdy (x1, y1 )
Since, the limit is from y1 to y 2 , x
xc
express x in terms of y.
x
x = xright curve − xleft curve

CASE 3: Parabolic Segment & Spandrel

For Parabola: b
3 2
xp = b yp = h
8 5 xp
2
A parabola = bh yp Parabolic
3 Segment

h
Spandrel

For Spandrel:
1 3
xs = b ys = h ys
4 10
1 xs
A spandrel = bh
3
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 218
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

VI. Centroid of Some Common Plane Geometric Figures

Formula Figure

➊ Triangle
h
"y= C h
3

➋ Rectangle
b
"x= C
2 h
h
"y=
2
b

➌ Trapezoid
a

1 ⎛ 2a + b ⎞
"y= h C
3 ⎜⎝ a + b ⎟⎠ y
b

➍ Quarter Arc
C
2r
"y=
π y
r

➎ Semi-Circle
2r
"y=
π

y
D
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 219

Cont’: Centroid of Some Common Plane Geometric Figures

Formula Figure

Quarter Circle
4r
"x=
3π r C
4r y
"y=

r
x

Semi-Circle
D
"x= C
2
4r y
"y=
3π D

Sector of a Circle

2 r sin α α
"x= α
3 α
xc

Quarter Ellipse

4a
" xc =
3π yc
4b
" yc =
3π XC

Half - Ellipse

4b yc
" yc =
3π a a
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 220
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

VII. Moment of Inertia of Plane Areas

➊ Moment of Inertia About the y - axis:


y
Use vertical strip:
dx

x2
Iy = x 2dA
x1 (x1, y1 )
Where: y
dA = ydx
(x 2 , y 2 )

x
x

➋ Moment of Inertia About the x - axis:


y
Use horizontal strip:
(x 2 , y 2 )
Ix =
∫ y 2dA x
dy
Where:
dA = xdy y
(x1, y1 )
x

"Note:
In solving for the moment of inertia using integration, chose a strip so
that all elements of the strip will have the same distance from the axis of
moment (i.e., horizontal strip for moment about x - axis and vertical strip
for moment about the y - axis).
➌ Parallel - axis Theorems : (Transfer Inertia)

" Ix = Ix + Ad2x
" Iy = Iy + Ad2y
Where:
Ix = Centroidal moment of inertia parallel to the x - axis
Iy = Centroidal moment of inertia parallel to the y -axis
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 221

VIII. Volume of a Solid of Revolution

Case 1: Volume by Circular Disk Method


y

" dV = πy 2dx
b dx
" V = π ∫ y 2dx
a y
x
Where:
y = yUPPER − yLOWER

MNEMONIC:
One way of remembering this formula is to think of the solid
being sliced into infinitesimally thin disk of radius y and
thickness dx, then apply the formula for volume which is
πr 2h = πydx .

Case 2: Volume by Hallow Cylindrical Shell


y
b
" V = 2π ∫ yxdy
a

Where: dy

y x
x = xRIGHT − xLEFT

MNEMONIC:
One way of remembering this formula is to think of a hollow
cylindrical shell with average radius r, height h and the
infinitesimally wall thickness dr. The formula for volume of a
typical shell may be thought of as 2πrhdr = 2πyxdy .
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 222
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus

IX. Pappus Theorems

➊ First Proposition of Pappus: (Surface Area)

When an arc of a plane curve revolves about a line in its plane not
cutting the curve, the surface area generated is the product of the
length of this arc and the circumference of the circle traversed by its
centroid.

" A = 2πrS r

Where:

A = area
S = length of arc
r = distance from the centroid of the arc
to the axis of revolution.

➋ Second Proposition of Pappus: (Volume)

The volume of a solid of revolution generated by a plane area which


revolves about a line not crossing it, is the product of the area under
rotation and the circumference of the circle traversed by the centroid
of the plane area.
Axis of
revolution

" V = 2πrA

Where:

V = volume
r = shortest distance from the centroid
of the area to be revolved to the
axis of revolution
CHAPTER 8 Integral Calculus 223

WORK BY INTEGRATION

n Work Done by a Constant Force:

W = F⋅s

Where:
W = work
F = constant force
s = displacement

o Work Done by a Variable Force:


The total work done by a variable force is equal to the sum of the
elements of work.

b x
W = ∫ F(s)ds Or, W = ∫ 2 F(x)dx
a x1

Where:
F(s) = variable force
ds = variable distance

p Work Done in Stretching a Spring


x dx
x2
" W = k∫ dx
x1

Where:
k = spring constant
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation 225

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
¾ A Differential Equation is an equation involving derivatives or
differentials.

Examples:

dy
= x +1 →X
dx
xy '+ y = 2 →Y
2
⎛ d2 y ⎞
⎜ 2 ⎟ + m2 y = 0 → Z
⎜ dx ⎟
⎝ ⎠
∂ 2u ∂ 2u
+ =0 →[
∂x 2
∂y 2

A differential equation is said to be ordinary if the function depends on a


single variable, and partial if the function depends on more than one
variable. Thus, equations n, o, and p are ordinary differential
equations, whereas equation q is a partial differential equation.

The order of a differential equation is the same as the order of the


highest derivative it contains. Thus, equations n and o are of first order,
whereas equations p and q are of second order.

The degree of a differential equation is defined as the same as the


power or exponent of the highest ordered derivative, after the equation
has been rationalized and cleared of fractions with respect to all the
derivatives. Thus, equations n, o, and q are of first degree, whereas
equation p is of second degree.

I. SOLUTIONS OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS


¾ A solution of a differential equation is a relation among the variables,
free from derivatives or differentials and which satisfies the
differential equation identically.

; Kinds of Solution:
➊. General Solution - is a solution containing a number of arbitrary
constants equal to the order of the equation.
➋. Particular Solution - is a solution obtained from the general
solution by giving particular values to the constants.
p Singular Solution - is a solution not containing any arbitrary
constant and is not deducible from the general solution by giving
particular values to the arbitrary constants in it.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 226
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation

II. FORMATION OF A DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION

ELIMINATION OF ARBITRARY CONSTANTS:

From an equation containing arbitrary constants, the constants may be


eliminated by the following methods:

➊ By differentiation and combination


➋ By isolation of the constants

Example: ECE Board Problem

Find the differential equation of the family of lines passing through the
origin.

Solution:

y = cx + b → equation of the line passing through the origin


Where:
c = arbitrary constant
b = 0 (y - intercept)

By isolation of the arbitrary constant, we get:


y
c=
x
Then, differentiate
xdy − ydx
0=
x2
xdy − ydx = 0
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation 227

III. SOLUTIONS TO FIRST - ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

; Standard Form of First Order First Degree Differential Equation

M ( x, y ) dx + N ( x, y ) dy = 0

Where :

M and N are functions of x and y.

➊ Separation of Variables (Variable Separable):


The variables of the equation M ( x, y ) dx + N ( x, y ) dy = 0 are separable if
the equation can be written in the form:

" f1(x)g1(y)dx + f2 (x)g2 (y)dy = 0

General Solution: (If variables are separable)

f1(x) g2 (y)
" ∫ f (x)dx + ∫ g (y) dy = C
2 1

Example: (Variable Separable)

Solve the equation 4ydx + xdy = 0 .

Solution:
Separate the variables to obtain integrable combinations:
1
[ 4ydx + xdy = 0]
xy
dx dy
4 + =0
x y
Integrate:

∫ ∫
dx dy
4 + = 4 ln x + ln y + C
x y

( )
ln x 4 y = ln C
ln
Taking e on both sides:

e
( )
ln x 4 y
= eln C
x4y = C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 228
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation

o Homogeneous First Order Differential Equation

The differential equation M(x, y)dx + N(x, y)dy = 0 is called homogeneous


if M ( x, y ) and N ( x, y ) are homogeneous functions of the same degree.

A function f(x,y) is called homogeneous of degree n if:


f(λx, λy) = λn f(x, y)
Example:
f(x, y) = x 5 − x 4 y is homogeneous of degree 5 since
f(λx, λy) = ( λx ) − ( λx ) ( λy )
5 4

= λ5 x5 − λ5 x 4 y
= λ 5 (x 5 − x 4 y)
General Solution: (If homogeneous)

To solve a homogeneous differential equation, use the substitution


y = vx or x = vy
where, v is another variable and the resulting DE becomes a variable
separable.

Example: (Homogenous D.E.)


Solve the equation ( x + y ) dx − xdy = 0

Solution:
Let: y = vx ; dy = vdx + xdv
Substitute:
( x + vx ) dx − x ( vdx + xdv ) = 0
xdx + vxdx − vxdx − x 2dv = 0
xdx − x 2dv = 0

By separating the variables:


⎡ xdx − x 2dv = 0 ⎤ 1
⎣ ⎦ x2
dx
− dv = 0
x
Integrating, we get:
ln x − v = C ; but, v = y / x
y
ln x − = C
x
x ln x − y = Cx
y = x ln x − Cx
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation 229

p Exact Differential Equation

; General Form:

" M(x, y)dx + N(x, y)dy = 0

The necessary and sufficient condition that the differential equation


M(x, y)dx + N(x, y)dy = 0 be exact is,

∂M ∂N
= → (test for exactness)
∂y ∂x

General Solution: (If Exact Differential Equation)

x ⎛ ∂ x ⎞
" ∫ Mdx + ∫ ⎜ N −
⎝ ∂y ∫ ⎠
M ⎟ dy = C

Where:
x
∫ → indicates that the integration is to be performed with respect
to x keeping y constant.

Sample Problem:
( )
Solve 2x3 + 3y dx + ( 3x + y − 1) dy = 0 .
Test for exactness:
∂M ∂N
=3= , hence the equation is exact.
∂y ∂x
x
Solving first for
∫ Mdx :
∫ Mdx = ∫ ( 2x + 3y ) dx
x x
3

x4
+ 3xy =
2
Substitute to the formula:

⎛ ∂ x ⎞ ⎛ x4 ⎞ ⎡ ∂ ⎛ x4 ⎞⎤
M ⎟ dy = ⎜ + 3xy ⎟ + ∫ ⎢( 3x + y − 1) − ⎜ + 3xy ⎟ ⎥ dy
x
∫ Mdx + ∫ ⎜ N −
⎝ ∂y ∫ ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎢⎣ ∂y ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎥⎦
⎛ x4 ⎞
= ⎜ + 3xy ⎟ + ∫ ( 3x + y − 1 − 3x ) dy
⎝ 2 ⎠
x4
= + 3xy + y 2 − y + C
2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 230
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation

"Note:
For exact differential equations, even though the variables are not
separable, certain integrable combinations may occur that make it
possible to solve the equation readily.

General Solution: (If not exact Differential Equation)


If the equation M(x, y)dx + N(x, y)dy = 0 is not exact, multiply it by its
integrating factor.

Ways of Solving Integrating Factors (IF):

∂M ∂N

∂x ∂y
1. If = p(x) a function of x alone, then:
N

IF = e ∫
p(x)dx
→ the integrating factor

∂M ∂N

∂y ∂x
2. If = −p(y) , a function of y alone, then:
M

IF = e ∫
p(y)dy
→ the integrating factor

Some Common Integrable Combinations:

1. xdy + ydx = d(xy)


xdy − ydx
2. = d(y x)
x2
xdy − ydx
3. = d(− x y)
y2
dy dx ⎛ y⎞
4. − = d ⎜ ln ⎟
y x ⎝ x⎠
xdy − ydx ⎛ y⎞
= d ⎜ tan−1 ⎟
(x )
5.
2
+y 2 ⎝ x⎠
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation 231

q Linear First Order Differential Equation

; General Form:

dy
" + P(x)y = Q(x)
dx

General Solution: (If linear differential equation)

" ye ∫ = ∫ Q( x)e ∫
P( x ) dx P( x ) dx
dx + C
Where:

e∫
P(x)dx
→ is the integrating factor

r Bernoulli’s Equation

; General Form:

dy
" + P(x)y = Q(x)yn
dx
General Solution: (If Bernoulli Equation Type)

" ve ∫
(1− n) P( x ) dx
= (1 − n)∫ Q( x )e ∫
(1− n) P( x ) dx
dx + C
Where:
v = y1−n
If, n = 1 , then the solution is: ln y = ∫ ( Q − P )dx + C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 232
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation

IV. LINEAR SECOND ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION

; General Form

d2 y dy
a +b + cy = 0
dx 2 dx

Where:
a, b, and c are constants

Solution to second order D.E.:


dy d2 y
Step 1: Set D = and D2 = 2
dx dx
Step 2: Express the equation in D - operator form:
(aD 2
)
+ bD + c y = 0
Step 3: Substitute m for D and solve the auxiliary equation:
am2 + bm + c = 0
Step 4: After solving for m, three cases may be evaluated using the
values of m obtained or by discriminant of the auxiliary equation.
Case 1: (Real and Distinct Roots)
If the discriminant b2 − 4ac > 0 (two real distinct roots), then the
general solution is:

y = C1em1x + C2em2 x

Case 2: (Real and Equal Roots)


If the discriminant b2 − 4ac = 0 (two real and equal roots), then the
general solution is:

y = C1em1x + C2 xem2 x

Case 3: (Imaginary Roots)


If the discriminant b2 − 4ac < 0 (two complex conjugate roots), then
the general solution is:

y = eax ( C1 cosbx + C2 sinbx )

Where:
a = real part of the roots m = a ± bi
b = imaginary part of the roots m = a ± bi
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation 233

V. ORTHOGONAL TRAJECTORY
Any curve which cuts every member of a given family of curves at the
constant angle α is called an α -trajectory of the family. A 90° trajectory
of the family is called an orthogonal trajectory of the family.

Steps in Finding Orthogonal Trajectories:

1. Obtain the differential equation of the family by differentiating f(x,y,c)


and solve for y’.
⎛ dx ⎞
2. Replace y’ obtained in one by its negative reciprocal ⎜ − ⎟ .
⎝ dy ⎠
⎛ dx ⎞
3. Integrate the function f ⎜ x, y, − ⎟ obtained in two.
⎝ dy ⎠
4. The result after integration is the orthogonal trajectories of the family
of curves in 1.

"Note:
dr dθ
For curves in the form f ( r, θ ) , replace by −r 2 .
dθ dr

Example: (Orthogonal Trajectory)

Find the orthogonal trajectories of the family of rectangular hyperbolas


xy = C .

Solution:
Differentiate and obtain the differential equation of the given family:
xy = C
dy
x + y = 0 → differential equation of the given family
dx
Replace dy / dx by −dx / dy , and separate the variables:
⎛ dx ⎞
x⎜− ⎟ + y = 0
⎝ dy ⎠
ydy − xdx = 0
Integrate:
y2 x2
− =C
2 2
Or
y2 − x2 = C
Thus, the required orthogonal trajectory of the given family is:
y2 − x2 = C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 234
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation

V. PHYSICAL APPLICATIONS

n The Law of Growth and Decay

If the rate of population growth or decay is proportional to the present


population P:

dP dP
αP or = kP
dt dt
Then,

Pt = Poe±kt → Solution

Where:
Pt = population at any time t
Po = the population during t = 0
k = constant of proportionality
Use ( + ) → for growth condition
Use ( −) → for decay condition

o Newton’s Law of Cooling


The surface temperature of a cooling body changes at the rate
proportional to the difference in temperature between the outside
medium and the body itself.

dT
= −k ( T − t s )
dt

The solution is:

T = t s + ( To − t s ) e−kt

Where:
T = temperature of the body at any time t
t s = ambient temperature
k = constant of proportionality
CHAPTER 9 Differential Equation 235

p Simple Chemical Conversion


In a certain chemical reactions in which substance A is being converted
into another substance, the time rate of change of the amount Q of
unconverted substance is proportional to Q.

dQ
= −kt
dt
Solution:

Q = Qoe −kt

Where:
Q = the amount at any time t
Qo = the amount during t = 0
k = constant of proportionality

q Flow Problems (Chemical solution or Mixture Problems)


Solutions in which some substance is varying because of certain
physical or chemical actions are usually analyzed in accordance with the
following relation.

dQ
= Ri − Ro
dt

Where:
dQ
= rate of change of the substance in volume
dt
Ri = rate of inflow
Ro = rate of outflow

r Rectilinear Motion (Newton’s Second Law of Motion)


Newton’s second law of motion states that the rate of change of
momentum of a particle is proportional to the resultant force acting on it
in the same direction as the force.

(mv ) = m ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ = F
d dv
dt ⎝ dt ⎠
Where:

F = force
m = mass
dv
= acceleration
dt
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 237

Complex Numbers

I. RECTANGULAR FORM OF A COMPLEX NUMBER


➊ General Form

" z = a + bi

Where:
a & b → are real numbers
i → is called the imaginary unit

➋ Complex Conjugate ( z ):

z = a−b i

Thus,
(a + bi)⎫
⎬ complex conjugate
(a − bi) ⎭

➌ Equality of Two Complex Numbers

a + bi = c + di → (iff,a = c and b = d)

➍ Powers of the Imaginary Unit i


i1 = i i 5 = i( i 4 ) = i
i 2 = −1 i 6 = ( i 2 )( i 4 ) = ( −1)(1) = −1
i = i( i ) = −i
3 2
i 7 = ( i 3 )( i 4 ) = ( −1)( i ) = − i
i 4 = ( i 2 )( i 2 ) = ( −1)( −1) = 1 i 8 = ( i 4 )( i 4 ) = (1)(1) = 1

➎ Arithmetic of Complex Numbers

① (a + bi) + (c + di) = (a + c) + (b + d)i

② (a + bi) − (c + di) = (a − c) + (b − d)i

③ (a + bi)(c + di) = (ac − bd) + (ad + bc)i

a + bi ⎛ ac + bd ⎞ ⎛ bc − ad ⎞
④ = + i
c + di ⎜⎝ c 2 + d2 ⎟⎠ ⎜⎝ c 2 + d2 ⎟⎠
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 238
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

II. TRIGONOMETRIC FORM OF A COMPLEX NUMBER


➊ The Complex Plane: (Argand Diagram)

Imaginary
) Modulus or Absolute Value : axis
(a,b)
z = a 2 + b2 z
b
) Argument or Amplitude (θ); θ Real
a axis
b
θ = tan−1
a
➋ Trigonometric Form:

z = r ( cosθ + isinθ )
Where:
r = a2 + b2 → modulus
a b
cosθ = , sinθ =
r r
" Note:
The cis form is a shorthand method of writing a complex number in
trigonometric form.

) a + bi = r ( cosθ + isinθ ) → trigonometric form


) a + bi = rcisθ → shorthand form

➌ Polar Form: (Phasor form)


z = r∠θ
Where:
r = a2 + b 2
b
θ = tan−1
a
➍ Exponential Form
) z = reiθ
Where:
r = a2 + b2
θ = argument (radians)

rLogarithmic Form
) ln z = lnr + iθ
III. OPERATIONS ON COMPLEX NUMBERS
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 239

; Product of Two Complex Numbers

" z1z2 = r1r2 [cos(θ1 + θ2 ) + i sin(θ1 + θ2 )]

; Quotient of Two Complex Numbers

z1 r1
" = [cos(θ1 − θ2 ) + i sin(θ1 + θ2 )] → z 2 ≠ 0
z 2 r2

; Powers of Complex Numbers


DeMoivre’s Theorem: (Abraham DeMoivre(1667-1754)

Let: z = r(cos θ + i sin θ) , then:


" zn = ⎡⎣r ( cos θ + i sin θ ) ⎤⎦ = r n ( cosnθ + i sinnθ )
n

; Roots of Complex Number

n
z = n r∠θ
⎛ θ + 2πk θ + 2πk ⎞
n
z = n r ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ n n ⎠
Or:
θ + k(360)
n
z = n r∠ → polar form
n
Where:
k = 0,1,2,3,... ( n − 1)

IV. EULER’S EQUATION: Leonhard Euler (1707-1783)

ƒ eiθ = cos θ + i sin θ ƒ e −iθ = cos θ − i sin θ

eiθ + e −iθ eiθ − eiθ


ƒ cos θ = ƒ sin θ =
2 2i

V. MATRICES
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 240
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

¾ A matrix is a rectangular array of elements arranged in the form of m


rows and n columns and set off by parenthesis ( ) or brackets [ ].

a11 a12 a1n


a21 a23 a2n
A=

am1 am2 amn


Where:
a i j are the elements of the matrix
m = number of rows
n = number of columns

A submatrix of A is the matrix with certain rows and columns removed.

; Order of a Matrix

- If a matrix has m rows and n columns, then the order of the matrix is
m by n and is written as:

m×n

Example:

A matrix with order 3 × 4 :

⎡2 4 4 1 ⎤ → r1 ⎫
⎢ ⎥ ⎪
A = ⎢3 1 1 2⎥ → r2 ⎬ m = 3 rows
⎢⎣1 2 3 5 ⎥⎦ → r3 ⎪⎭
c1 c 2 c 3 c 4
n = 4 columns

A matrix with order 3 × 2 :

−2 3 →⎫

B= 3 4 → ⎬ m = 3 rows
2 1 → ⎪⎭
n = 2 columns
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 241

VI. TYPES OF MATRICES

; Square Matrix: A matrix with the same number of rows and


columns ( m = n ).

General Form: Leading or the


Principal Diagonal
⎡a11 a12 a13 ... a1n ⎤
⎢a a22 a23 ... a2n ⎥⎥
⎢ 21
A = ⎢a31 a32 a33 ... a3n ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢a an2 an3 ... ann ⎥⎦
⎣ n1

Example: (Square matrix)


⎡ 3 1 0⎤
⎡2 2⎤ ⎢ ⎥
A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ 1 1 1⎥
⎣ 1 3⎦ ⎢⎣ 1 −1 2⎥⎦

; Identity Matrix (or Unit Matrix): A square matrix in which all the
elements in the leading diagonal are 1 and the remaining all
elements are zero.

Example:
⎡ 1 0 0⎤
A = ⎢⎢0 1 0 ⎥⎥
⎢⎣0 0 1⎥⎦
; Diagonal Matrix : A square matrix in which all the elements except
those in the main diagonal are zero.

Example:
⎡2 0 0 ⎤
A = ⎢⎢0 1 0 ⎥⎥
⎢⎣0 0 3 ⎥⎦

; Scalar Matrix : A diagonal matrix in which all the elements in the


main diagonal are equal to some scalar k except 0 or 1.

Example:
⎡k 0 0 ⎤ ⎡7 0 0 ⎤
A = ⎢⎢0 k 0 ⎥⎥ → k ≠ 0 or 1 B = ⎢⎢0 7 0 ⎥⎥
⎢⎣0 0 k ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣0 0 7 ⎥⎦
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 242
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

; Symmetric Matrix : A square matrix whose transpose is equal to


itself.

" A = At
Example:
⎡1 2 3⎤ ⎡1 2 3⎤
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
A = ⎢2 3 5 ⎥ ; A t = ⎢2 3 5 ⎥
⎢⎣3 5 4 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣3 5 4 ⎥⎦

; Skew Symmetric Matrix : A square matrix whose transpose is equal


to the negative of itself.

" A = −A t

Example:
⎡ 0 −3 4 ⎤ 0 3 −4
⎢ ⎥
A = ⎢ 3 0 −7 ⎥ ; A t = −3 0 7
⎢⎣ −4 7 0 ⎥⎦ 4 7 0

; Row Matrix : A matrix having a single row.

Example:
A = [ 2 1 4] ; B = [ 1 2 3 4]

; Column Matrix : A matrix having a single column.

Example:
⎡4⎤
⎡2⎤ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ ⎥ 3
A = ⎢ 1⎥ ; B=⎢ ⎥
⎢2⎥
⎢⎣ 4 ⎥⎦ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 1⎦⎥

; Null Matrix : A matrix whose all elements are zero.

Examples:
⎡0 0 0 ⎤
⎡0 0 ⎤
A=⎢ ⎥ and B = ⎢⎢0 0 0 ⎥⎥
⎣0 0 ⎦
⎣⎢0 0 0 ⎦⎥
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 243

; Singular Matrix : A matrix whose determinant is zero (i.e. A = 0 ).

Example:
⎡2 2⎤ ⎡ 2 −2 ⎤
A=⎢ ⎥ or B = ⎢ −2 2 ⎥
⎣2 2⎦ ⎣ ⎦
Determinant of matrix A:

A = [(2 × 2) − (2 × 2)] = 4 − 4 = 0

Determinant of matrix B:

B = [(2 ⋅ 2) − ( −2 ⋅ −2)] = 4 − 4 = 0

; Triangular Matrix : A matrix with zeros in all entries above or below


the diagonal

Examples:

⎡2 0 0⎤
⎢ ⎥
A = ⎢ 1 4 0 ⎥ → lower triangular matrix
⎢⎣ 4 3 1⎥⎦

⎡1 4 3 4⎤
⎢ ⎥
0 2 3 2⎥
B=⎢ → upper triangular matrix
⎢0 0 3 1⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 4 ⎥⎦

"Note:
A matrix is said to be lower triangular if all its elements above the
main diagonal are zeros and upper triangular if all its elements
below the main diagonal are zeros. Thus, for matrix A and B given
above, A is a lower triangular matrix whereas B is an upper
triangular matrix
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 244
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

VII. PROPERTIES OF MATRICES

A +B = B+ A : Commutative Property of Matrix Addition

A + (B + C ) = ( A + B ) + C : Associative Property of Matrix Addition

A (BC ) = ( AB ) C : Associative Property of Matrix Multiplication

( cd) A = c ( dA ) : Associative Property of Scalar Multiplication

1A = A : Scalar Identity

c ( A + B ) = cA + cB : Distributive Property

( c + d) A = cA + dA : Distributive Property

Where:
A, B, and C are “ m × n ” matrices and c and d are scalars.

VIII. OPERATIONS WITH MATRICES

; Matrix Addition:

The sum of two matrices is obtained by adding their corresponding


entries or elements. The matrices to be added must be of the same
order.

Example:
⎡ −1 2 ⎤ ⎡1 3⎤
Given matrix A = ⎢ ⎥ and matrix B = ⎢ ⎥ . Find A + B .
⎣ 0 1 ⎦ ⎣ −1 2 ⎦
Solution:

By adding the corresponding elements of the two matrices:

⎡ −1 2 ⎤ ⎡ 1 3 ⎤ ⎡( −1 + 1) ( 2 + 3) ⎤ = ⎡ 0 5⎤
A +B = ⎢ ⎥+⎢ ⎥=⎢
⎣ 0 1 ⎦ ⎣ −1 2 ⎦ ⎢⎣ ( 0 − 1) (1 + 2) ⎥⎦⎥ ⎢⎣ −1 3 ⎥⎦

"Note:
Matrix addition is commutative and associative.
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 245

; Matrix Subtraction

Matrix subtraction is analogously defined as matrix addition. The


difference of two matrices is obtained by subtracting their
corresponding entries or elements. The matrices to be
subtracted must be of the same order.

Example:

⎡6 6 12 ⎤ ⎡2 0 0⎤
If A = ⎢⎢ −9 0 −3 ⎥
⎥ and ⎢
B = ⎢ 1 −4

3 ⎥ , find A − B .
⎢⎣ 6 3 6 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ −1 3 2 ⎥⎦

Solution:

Subtract the corresponding elements of the two matrices:

⎡ ( 6 − 2) ( 6 − 0 ) (12 − 0 ) ⎤ ⎡ 4 6 12 ⎤

A − B = ⎢ ( −9 − 1) ( 0 + 4 ) ( −3 − 3 )⎥⎥ = ⎢⎢ −10 4 −6 ⎥

⎢ ( 6 + 1) ( 3 − 3 ) ( 6 − 2 ) ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 7 0 4 ⎥⎦

; Scalar Multiplication

Example:

⎡ 1 4⎤
If A = ⎢⎢3 2 ⎥⎥ , find 3A.
⎢⎣ 2 3 ⎥⎦

Solution:

⎡ 1 4 ⎤ ⎡ 3(1) 3(4)⎤ ⎡ 3 12 ⎤
3A = 3 ⎢⎢3 2 ⎥⎥ = ⎢⎢3(3) 3(2) ⎥⎥ = ⎢⎢ 9 6 ⎥⎥
⎣⎢ 2 3 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣3(2) 3(3) ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 6 9 ⎥⎦
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 246
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

; Matrix Multiplication

The process of matrix multiplication is, conveniently referred to as row-


by-column multiplication. This definition requires that the number of
columns of A be the same as the number of rows of B. In that case, the
matrices A and B are said to be conformable. Otherwise the product is
undefined.

A B = AB
m×n n×p m×p

equal

order of AB

Matrix Multiplication has the following properties:


3 ( kA ) B = k ( AB ) = A ( kB )
3 A (BC ) = ( AB ) C
3 ( A + B ) C = AC + BC
3 C ( A + B ) = CA + CB
"Note:
Matrix multiplication is not commutative.
3 AB ≠ BA
3 AB = 0 , does not necessarily imply A = 0 or B = 0

Example:
⎡ −1 3 ⎤
⎡ −3 2⎤
Find the product AB where A = ⎢⎢ 4 −2 ⎥⎥ and B = ⎢ ⎥.
⎢⎣ 5 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣ −4 1⎦

Solution:
Since the number of columns of matrix A is equal to the number of rows
of matrix B, then the product AB is defined. To obtain the entries of the
product, multiply each row of A by each column of B.

⎡ −1 3 ⎤ ⎡[( −1)( −3) + (3)( −4)] ( −1)(2) + (3)(1) ⎤


⎡ −3 2⎤ ⎢ ⎥
AB = ⎢⎢ 4 −2 ⎥⎥ ⎢ = (4)( −3) + ( −2)( −4) (4)(2) + ( −2)(1)
−4 1 ⎥⎦ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 5 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣ ⎢ (5)( −3) + (0)( −4)
⎣ (5)(2) + (0)(1) ⎥

⎡ −9 1 ⎤
AB = ⎢⎢ −4 6 ⎥

⎢⎣ −15 10 ⎦⎥
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 247

IX. TRANSPOSE OF A MATRIX:


The transpose matrix, denoted by A t , is the matrix resulting from an
interchange of rows and columns of a given matrix A.
To find the transpose, A t , of an m × n matrix, construct an n × m matrix by
taking the ith row and making it the ith column.

Example:
⎡ 1 4 7⎤ ⎡1 2 3⎤
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
A = ⎢2 5 8⎥ ; A t = ⎢4 5 6 ⎥
⎢⎣3 6 9 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣7 8 9 ⎥⎦

Notice that the diagonal is unchanged.


; Important Properties of Transpose Operations:

( )
t
① At =A

t t
② ( kA ) = k ( A )

③ It = I

t
④ ( A + B ) = A t + Bt

⑤ At = A

X. MINORS AND COFACTORS OF A SQUARE MATRIX

; Minors

The minor M ij of the element aij of a matrix A in the ith row and the
jth column is the determinant of the matrix obtained by deleting the
ith row and jth column of A.

Example:
⎡0 2 1⎤
Given matrix A = ⎢⎢ 1 −1 2 ⎥⎥ .
⎢⎣ 4 0 1 ⎥⎦
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 248
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Minor of the element a11 : Minor of the element a31 :


⎡W 2 1⎤ ⎡0 2 1⎤
−1 2 2 1
M11 = ⎢⎢ 1 −1 2 ⎥⎥ = = −1 M31 = ⎢⎢ 1 −1 2 ⎥⎥ = =5
0 1 −1 2
⎣⎢ 4 0 1 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ [ 0 1 ⎦⎥
Minor of the element a21 :
Continuing this pattern will
⎡0 2 1⎤ obtain all the minors of the
2 1
M21 = ⎢⎢ X −1 2 ⎥⎥ = =2 elements of matrix A.
0 1
⎢⎣ 4 0 1 ⎥⎦

; Cofactors

The cofactor Cij of the entry aij is the signed minor given by;
(i+ j)
" Cij = [ −1] Mij
Example:
⎡0 2 1⎤
Given matrix A = ⎢⎢ 1 −1 2 ⎥⎥
⎣⎢ 4 0 1 ⎦⎥

9 Cofactor of the element a11 : ( 1st row, 1st column )


1+1 ⎡ −1 2⎤
C11 = [ −1]
2
⎢0 = ( −1) ( −1) = −1
⎣ 1 ⎥⎦
9 Cofactor of the element a21 : ( 2nd row, 1st column )

2 +1 ⎡ 2 1⎤
C21 = [ −1]
3
⎢0 1⎥ = ( −1) ( 2 ) = −2
⎣ ⎦
9 Cofactor of the element a31 : ( 3rd row, 1st column )

⎡2 1⎤
3 +1
C31 = [ −1]
4
⎢ −1 2 ⎥ = ( −1) ( 5 ) = 5
⎣ ⎦
Continuing this pattern will obtain all the cofactors of the elements of
matrix A.
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 249

XI. ADJOINT OF A MATRIX


The adjoint of a matrix A is the transpose of the matrix of its cofactors.
t
" adj A = ⎡⎣Cij ⎤⎦
Example:
⎡0 2 1⎤
Find the adjoint of matrix A = ⎢⎢ 3 −1 2 ⎥⎥ .
⎢⎣ 4 0 1 ⎥⎦
Solution:
Solving for the cofactors of each element of matrix A, we get;
⎡ −1 5 4⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ − 2 −4 8 ⎥ → matrix of cofactors of A.
⎢⎣ 5 3 −6 ⎥⎦
Since, the adjoint matrix of A is the transpose of the matrix of its
cofactors, then
⎡ −1 −2 5 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
adj A = ⎢ 5 −4 3 ⎥
⎢⎣ 4 8 −6 ⎥⎦

XII. THE INVERSE OF A SQUARE MATRIX

If the determinant of a matrix A is not equal to zero (A ≠ 0 ) , then the


inverse of matrix A is defined by:

adj A
" A −1 =
A

" Note:
A matrix has an inverse - that is, it is nonsingular, if its determinant
is nonzero.
; Property of Inverse Matrix

" AA −1 = A −1A = I

Where:
I is an identity matrix
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 250
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

; Inverse of a 2 x 2 Matrix (Quick Method)

⎡a b ⎤
If A is a 2 x 2 matrix given by A = ⎢ ⎥ with ad − bc ≠ 0 , the
⎣c d⎦
inverse of A is given by:

1 ⎡ d −b ⎤
A −1 = ⎢ ⎥
ad − bc ⎣ −c a ⎦

Where;
ad − bc = determinant of A

XIII. DETERMINANTS OF A MATRIX


The determinant of a matrix A is defined only if A is a square matrix and
is denoted by A or det (A).

; Order of the Determinant


1. Order 2:
1 3
A =
2 4
2. Order 3:

1 6 7
A = 2 5 8
3 4 9
3. Order n:

a11 a12 a13 … a1n


a21 a22 a23 … a2n
A =

an1 an2 an3 ann


CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 251

; Properties of Determinants:
1. If A has a row or column whose entries are all zero, the determinant
is zero.

Example:

1 0 −2 0 0 0
A = 3 0 4 =0 or B = 3 1 4 =0
2 0 5 2 6 5
2. If two rows or columns of A are identical or proportional, the
determinant is zero.

Example:

1 1 −2 2 6 5
A = 3 3 4 =0 or B = 3 9 4 =0
2 2 5 1 3 4

3. If the corresponding rows or columns of A are interchanged, its


determinant is unchanged.

Example:

1 3 −2 3 1 −2
A = 3 2 4 = 2 3 5
2 1 5 1 2 4

4. If any two rows or columns of A are interchanged, its determinant


changes sign

Example:
1 3 −2 3 2 4
A = 3 2 4 = ( −) 1 3 −2
2 1 5 2 1 5
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 252
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

5. If any single row or column of a matrix A is multiplied by a scalar k,


the determinant of the result is also multiplied by k.

. Example:

1 3 (k ) −2 1 3 −2
A = 3 2 (k ) 4 = (k ) 3 2 4
2 1( k ) 5 2 1 5

6. The determinant of a product of two matrices is the product of their


determinants.

AB = A B

Example:
⎡ 1 2⎤ ⎡2 −1⎤
IF; A=⎢ ⎥ and B=⎢ ⎥
⎣3 4 ⎦ ⎣1 2⎦
Then,
1 2 2 −1
AB = = ( −2 )( 5 ) = −10
3 4 1 2
7. The determinant of a triangular matrix is the product of the elements
on the main diagonal.

Example 1: (Upper triangular matrix)

4 1 2
A = 0 2 3 = ( 4 )( 2 )( −3 ) = −24
0 0 −3

Example 2: (Lower triangular matrix)

2 0 0
A = 3 3 0 = ( 2 )( 3 )( −4 ) = −24
2 6 −4
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 253

; Methods of Finding the Determinants:

n Determinant of a (1 x 1) Matrix
The determinant of a matrix of order 1× 1 is defined as the entry of
the matrix.

Example:
A = [ −3] ;
det(A) = A = −3

➋ Determinant of a 2 x 2 Matrix
⎡a c ⎤
Given: A = ⎢ ⎥
⎣b d ⎦
Determinant of A:
a c
" A = = ad − bc
b d

➌ Determinant of a 3 x 3 Matrix

⎡ a11 a12 a13 ⎤


Given: A = ⎢⎢ a21 a22 a23 ⎥⎥
⎢⎣ a31 a32 a33 ⎥⎦

Determinant of A:

a11 a12 a13 a11 a12


A = a21 a22 a23 a21 a22
a31 a32 a33 a31 a32

" A = ( sum of products downwards ) − (sum of product upwards)


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 254
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics

➍ Determinant of a Triangular Matrix

⎡ a11 a12 a13 a1n ⎤


⎢ 0 a a2n ⎥⎥
22 a23
Given: A = ⎢
⎢ 0 0 a33 a3n ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 0 0 0 ann ⎦⎥

XIV. EIGENVALUES AND EIGEN VECTORS


The eigenvalues of an n × n matrix A are the solutions to the equation:

Ax = λx or ( Ax − λI) x = 0
Example:
⎡3 4⎤
Find the eigenvalues of the matrix A = ⎢ ⎥.
⎣ 1 3⎦
Solution:

⎡3 − λ 4 ⎤
det ⎢ =0
⎣ 1 3 − λ ⎥⎦
( 3 − λ )( 3 − λ ) − 4 = 0
9 − 6λ + λ 2 − 4 = 0
λ 2 − 6λ + 5 = 0
( λ − 1)( λ − 5 ) = 0
λ1 = 1 and λ2 = 5
Thus the eigenvalues are: 1 & 5

EIGENVECTORS:
The eigenvectors associated with λ 1 = 1 in the above example is the
solution:
⎡ 3 − 1 4 ⎤ ⎡ x 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 2 4 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ 1 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ = ⎢ ⎥ or ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ = ⎢ ⎥
⎣ 3 − 1⎦ ⎣ x 2 ⎦ ⎣ x 2 ⎦ ⎣ 1 2 ⎦ ⎣ x 2 ⎦ ⎣0 ⎦

Then,
2x1 + 4x 2 = 0
x1 = −2x 2
Choosing x 2 = 1 , we find that the eigenvector is:
⎡ −2 ⎤
x1 = ⎢ ⎥
⎣1⎦
CHAPTER 10 Advanced Engineering Mathematics 255

XV. LAPLACE TRANSFORM


; Definition: (Unilateral Laplace Transform)

L [ f(t)] = ∫ f(t)e − st
0

Where:
s = σ + j ω (generally complex-valued)
t>0
; Laplace Transform of Some Common Signals

n Unit Impulse Function δ(t) :



L [ δ(t)] = ∫ δ(t)e − st dt = 1
−∞

o Unit Step Function u(t) :


∞ ∞ 1
L [u(t)] = ∫ u(t)e − st dt = ∫ e − st dt =
−∞ 0 s

; Laplace Transform Pairs for Common Signals

f(t) f(s)
1
1. 1
s
1
2. t
s2
2!
3. t 2
s3
k!
4. t k
sk +1
1
5. eat
s−a
1
6. e − at
s+a
a
7. sin at
s2 + a2
s
8. cos at
s2 + a2
2as
9. t sin at
(s )
2
2
+ a2
s2 − a2
10. t cos at
(s )
2
2
+ a2
s+a
11.e − at cos ωo t
( s + a ) + ( ωo )
2 2
Algebra

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane Geometry

Solid Geometry

Plane Analytic Geometry

Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential Calculus

Integral Calculus

Differential Equations

Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Statistics


CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 257

Probability

I. Simple Probability

Probability is the numerical measure of the likelihood of an event to


occur.

; Probability that the event will happen:

s
"P=
s+f

; Complementary Probability

Probability that the event will not happen:

f
" PE =
s+f
Or;
" PE = 1 − P
Where:
s = the number of successful outcomes
f = number of failures

Example:
If the probability of winning a certain game is PE = 3 4 , then the
probability of losing the game is:

3 1
PE = 1 − =
4 4

" Note:
The probability of an event is a number between 0 and 1.

For Impossible Event:

" PE = 0 → the event cannot occur

For a Certain Event:

" PE = 1 → the event must occur


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 258
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics
Example:
(Probability of a simple event)

A pair of fair dice is thrown. What is the probability that the sum of the
two dice is 7?

Solution:

Number of ways of getting a sum of 7 is:

s = (1,6),(2,5),(3, 4),(4,3),(5,2)(6,1)
= 6 ways

Using the “fundamental principle of counting”, the total number of


different outcomes when two dice are tossed is:

N = 6 ⋅ 6 = 36 ways , for each die can fall in 6 ways

Thus, the probability that the sum of two dice is 7 is:

6
Psum of 7 =
36
1
=
6

Supplementary question:
( Complementary Probability)

Find the probability of not getting a sum of seven.

Using complementary probability:


36 − 6
Pnot 7 =
36
30
=
36
5
=
6
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 259

a. Probability of Mutually Exclusive Events

Two or more events are mutually exclusive if the occurrence of any one
of them excludes the occurrence of the others.

" P( A or B) = PA + PB
Where:
PA = probability that event A
may happen
PB = probability that event B
may happen

B. Probability of non-Mutually Exclusive Events

" P( A or B ) = PA + PB − P( A and B)

Addition Rule of Probability:

The probability that a set of mutually exclusive events will happen in a


single trial is the sum of the probabilities of the separate events.

" P = P1 + P2 + P3 + ... + Pn
Sample Problem:
(Without common outcome)

Find the probability of drawing an ACE or a face card in a single draw


from an ordinary deck of 52 playing cards.

Solution:
Number of aces :
A ' s(♣♦♥♠
, , , ) → 4 aces
4
PACE =
52
Number of face cards : ( 4 Jacks, 4Kings, 4 Queens, )
12
PFace card =
52

Thus,

PA or F = PA + PF
4 12 4
= + =
52 52 13
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 260
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics
Sample Problem:
( With common outcome)

Find the probability of drawing a club or a face card in a single draw from
an ordinary deck of 52 playing cards.

Solution:
Let:
Pc = probability of drawing a club
PF = probability of drawing a face card

Then,
13
PC = → for 13 clubs in a deck of 52 playing cards
52
12
PF = → ( (4K ' s −♣, 4Q ' s −♣, 4J' s −♣) )
52

The probability of common outcome is:


3
P( C&F) = → (1K ' s♣,1Q ' s♣,1J' s♣)
52

Thus,
P( C or F) = PC + PF − PC
13 12 3
P( C or F) = + −
52 52 52
11
=
26
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 261

c. Conditional Probability

➊ Independent Events

Two events are independent if the occurrence or non-occurrence of


one has no effect on the probability of the occurrence of the other.

( )( )
" P(E1E2 ) = PE1 PE2
Where:
P(E1 ) = probability of occurrence of E1
P(E2 ) = probability of occurrence of E2
P(E1E2 ) = probability that both event E1 and E2 occur

o Dependent Events

Two events are dependent if the occurrence or non-occurrence of


one affect probability of the occurrence of the other.

( )(
" P(E1E2 ) = PE1 PE2 / E1 )
Where:
P(E1E2 ) = the probability that both event E1 and E2 occur
P(E2 / E1 ) = the conditional probability of E2 given that E1 has
occurred.

➌ Multiplication Rule of Probability

The probability that a set of independents events will happen is the


product of their separate probabilities.

" P = P1 ⋅ P2 ⋅ P3 ⋅ ... ⋅ Pn
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 262
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics
Sample Problem: (Dependent Events)

A box contains 5 red, 7 white, and 10 blue balls. If three balls are drawn
in succession without replacement, find the probability that the balls
drawn are in the order blue, white, red.

Solution:

P(BWR) = PB ⋅ PW / B ⋅ PR / BW
⎛ 10 ⎞ ⎛ 7 ⎞ ⎛ 5 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎝ 22 ⎠ ⎝ 21 ⎠ ⎝ 20 ⎠
5
=
132

D. Repeated Trials Probability

The probability that an event will occur exactly r times out of n trials is:

" P = ( nCr ) pr qn −r

Where:

p = probability of success
q = probability of failure
n = no. of trials

V. Bayes’ Theorem

P( Ai )P( X / Ai )
P( Ai / X) =
P( A1 )P( X / A ) + P( A2 )P( X / A2 ) + ... + P( An )P( X / An )

VI. Probability Formula for Geometric Region

Suppose points are selected at random in a region, and part of that


region’s points represent an event E. The probability P(E) of the event is
given by:

measure of region in the event


P(E) =
measure of entire region
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 263

Sample Problem:
A dart is thrown at a15 inches square board containing a circle of radius
2 inches. Assuming that the dart hits the board, and that it is equally
likely to land on any point on the board, what is the probability that the
dart hits the circle?

Solution:

Area Circle
P=
Area Square
π(2)2
P= = 0.056
(15)

VII. Mathematical Expectation

If p is the probability that a person will receive a sum of money S, the


mathematical expectation is defined as:

E = pS

Where:
p = probability of success
S = sum or prize

VI. Odds

If p is the probability that an event will occur, the odds in favor of its
happening are:

p : q = p : (1 − p )
p
=
1− p

The odds against its happening are:

q : p = (1 − p ) : p

=
(1 − p )
p

Where:
p = probability that an event will occur
q = probability that an event will not occur
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 264
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics

Statistics

Statistics is a branch of mathematics that deals with the theory and


method of collecting, organizing, presenting, analyzing, and interpreting
data.

Population is defined as the totality of objects, individuals, or reactions,


which have common observable characteristics.

Examples;

teachers of a particular school, employees of a company, books


published by a publishing house, etc.

Sample is a small part of the population.

; Two Main Division of Statistics:


➊ Descriptive statistics
J does not try to draw inferences or implications regarding the
population.
➋ Inferential statistics
J seeks to give information or inferences or implications pertaining
to the populations by studying its
representative samples.

; Variables

A variable is one of the basic concepts in statistics. It refers to a symbol


such as X, Y, Z, n or A, that can assume any of a prescribed set of
values, called the domain of the variable. If a variable can assume only
one value, it is called constant.

Two types of variables:

1. Discrete variable – refer to variable that can be obtained


through counting like the number of deaths, births, students,
marriages at any given time, etc..
2. Continuous variable – refer to the variable whose value can
never be exact no matter what we do in getting the
measurement..

Examples:
Age, height, weight, temperature, volumes, areas, time etc.
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 265

I. General Form of Summation Notation

➊ Summation of n variables:
n
" ∑x
i =1
i = x1 + x 2 + x 3 + .... + xn

➋ Summation of a constant:
n
" ∑C
i =1
i = C1 + C2 + C3 + ....Cn

➌ Summation of a constant and a variable:


n n
" ∑ ( C + X ) = nC + ∑ X
i =1
i
i =1
i

➍ Summation of Several Variables:


n n n

∑(X + Y ) = ∑ X + ∑ Y
i =1
i i
i =1
i
i =1
i

➎ Sum of the Squares of the variable


n
" ∑X
i =1
2
i = X12 + X22 + X32 + ....Xn2

➏ Square of the sum of variables


2
⎡ n ⎤
" ⎢ ∑ Xi ⎥ = ( X1 + X2 + X3 + .... + Xn )
2

⎣ i =1 ⎦

➐ Sum of the product of variable


⎡n ⎤
" ⎢∑ Xi Yi ⎥ = (X1 )(Yi ) + (X2 )(Y2 ) + (X3 )(Y3 ) + .....(Xn )(Yn )
⎣ i =1 ⎦

➑ Sum of the products of a constant and a variable


n
" ∑ (CXi ) = CX1 + CX2 + CX3 + ....CXn
i =1
n
" C∑ Xi = C ( X1 + X2 + X3 + ... + Xn )
i =1
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 266
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics

II. Measures of Central Tendency

; Arithmetic Mean: (Average)

➊ Ungrouped Data:

x1 + x 2 + x 3 + ...xn
" x=
n

Where:
x = arithmetic mean
x = data
n = number of data

Example: (Arithmetic Mean)

Find the arithmetic mean of the numbers 8, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, and 12.

Solution:

8 + 3 + 5 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12
x=
7
x = 7.43

➋ Grouped Data:

⎛ ∑ fd ⎞
" x = A + ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ c
⎝ N ⎠

Where:
A = assumed mean
f = corresponding frequency
d = deviation of values from the assumed mean
c = class size
n = number of cases
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 267

Steps in solving the arithmetic mean for grouped data:

➊ Find the assumed mean A, this may be any one of the class marks
but preferably one which is located at the center of the distribution or
one which has the highest frequency.

➋ Setup the unit deviation “d” column by writing 0 for the assumed
mean and -1, -2, -3 and so on for the succeeding class marks lower
than the assumed mean and 1, 2, 3, and so on for the succeeding
class marks higher than the assumed mean.

➌ Determine (fd) , the product of the frequency of each interval and its
corresponding deviation.

➍ Get ∑ fd the algebraic sum of the obtained products in step 3.

➎ Apply the Formula.

; Median: (Middle Term)


➊ Ungrouped Data

The median of a set of numbers arranged in order of increasing or


decreasing magnitude is either the middle value or the arithmetic
mean of the two middle values.

Example:

The set of numbers:

4, 4,5,r,7,7,8 → Median = 5
8+9
7,7,u,v,10,11 → Median =
2
= 8.5
Example: (Median - ungrouped data)
Find the median of the numbers 8, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, and 12.

Solution:

Arranged in an array, the numbers are:


3,5,6,8,8,10,12
Median = middle number
=8
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 268
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics

➋ Grouped Data:

⎛N 2−∑f ⎞
" Median = k + ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ c
⎝ fm ⎠
Where:
k = exact lower class boundary of the median class
N = number of items in the data
∑ f = sum of frequencies of all classes lower than the median class.
fm = frequency of the median class
c = class size

; Mode
The mode of a set of data is that value with the highest frequency.

Unimodal → having one mode


Bimodal → having two mod es

➊ Ungrouped Data:

Example:
The set of numbers:
1,2,3, 4, 4,5,5,5,6,8,9 → Mode is r
2,2,2,3, 4,5,5,5,8,9,9 → Modes are : o & r

➋ Grouped Data:
⎛ δ1 ⎞
" Mode = k + ⎜ ⎟c
⎝ δ1 + δ2 ⎠
Where:
k = exact lower class boundary of the class containing the mode
δ1 = difference between the frequency of the modal class and the
next class lower in value
δ2 = difference between the modal class and the next class higher in
value
c = class size of the modal class
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 269

III. Types of Mean

➊ Arithmetic Mean:

x1 + x 2 + x 3 + ...x n
"x=
n

Example: (Arithmetic Mean)

Find the arithmetic mean of 2, 4, and 8.

Solution:

2+4+8
AM = = 4.67
3

➋ Weighted Arithmetic Mean

k1x1 + k 2 x 2 + k 3 x 3 + ...k n xn
"x=
k1 + k 2 + k 3 + ...k n

➌ Geometric Mean :

" GM = N x1 ⋅ x 2 ⋅ x 3 ⋅ ...xN

Example: (Geometric Mean)


Find the geometric mean of 2, 4, and 8.

Solution:

GM = 3 2 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 8 = 4

➍ Weighted Geometric Mean

" GM = N x1f1 ⋅ x 2f2 ⋅ x3f3 ⋅ ...xNfN


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 270
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics
➎ Harmonic Mean:

N
" HM =
1 1 1 1
+ + +
x1 x 2 x 3 x N

Example: (Harmonic Mean)

Find the harmonic mean of the numbers 2,4 and 8.

Solution:

N=3 x1 = 2, x 2 = 3, x 3 = 8
3
HM = = 3.43
1 1 1
+ +
2 4 8

; Relationship Between AM, GM and HM :

" AM ≥ GM ≥ HM
If all the numbers,
x1 = x 2 = x 3 ,... = xn
Then,
AM = GM = HM

➍ Quadratic Mean: ( Root Mean Square (RMS))

x12 + x 22 + x 32 + ...xN2
" RMS =
N
= (x )
2

Example: (Quadratic Mean)

Find the RMS value of the set of values: 2, 3, 5,7

Solution:

22 + 3 2 + 5 2 + 7 2
RMS =
4
= 4.66
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 271

IV. Measures of Variability


; Range

The difference between the largest and smallest numbers in the set.
Example:

The set of numbers: 2,3, 4,5,5,6,6,8,9,10


Range = 10 − 2
=8
; Variance
The square of the standard deviation.
■ Sample Variance

∑ (x − x)
n 2
i
"σ = 2 i =1

n −1
s

■ Population Variance
N

∑ ( x − μ)
2
i
" σP2 = i =1

N
; Standard Deviation (SD):

■ Sample SD

∑ (x − x)
n 2
i
" σs = i =1

n −1
■ Population SD:
N

∑ ( x − μ)
2
i
" σP = i =1

N
Where:
σ2s = sample variance
σP2 = population variance
σs = sample SD
σP = population SD
x i = deviation from the mean
μ = mean
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 272
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics
; Coefficient of Variation

σ
" k=
μ
Where:
k = coefficient of dispersion
(or var iation)
σ = s tan dard deviation
μ = mean

; Standardized Variable :( Z- Score)


x−x
" Z=
σ
Where:
x = raw score
σ = s tan dard deviation
x = mean

" Note:
The value to which numerical data tend to spread about an average
value is called dispersion or variation of the data

IV. Skewness

The degree of asymmetry, or departure from symmetry, of a distribution.

x − Mo
Skewness =
σ
3(x − Md )
=
σ
Where:
x = mean
Mo = mode
Md = median
σ = s tan dard deviation
CHAPTER 11 Probability and Statistics 273

V. Kurtosis

Kurtosis is the degree of peakedness of a distribution, usually taken


relative to a normal distribution.

Leptokurtic - a distribution having relatively high peak

Platykurtic - a distribution that is flat-topped.

Mesokurtic - a distribution that is not very peaked or very flat-topped.

Leptokurtic Platykurtic Mesokurtic


Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

TEST -1
Good
luck!
Primer Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 275

1. Find the harmonic mean between 3/8 and 4.

A. 25/34
B. 24/35
C. 32/35
D. 35/24

2. A number is divided into two parts such that when the greater part is
divided by the smaller, the quotient is 3 and the remainder is 5. Find the
smaller number if the sum of the two numbers is 37.

A. 8
B. 12
C. 32
D. 16

3. If f(x) = 10 x + 1 , find f(x + 1) − f(x) .

A. 1
B. 10 ⋅ 10 x
C. 9 ⋅ 10 x
D. (
9 ⋅ 10 x + 1)
4. Find the value of k in the quadratic equation
( 2k + 2 ) x2 + ( 4 − 4k ) x + k − 2 = 0 so that the roots are reciprocal of each
other.

A. 4
B. 2
C. -4
D. 3

5. John’s rate of doing work is three times as fast as Bill. On a given day
John and Bill work together for 4 hours then Bill was called away and
John finishes the rest of the job in 2 hours. How long would it take Bill to
do the complete job alone?

A. 18 hrs. .
B. 22 hrs.
C. 15 hrs
D. 31 hrs.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 276
TEST - 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

6. Find the value of x which will satisfy the equation x − 2 x = 1.

A. 2
B. 1
C. 4
D. 0

7. Find the geometric mean between -4 and -9.

A. 6
B. 7
C. -6
D. 36

8. Find the sum and product of roots of the equation x 3 + 2x 2 − 23x − 60 = 0

A. -2, 60
B. 2, 17
C. 17, -60
D. 2, 60

9. The ratio of three numbers is 2:5:7. If 7 is subtracted from the second,


the resulting numbers form an arithmetic progression. Determine the
smallest of the three numbers.

A. 28
B. 15
C. 21
D. 18

10. Determine the sum of the first 4 terms of the sequence whose general
term is given by 3n − 2 .

A. 100
B. 89
C. 98
D. 112

11. A boy on his bicycle intends to arrive at a certain time to a town that is 30
km away form his home. After riding 10 km, he rested for half an hour,
and as a result he was obliged to ride the rest of the trip 2km/hr faster.
What was his original speed?

A. 7 km/hr
B. 9 km/hr
C. 10 km/hr
D. 8 km/hr
Primer Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 277

12. Find the sum of all positive integers between 84 and 719 which are
exactly divisible by 5.

A. 23,780
B. 45,680
C. 50,800
D. 30,400

13. In a certain A.P. the first, fourth and eight terms are themselves in
geometric progression. What is the common ratio of the G.P.?

A. 4/3
B. 5/4
C. 2/3
D. 3/4

14. What is the sum of a geometric progression if there are 4 geometric


means between 3 and 729?

A. 1112
B. 1092
C. 908
D. 1290

15. Find the equation whose roots are twice the roots of the
equation x 3 − 6x 2 + 11x − 6 = 0 .

A. x 3 − 12x 2 + 44x − 48 = 0
B. x 3 + 12x 2 − 44x − 48 = 0
C. x 3 − 12x 2 − 44x + 48 = 0
D. x 3 + 12x 2 + 44x + 48 = 0

16. If ( x − 3 ) is a factor of the polynomial x 4 − 4x 3 − 7x 2 + kx + 24 , what is the


value of k?

A. 11
B. 12
C. 22
D. 24

17. If the sides of a right triangle are in A.P., then what is the ratio of its
sides?

A. 3:4:5
B. 1:2:3
C. 4:5:6
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 278
TEST - 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

D. 2:3:4
18. If x : y : z = 4 : −3 : 2 and 2x + 4y − 3z = 20 , find x,y,z.

A. -8, 6, -4
B. -5, 4,-6
C. 7,-5, 6
D. 9, -4, 5

19. Find the mean proportional between 3 2 and 6 2 .

A. 3
B. 2
C. 6
D. 2 2

20. Determine the 5th term of the sequence whose sum of n terms is given
by 2n + 3 − 5 .

A. 258
B. 218
C. 128
D. 158

21. Find the sum of the first five terms of the geometric progression if the
third term is 144 and the sixth term is 486.
A. 844
B. 978
C. 749
D. 540

22. Three friends A, B, and C can do a piece of work in t hours working


together. Working alone, A can do the work in 6 hours more, B in 1 hour
more, and C in twice the time if all working together. How long would it
take to finish the work if all working together?

A. 20 mins. .
B. 30 mins.
C. 40 mins
D. 50 mins

23. Solve for x in the following equation: x + 3x + 5x + 7x + ... + 49x = 625 .

A. 1/4
B. 1
C. 1/2
D. 3/2
Primer Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 279

24. Determine the value of k so that the sum and product of the roots are
equal from the given equation 7x 2 +(2k-1)x-3k+2=0.

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

25. A class of 40 students took examination in Electronics and


Communications. If 30 passed in Electronics, 36 passed in
Communication and 2 failed in both subjects, how many students passed
in both subjects?

A. 28
B. 30
C. 26
D. 32

26. What is the third proportional of the square of 2 and the cube root of 8?

A. 2
B. 8
C. 3
D. 1
10
⎛ k⎞
27. Find the term involving x 2 in the expansion of ⎜ x 3 + ⎟ .
⎝ x⎠
A. 210k 2 x 2
B. 120k 7 x 2
C. 792k 2 x 2
D. 320k 7 x 2

28. It takes an apprentice twice as long as it takes an experienced carpenter


to do a certain piece of work. Working together they can do the work in 6
days. How long would it take for the apprentice to do it alone?

A. 12 days
B. 18 days
C. 22 days
D. 32 days

29. If f(x − 1) = 1 + x 2 , then what is f(x) ?


A. x 2 + 2x + 1
B. x 2 + 2x + 2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK
280
TEST - 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

C. x 2 − 2x − 1
D. x 2 − 2x − 2
30. If 10 x is 4, find the value of 102x+1 .

A. 120
B. 160
C. 240
D. 180

31. When four times a certain number is added to six times its reciprocal, the
sum is negative 14. Find the number.

A. -2, -1/4
B. 3, 1/5
C. -3, -1/2
D. 2, 1/4

32. At exactly what time after 5 o’clock will the hour hand and the minute
hand be perpendicular for the first time?

A. 5:10 and 54 sec.


B. 5:20 and 14 sec.
C. 5:05 and 34 sec.
D. 5:15 and 25 sec.

33. The remainder when 2x4 – kx – 15x2 – 3x – 2 is divided by (x – 3) is 4.


What is the value of k?

A. 7
B. 4
C. 9
D. 6

34. The equation whose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of the equation
2x 2 -3x-5=0.
A. 5x 2 + 3x − 2 = 0
B. 3x 2 + 5x − 2 = 0
C. 5x 2 + 3x + 2 = 0
D. 5x 2 − 3x − 2 = 0

35. In the expansion ( x + 4y )


12
, the numerical coefficient of the fifth term is
A. 63360
B. 126,720
C. 506,880
D. 253,440
Primer Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 281

36. Spheres of the same radius are piled in the form of a pyramid with a
square base until there is just one sphere at the top layer. If there are 4
spheres on each side of the square, find the total number of spheres I
the pile.

A. 20 spheres
B. 25 spheres
C. 30 spheres
D. 28 spheres

37. How many positive real solutions are there in the polynomial:
x 4 -4x3 +7x 2 -6x-18=0 .
A. 3 or 0
B. 1 or 2
C. 1 or 0
D. 3 or 1

38. In a pile of logs, each layer contains one more log than the layer
above and the top contains just one log. If there are 105 logs in the pile,
how many layers are there?

A. 14
B. 12
C. 10
D. 8

39. Find the sum of all the odd integers between 100 and 1000.

A. 247,500
B. 374,200
C. 148,500
D. 454,500

40. A and B working together can do a job in 5 days, B and C together can
do the same job in 4 days, and A and C in 2.5 days. In how many days
can all of them finish the job working together?

A. 1.07 days
B. 2.8 days
C. 3.1 days
D. 2.03 days

41. If Juan is 10% taller than Pedro and Pedro is 10% taller than Maria, then
Juan is taller than Maria by how many percent?

A. 31%
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 282
TEST - 1 Algebra and General Mathematics

B. 18%
C. 21%
D. 11%
42. A laboratory keeps two acid solutions on hand. One is 20% acid and the
other is 35% acid. How many liters of distilled water should be added to
a liter of 35% acid solution in order to dilute it to a 20% acid solution?

A. 0.75 L
B. 0.57 L
C. 0.25 L
D. 0.45 L

43. A speedboat can travel 10 miles downstream in the same amount of time
as it goes 6 miles upstream. If the velocity of the river current is 3 MPH,
find the speed of the boat in still water.

A. 12 mph
B. 20 mph
C. 15 mph
D. 18 mph

44. The arithmetic mean and geometric mean of two numbers are 10 and 8,
respectively. Find their harmonic mean.

A. 6.4
B. 5.7
C. 7.4
D. 3.9

45. A group consists of n engineers and n nurses. If two of the engineers are
replaced by two other nurses, then 51% of the group members will be
nurses. Find the value of n.

A. 80
B. 110
C. 55
D. 100

46. In a certain family, the sum of the parents’ ages is twice the sum of their
children’s ages. Five years ago, the sum of the parents’ ages was four
times the sum of the children’s ages during that time. In fifteen years, the
sum of the parents’ ages will be equal to the sum of their children’s ages.
How many children are there in the family?

A. 5
B. 7
C. 6
D. 8
Primer Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 283

2
47. Given that z varies directly as x and inversely as y . If x = 1 and y = 2,
then z = 2. Find z when x = 3 and y = 4.

A. 1.5
B. 3
C. 2.5
D. 3.5

48. The average rate of production of transistors is 12 units for every 2 hours
work by 3 workers. How many workers are needed in an assembly line
working 40 hours each week with a weekly production of 800 transistors?

A. 5
B. 25
C. 10
D. 12

49. Eve open her coin purse and found dimes, quarters and nickels with a
total value of $1.90. There are twice as many dimes as there are
quarters and half as many nickels as quarters. How many quarters are
there?

A. 2
B. 4
C. 8
D. 6

50. After the price of petroleum oil went up by 10%, a consumer reduced his
oil consumption by the same percent. By what percent would his
petroleum bill be changed?

A. 1%
B. 11%
C. 10%
D. 0.1%
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

TEST -2
Good
luck!
Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 285

1. In what quadrant will the angle θ terminate, if sin θ is positive and


sec θ is negative?

A. I
B. III
C. II
D. IV
1
2. If sec ( 2x − 3 ) = , determine x in degrees.
sin ( 5x − 9 )
A. 14.57
B. 12.56
C. 18.57
D. 10.18
sin x tan y
3. If x + y = 90 , find .
tan x sin y
A. tan x
B. 1 tan x
C. − tan x
D. 1

4. If log10 2 = x, log10 3 = y, thenlog 101.2 =

A. 2x + y − 1
B. x + 2y + 1
C. 2x − 2y + 1
D. 2x − y + 1

5. If 2log3 (base x) + log2 (base x) = 2 + log6 (base x), then x equals


_______.

A. 3
B. 2
C. 3
D. 2

6. What is the maximum value of 3 − 2cos θ ?


A. 2
B. 4
C. 3
D. 5
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 286
TEST - 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

7. If cos θ = 3 2 , find 1 − tan2 θ .


A. -1
B. − 1 2
C. 2 3
D. 2
sin x 1 + cos x
8. Simplify: − .
1 − cos x sin x

A. 0
B. sin2x
C. 1
D. cos2x

9. Given that cos θ = − 12 13 and θ is in the third quadrant, find the value of
sin θ .

A. -5/13
B. 12/13
C. 5/12
D. 11/12

10. If log x + log5 = log ( x + 5 ) , determine the value of x.

A. 0
B. 1.25
C. 1.5
D. 2

11. Find the values of x, where 0 ≤ x ≤ 360 , such that


2 sin2 x + 5 cos x + 1 = 0 .

A. 120° or 240°*
B. 115° or 320°
C. 100° or 240°
D. 136° or 310°

12. If sin x cos x > 0 , then x may lie in what quadrant?

A. I & II
B. I & III
B. II & III
D. III only
Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 287

1
13. If sin θ − cos θ = , determine the value of sin θ cos θ .
3
A. 5/4
B. 5/9
C. 4/9
D. 4/5

14. If ( log10 x ) = 3 − log10 x 2 . Which of the following can be a value of x?


2

A. 10-3
B. 102
C. x10
D. 10x

15. If x cos θ + y sin θ = 1 and x sin θ − y cos θ = 3 , then find the relationship
between x and y.

A. x2 − y2 = 1
B. xy = 3
C. x2 + y2 = 1
D. x 2 + y 2 = 10

( 5)
2 cos x
16. Find the value of x in the equation = 5.

A. 0°
B. 55°
C. 30°
D. 60°

17. If a x = b y and bp = aq , then

A. px = qy
B. xy = pq
C. xp = y q
D. qx = py

18. If the angles of a triangle are 2x, x + 15, and 2x + 15 , find the smallest
angle in mils.

A. 600 mils
B. 800 mils
C. 900 mils
D. 700 mils
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 288
TEST - 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry
19. The sides of a right triangle are a, a + b , a + 2b where a and b are
positive real numbers. Determine the ratio b : a .

A. 3:1
B. 2:1
C. 1:3
D. 2:3

20. From the top of a light house, 53 m above the water, the angle of
depression of a boat due south is 18°50’. Calculate the speed of the
boat, if after it moves due west for 2 minutes the angle of depression is
14°20’.

A. 69.26 meters per minute


B. 48.17 meters per minute
C. 87.35 meters per minute
D. 29.47 meters per minute

21. Three circles of radii 6, 8 and 10 meters, respectively are tangent to each
other externally. Find the largest angle of a triangle formed by joining the
centers.

A. 72.6 °
B. 75.1 °
C. 73.4 °
D. 73.3 °

22. A painter needs to find the area of the gable end of a house. What is the
area of the gable if it is a triangle with two sides of 42 ft. that meet at a
105 degrees angle?

A. 852 ft.
B. 758 ft.
C. 742 ft.
D. 580 ft.

23. Find the length of the chord of a circle of radius 20 cm subtended by a


central angle of 150 degrees.

A. 29.7 cm.
B. 25.4 cm.
C. 38.6 cm.
D. 18.8 cm
Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 289

24. A road makes an angle of 4.8° with the horizontal. How far must an
automobile go up the track for it to gain 30 m in attitude?

A. 458.64 m
B. 358.52 m
C. 285.68 m
D. 341.56 m

25. A tower standing on a level ground is due north of point A and due west
of point B, a distance 150 ft. from A. If the angles of elevation of the top
of the tower as measured from A and B are 20 and 40 degrees,
respectively, find the height of the tower.

A. 50 ft.
B. 60 ft.
C. 80 ft.
D. 75 ft.

26. A satellite orbits the earth at a constant height above the surface of the
earth equal to twice the radius of the earth. A man observes that the
satellite appears above the horizon every two hours and passes directly
overhead. For how long is the satellite above the horizon?

A. 35.40 minutes
B. 47.02 minutes
C. 25.05 minutes
D. 30.74 minutes

27. Find the height of a lamp post if the angle of elevation of its top changes
from 20 degrees to 40 degrees as the observer 1.8 meters tall advances
23 meters toward the base.

A. 13.78 m
B. 16.58 m
C. 14.78 m
D. 15.78 m

28. If the complement of an angle theta is 2/5 of its supplement, then theta is
________.

A. 45 °
B. 75 °
C. 60 °
D. 30 °
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 290
TEST - 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

29. The angle of elevation of the top of a light house from a boat 50 m. from
it is the compliment of the angle of elevation of the same light house
when the boat is 110 m from it. Find the height of the light house.

A. 56.44 m.
B. 67.86 m.
C. 74.16 m.
D. 45.67 m.

30. Two towers are 60 m apart. From the top of the shorter tower, the angle
of elevation of the top of the taller tower is 40°.How high is the taller
tower if the height of the smaller tower is 40 m.

A. 90 m
B. 100 m
C. 86 m
D. 75 m

31. Considering the earth as a sphere of radius 6400 km, find the radius of
the 60th parallel of latitude.

A. 3,200 km
B. 1,300 km
C. 2,300 km
D. 3,100 km

32. A surveyor wishes to find the width of a river. He set up his transit at C
on one bank and sighted across to point A on the opposite bank, then
turning through an angle of 90°, he walks 225 m from C to a point B and
finally, setting his transit at B, he measured angle BCA as 48.33°. What
is the width of the river?

A. 238.5 m
B. 252.8 m
C. 328.6 m
D. 142.7 m

33. From a point on a level ground, the angles of elevation of the top and
bottom of a PLDT tower situated on the top of the hill are measured as
48° and 40°, respectively. Find the height of the hill if the height of the
tower is 116 feet.

A. 347.56 m
B. 368.36 m
C. 258.96 m
D. 358.49 m
Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 291

34. A ladder, with its foot in the street, makes an angle of 30° with the street
when its top rests on a building on one side of the street and makes an
angle of 40° with the street when its top rests on a building on the other
side of the street. If the ladder is 50 ft. long, how wide is the street?

A. 90.2 ft.
B. 81.6 ft.
C. 78.5 ft
D. 54.3 ft.

35. A wall is 15 ft high and 10 ft from a building. Find the length of the
shortest ladder which will just touch the top of the wall and reach a
window 20.5 ft above the ground.

A. 45.54m
B. 35.54 m
C. 54.45 m
D. 47.45 m

36. From a helicopter flying at 30,000 feet, the angles of depression of two
towns are 28° and 55°. How far apart are the two towns?

A. 6.71 miles
B. 7.61 miles
C. 8.45 miles
D. 9.46 miles

37. A pole tilts toward the sun at an angle 10° from the vertical casts a
shadow 9 meters long. If the angle of elevation from the tip of the
shadow to the top of the pole is 43°, how tall is the pole?

A. 10.2 m
B. 13.7 m
C. 11.3 m
D. 12.6 m

38. From an airplane flying at 100 m above the ground, the angle of
depression of a tower directly to the right of it is 30°. An observer on the
base of another tower directly to the left of the airplane finds that the
angle of elevation of the airplane is 60°. How far apart are the two
towers?

A. 330.24 m
B. 430.13 m
C. 210.63 m
D. 230.94 m
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 292
TEST - 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

39. An observer 5 meters away from the base of a building finds that the
angle of elevation of the top of the building is twice the angle of elevation
of the top of the same building when he is 25 m away from it. Find the
height of the building.

A. 18.64 m
B. 19.36 m
C. 31.48 m
D. 28.94 m

40. A television antenna 20 m high stands on top of a house which is 12 m


high. At what distance from the base of the house will the antenna and
the house subtend equal angle?

A. 24 m
B. 15 m
C. 31 m
D. 28 m

41. The sides of a triangle ABC are AB = 15 cm, BC = 18 cm, and CA = 24


cm. Find the distance from the point of intersection of the angle bisectors
to side AB.

A. 4.73
B. 3.87
C. 3.74
D. 5.34

42. Two straight roads intersect to form an angle of 75 degrees. Find the
shortest distance from one road to a gas station on the other road 1 km.
from the junction.

A. 3.732 km. .
B. 5.325 km.
C. 4.365 km
D. 2.856 km.

43. A train travels 2.5 miles up on a straight track with a grade of 1°10’. What
is the vertical rise of the train in that distance?

A. 0.716 miles
B. 0.051 miles
C. 0.279 miles
D. 0.045 miles
Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 293

44. Four holes are to be spaced regularly on a circle of radius 20 cm. Find
the distance “d” between the centers of two successive holes.

A. 20 2
B. 10 3
C. 15 3
D. 10 2

45. In a spherical triangle ABC, A = 116°19 ' , B = 55°30 ' , and C = 80°37 ' .
Find the value of side a.

A. 115.57°
B. 110.56°
C. 125.67°
D. 118.17°

46. Considering the earth as a sphere of radius 6400 km. Find the area of a
spherical triangle on the surface of the earth whose angles are
50°, 89° and 120° .

A. 56,476,062.07
B. 64,754,034.02
C. 45,065,746.09
D. 24,412,654.07

47. If Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) is 7 A.M. What is the time in a place
located at 135° E longitude?

A. 3 P.M.
B. 4 P.M.
C. 2 P.M
D. 6 P.M

48. If Greenwich Mean Time is 9 A.M. What is the time in a place 45° W of
longitude?

A. 7 A.M.
B. 4 A.M
C. 6 A.M.
D. 2 A.M.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 294
TEST - 2 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

49. Find the distance in nautical miles and the time difference between
Tokyo and Manila if the geographical coordinates of Tokyo and Manila
are ( 35.65° N lat. ;139.75°E long.) and (14.58°N lat.;120.98°E long.) ,
respectively.

A. 1426 nautical miles: 2.45 hrs


B. 1216 nautical miles: 1.52 hrs
C. 2614 nautical miles; 2.65 hrs
D. 1612 nautical miles; 1.25 hrs

50. An isosceles spherical triangle has angle A = B = 54° and side b = 82° .
Find the measure of the third angle.

A. 156°24 '15 "


B. 158°18 ' 43 "
C. 155°35 ' 43 "
D. 148°28 '16 "
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

TEST -3
Good
luck!
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

TEST -3
Good
luck!
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 296
TEST - 3 Plane and Solid Geometry

1. In triangle ABC, a = 12 cm , c = 14 cm , and B = 34.77° . Find the area of


the triangle.

A. 27.8 cm2
B. 37.5 cm2
C. 32.6 cm2
D. 47.9 cm2

2. A regular octagon is inscribed in a circle whose radius is 12. Find the


area of the octagon.

A. 521.31
B. 407.29
C. 351.27
D. 351.25

3. Find the area of a regular hexagon whose sides measure 5 cm.

A. 64.95 cm2
B. 47.85 cm2
C. 96.71 cm2
D. 69.53 cm2

4. The apothem of a regular pentagon is 10. Determine its area.

A. 227.43
B. 159.62
C. 363.30
D. 315.23

5. Find the radius of a circle inscribed in a rhombus whose perimeter is 100


inches and whose longer diagonal is 40 inches.

A. 10 in.
B. 12 in.
C. 14 in
D. 18 in

6. Find the area of a trapezoid whose median is 32 cm and whose altitude


is 6 cm.

A. 150 cm2
B. 164 cm2
C. 142 cm2
D. 192 cm2
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 297

7. If each side of a cube is increased by 1%. By what percent is the volume


of the cube increased?

A. 3.03%
C. 5.01%
B. 1.03%
D. 5.04%

8. If the lengths of the diagonals of a rhombus are 6 and 8, find the


perimeter of the rhombus.

A. 14
B. 20
C. 30
D. 28

9. A semi - circle of radius 14 cm is bent to form a rectangle whose length


is 1 cm more than its width. Find the area of the rectangle.

A. 323.75 cm2
C. 233.57 cm2
B. 322.32 cm2
D. 233.75 cm2

10. A swimming pool is constructed in the shape of two partially overlapping


circles, each of radius 9 m. If the center of each circle lies on the
circumference of the other, find the perimeter of the swimming pool.

A. 85.7 m
B. 56.5 m
C. 75.4 m
D. 96.8 m
2 2
11. If the surface areas of two spheres are 24 cm and 96 cm respectively.
Find the ratio of their volume.

A. 1/4
B. 1/8
C. 5
D. 3/5

12. Find the area of a triangle with sides equal to 1.017 cm, 2.032 cm, and
2.055 cm, respectively.

A. 1.070 cm2
B. 1.690 cm2
C. 1.760 cm2
D. 1.006 cm2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 298
TEST - 3 Plane and Solid Geometry

13. The capacities of two hemispherical tanks are in the ratio 64:125. If 4.8
kg of paint is required to paint the outer surface of the smaller tank, then
how many kilograms of paint would be needed to paint the outer surface
of the larger tank?

A. 8.5 kg
B. 7.5 kg
C. 6.7 kg
D. 9.4 kg

14. Find the area of the circle circumscribing an isosceles right triangle
having an area of 162 square centimeters.

A. 481.96 cm2
B. 508.94 cm2
C. 389.45 cm2
D. 408.56 cm2

15. A conical vessel has a height of 24 cm. and a base diameter of 12 cm. It
holds water to a depth of 18 cm above its vertex. Find the volume of its
content.

A. 381.7 cm2
B. 451.2 cm2
C. 281.6 cm2
D. 367.4 cm2

16. Two squares each of 12 cm sides overlap each other such that the
overlapping region is a regular octagon. Determine the area of the
overlapping region thus formed.

A. 110.9 cm2
B. 121.5 cm2
C. 119.3 cm2
D. 117.4 cm2

17. The area of a triangle inscribed in a circle of radius 9 cm. is equal to


43.23 square cm. If one of the sides of the triangle is 18 cm, find one of
the other sides.

A. 16.42 cm.
B. 15.78 cm.
C. 17.29 cm
D. 14.56 cm.
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 299

18. Three identical circles are tangent to each other externally. If the area of
the curvilinear triangle formed by the point of tangency of the three
circles is 142 cm2, compute the radius of each circle.

A. 29.79 cm
B. 19.18 cm
C. 21.38 cm
D. 15.67 cm

19. Two circles of different radii are concentric. If the length of the chord of
the bigger circle that is tangent to the smaller circle is 50 cm, calculate
the area bounded by the two circles.

A. 315π
B. 625π
C. 451π
D. 645π

20. Three circles with radii 3,4 and 5 inches are tangent to each other
externally. Find the area of the triangle formed by joining their centers.

A. 198.45 in2
B. 107.33 in2
C. 110.45 in2
D. 101.64 in2

21. Find the area of an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle of radius 20


cm.

A. 519.61 cm2
B. 456.28 cm2
C. 621.46 cm2
D. 516.45 cm2

22. The area and perimeter of a triangle is 2310 sq. cm. and 220 cm.,
respectively. Find the length of the side of the triangle tangent to the
escribed circle of radius 55 cm.

A. 60 cm
B. 74 cm.
C. 70 cm.
D. 68 cm.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK
300
TEST - 3 Plane and Solid Geometry

23. An engineer places his transit along the line tangent to the circle at point
A such that PA=200 m. He locates another point B on the circle and finds
PB=80 m. If a third portion C, on the circle lies along PB, how far from
point B will it be?

A. 500 m. .
B. 450 m.
C. 480 m
D. 420 m.

24. A sector is bent to form a cone. If the angle of the sector is 30 degrees
and the radius is 6 cm. what is the altitude of the cone?

A. 5.98 cm .
B. 10.12 cm
C. 6.36 cm
D. 8.25 cm.

25. The sides of a triangular lot are 130 m, 180 m, and 190 m. The lot is to
be divided by a line bisecting the longest side and drawn from the
opposite vertex. Find the length of this dividing line.
A. 125 m
B. 110 m
C. 115 m
D. 145 m

26. A rhombus is formed by two radii and two chords of a circle of radius 10
m. What is the area of the rhombus?

A. 86.6 m2
B. 96.1 m2
C. 56.4 m2
D. 78.1 m2

27. A circular cone having an altitude of 9 m is divided into two segments


having the same vertex. If the smaller altitude is 6 m. Find the ratio of the
volume of the small cone to the big cone.

A. 8/27
C. 4/9
B. 6/9
D. 5/7
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 301

28. Find the volume of a sphere inscribed in a regular icosahedron with sides
equal to 10 cm.

A. 1838.78 cu. cm.


B. 2415.23 cu. cm
C. 1278.33 cu. cm.
D. 1783.42 cu. cm.

29. A sphere has a diameter of 24 cm. How far from the center of the sphere
should a plane be passed so that the ratio of the areas of the two zone
formed is 2:3.

A. 2.4
B. 4.1
C. 3.5
D. 1.8

30. A lune has an area of 30 square meters. If the of the lune is 90 degrees.
What is the area of the sphere?

A. 110 sq. m.
B. 90 sq. m.
C. 120 sq. m.
D. 150 sq. m.

31. A right circular cone whose vertical angle is 90 degrees has a diameter
of a sphere as its axis and has its vertex on the sphere. Determine the
ratio of the volume of the cone to that of the sphere.

A. 1:4
B. 3:4
C. 2:1
D. 1:3

32. If the edge of the cube is decreased by 10%, by what percent is the
surface area decreases?

A. 19%
B. 81%
C. 89%
D. 10%
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 302
TEST - 3 Plane and Solid Geometry

33. Two corresponding sides of 2 similar polygons are 12 cm and 21 cm,


respectively. If the perimeter of the small polygon is 60, find the
perimeter of the big polygon.

A. 105 cm
B. 102 cm
C. 107 cm
D. 103 cm

34. Find the area of the gable end of the house with a base of 19.2 ft and
base angles of 23.17° each.

A. 45.3 ft2
B. 38.3 ft2
C. 25.9 ft2
D. 30.7 ft2

35. Find the fourth side of a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle having one of
its sides equal to 20 m. as its diameter, and the other two sides adjacent
to the diameter are 8 m. and 12 m., respectively.

A. 6.785 m
B. 8.785 m
C. 7.654 m
D. 9.864 m

36. How many sides has a polygon if the sum of its interior angles equals
twice the sum of its exterior angles?

A. 7
B. 6
C. 4
D. 5

37. A wedge is cut from a cylinder of radius 5 m by two planes, one


perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder and the other passing through
the diameter of the section made by the first plane and inclined to this
plane at an angle of 45 degrees. Find the volume of the wedge.

A. 54.63 cu. m.
B. 48.18 cu. m.
C. 83.33 cu. m.
D. 43.73 cu. m.
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 303

38. A solid has a circular base of radius 20 cm. Find the volume of the solid if
every plane section perpendicular to a certain diameter is an equilateral
triangle.

A. 18445.50 cm3
B. 18475.21 cm3
C. 14231.50 cm3
D. 17485.12 cm 3

39. A triangle inscribe in a circle of radius 12 cm. have two of its sides equal
to 6 cm. and 8 cm., respectively. Find the altitude to the third side of the
triangle.

A. 3 cm
B. 5 cm
C. 2 cm
D. 6 cm

40. The sides of the triangle are 15, 18 and 24 cm., respectively. How far is
the circumcenter of the triangle to the longest side?

A. 2.45 cm
B. 3.94 cm
C. 5.46 cm
D. 1.79 cm

41. A cylindrical glass 5 inches in diameter and 8 inches in altitude is filled


with ice tea. It is then tilted to a position enough for the ice tea level to
coincide with the center of the base. How much ice tea is drained from
the glass?

A. 123.75 in3
B. 154.32 in3
C. 134.65 in3
D. 120.34 in3

42. Given that the perimeter of a triangle is 100 cm. If the angles of the
triangle are in the ratio 3:4:5. Find the longest side of the triangle.

A. 28.53 cm
B. 41.25 cm
C. 38.04 cm
D. 29.06 cm
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK
304
TEST - 3 Plane and Solid Geometry

43. The area of a triangular lot is 2,598.08 m2. If the sides of the lot are in
continued proportion of 3:5:7, find the shortest side of the lot.

A. 30 m
B. 40 m
C. 50 m
D. 60 m

44. Find the area of a regular five - pointed star inscribed in a circle of radius
20 cm.

A. 449 cm2
B. 559 cm2
C. 349 cm2
D. 459 cm2

45. Find the area of a regular 6 - pointed star of David inscribed in a circle of
radius 5 m.

A. 35.4 m2
B. 43.3 m2
C. 34.6 m2
D. 29.7 m2

46. A trapezoid 6 m in altitude have bases of 12 m and 18 m , respectively. If


it is divided into two parts by a line parallel to the bases such that the
ratio of the areas of the two parts formed is 2:3, compute the length of
the dividing line.

A. 16.78 m
B. 13.21 m
C. 17.01 m
D. 14.69 m

47. Triangle ABC has sides equal to AB = 14 cm , BC = 10 cm and


CA = 6 cm , respectively. How far is the intersection of all angle bisectors
to side AB?

A. 1.761 cm
B. 1.732 cm
C. 1.563 cm
D. 1.435 cm
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 305

48. The sides of the triangle are 3, 4, and 5, respectively. Find the length of
the angle bisector from the longest side to its opposite vertex.

A. 3.02
B. 4.32
C. 2.42
D. 1.72

49. A sphere of radius 5 cm and a right circular cone of base radius 5 cm


and height 10 cm stand on the table. How far from the table should the
two solids be cut in order to have equal circular sections?

A. 2 cm
B. 5 cm
C. 4 cm
D. 7 cm

50. A solid consist of a cone and a hemisphere sharing bases of radius r. If


the height of the cone is 10 cm and the volumes of the conical and
hemispherical portion of the solid thus formed are equal, find the total
volume of the solid.

A. 425.6 cm3
B. 535.7 cm3
C. 523.6 cm3
D. 389.4 cm3

51. A wooden pyramid of altitude 10 m is to be cut into 2 parts by a plane


parallel to its base such that the area of the base is 5 times the area of
intersection. How far from the apex does the plane intersect the altitude?

A. 3.85 m
B. 4.65 m
C. 2.15 m
D. 1.41 m

52. Considering the earth as a sphere of radius 6400 km. To what height
above the earth’s surface must a man be raised for him to see 1/4 of the
earth’s surface?

A. 3200 km
B. 6400 km
C. 5200 km
D. 4600 km
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

TEST -4
Good
luck!
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry 307

1. If the points ( −3, −5 ) , ( p,q) and ( 3, 4 ) lie on a straight line, then which of
the following is correct?

A. 2p − 3q = 1
B. p + q = −3
C. 3p − 2q = 1
D. 2p − q = 3

2. Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the segment joining the
points (2,6) and (-4,3).

A. 2x − 4y + 5 = 0
B. 4x − 2y − 5 = 0
C. 4x + 2y − 5 = 0
D. 2x + 4y + 5 = 0

3. Find the radius of the circle 2x 2 + 2y 2 − 3x + 4y − 1 = 0 .

A. 13 4
B. 30 4
C. 35 3
D. 33 4

4. The line 6x + y − k = 0 is tangent to the parabola x 2 = − y + 16 . Find the


value of the constant k.

A. 16
B. 9
C. 25
D. 31

5. The abscissa of a point is 3. If its distance from a point (8, 7) is 13, find
its ordinate.

A. -5 or 19
B. 3 or 5
C. 5 or 19
D. -3 or 7
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 308
TEST - 4 Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

6. Determine the equation of the common tangents to the circles


x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 4y − 3 = 0 and x 2 + y 2 − 8x − 6y + 7 = 0 .

A. x + y +1= 0
B. x + 2y − 1 = 0
C. 2x + y − 1 = 0
D. x + y −1= 0
One end of the diameter of the circle ( x − 4 ) + y 2 = 25 is the point (1, 4 ) .
2
7.
Find the coordinates of the other end of this diameter.

A. 7,-4
B. 3,-7
C. 7,4
D. -3,-7

8. Find the value of k if the y - intercept of the line 3x − 4y − 8k = 0 is 2.

A. -2
B. 3
C. -1
D. -3

9. If the point (2,k) lies on the line with slope 3 and passing through the
point (1,6), find k.

A. 7
B. 9
C. 5
D. 8

10. Determine the x - intercept of the line passing through (1,4) and (4,1).

A. 3
B. 5
C. 4
D. 6

11. The vertices of the base of an isosceles triangle are (-1,-2) and (1,4). If
the third vertex lies on the line 4x + 3y = 12 , find the area of the triangle.

A. 8
B. 10
C. 9
D. 11
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry 309

12. The coordinates of the two vertices of a triangle are (6,-1) and (-3,7).
Find the coordinates of the third vertex so that the centroid of the triangle
will be at the origin.

A. (-3,-6)
B. (-5,-5)
C. (4,-6)
D. (6,-4)

13. An arc in the form of a parabolic curve is 40 m across the bottom. A flat
horizontal beam 26 m long is placed 12 m above the base. Find the
height of the arc.

A. 20.78 m
B. 18.67 m
C. 25.68 m
D. 15.87 m

14. An ellipse has its center at (0,0) with its axis horizontal. The distance
between the vertices is 8 and its eccentricity is 0.5. Compute the length
of the longest focal radius from point (2,3) on the curve.

A. 3
B. 5
C. 4
D. 6

15. Find the equation of the line parallel to 7x + 2y − 4 = 0 and passing


through ( −3, −5 ) .

A. 7x + 2y + 31 = 0
B. 7x − 2y + 21 = 0
C. 3x + 2y + 31 = 0
D. 7x − 2y + 31 = 0

16. If the straight lines ax + by + c = 0 and bx + cy + a = 0 are parallel, then


which of the following is correct?

A. b2 = 4ac
B. b2 = ac
C. b2 + ac = 0
D. a2 = bc
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 310
TEST - 4 Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

17. Find the area of a triangle whose vertices are (1,1) , ( 3, −3 ) , and ( 5, −3 ) .

A. 4
B. 7
C. 10
D. 12

18. Determine the radius of the sphere whose equation is


x 2 + y 2 + z2 − 2x + 8y + 16z + 65 = 0 .

A. 4
B. 6
C. 5
D. 7

19. Find the equation of the line passing through (2,1) with slope equal to
negative 1/2.

A. x + 2y − 4 = 0
B. x − 2y − 4 = 0
C. x + 2y + 4 = 0
D. 2x + y − 4 = 0

20. Find the slope and y-intercept of the line whose equation is 2x − 3y = 5.

A. 3/2, 5/3
B 2/3.3/5
C. 4/3, 2/3
D. 2/3, 5/3

21. Find the equation of the line passing through points (0,4) and (1,-1).

A. 5x − y − 3 = 0
B. 4x + y − 4 = 0
C. 5x + y − 4 = 0
D. 5x − y − 4 = 0

22. Find the equation of the line that crosses the x-axis at x = 4 and the y-
axis at y = −6.

A. 3x − 2y − 21 = 0
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry 311

B. 3x + 2y − 12 = 0
C. 3x − 2y − 12 = 0
D. 2x − 3y − 12 = 0
23. If points (3,2) and (x,5) lie on a line whose slope is -3/2, then what is the
value of x?

A. 3
B. 4
C. 1
D. 6

24. Find the value of k if the point (2,k) is on the line y = 3x − 1 .

A. 5
B. 4
C. 1
D. 6

25. What is the equation of the line that is parallel to 3x − y − 5 = 0 and has
the same y - intercept as 2x + y − 7 = 0 ?

A. y = 3x − 2
B. y = −2x − 5
C. y = 3x + 7
D. y = −2x + 7

26. If the lines whose equations are 3x + y − 8 = 0 and 2x − ky − 9 = 0 are


perpendicular, what is the value of k.

A. 6
B. 4
C. 1
D. 2

27. Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the segment joining
points (-2,-3) and (2, 5).

A. 3x + y − 6 = 0
B. 2x − y + 4 = 0
C. 5x + 7y − 7 = 0
D. 3x − 2y − 4 = 0
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 312
TEST - 4 Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

28. Find the shortest distance from point (2, 8) to the circle:
x 2 + y 2 + 4x − 6y − 12 = 0 .

A. 4.899
B. 2.077
C. 7.075
D. 3.455

29. Find the equation of the line with x intercept 2 that passes through the
midpoint of the line segment joining (3,7) and (5,0).

A. 7x + 4y − 14 = 0
B. 4x + 7y − 14 = 0
C. 7x − 4y − 14 = 0
D. 7x + 7y − 14 = 0

30. Find the distance between point (1, 5,-3) from the plane 4x+y+8z+33=0.

A. 3
B. 4
C. 2
D. 1

31. The semi-major axis of an ellipse is 4 and its semi-minor axis is 3. The
distance from the center to the directrix is:

A. 5.065
B. 6.047
C. 6.223
D. 6.533

32. Find the equation of the line that intercepts the x-axis at x=4 and the y-
axis at y=-6.

A. 2x − 3y = 12
B. 3x + 2y = 12
C. 3x − 2y = 12
D. 2x + 3y = 12

33. Find the eccentricity of a hyperbola whose transverse and conjugate


axes are equal in length?

A. 0.823
B. 1.525
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry 313

C. 1.414
D. 1.734

34. Find the equation of the asymptotes for a hyperbola:


( y − 5) − ( x + 5)
2
= 36 .

A. y = ±x + 5
B. y − 5 = ± ( x + 5)
C. y − 3 = ± ( x − 5)
D. y + 5 = ± ( x − 5)

35. Find the length of the tangent from point (7,8) to the circle x2+y2-9=0.

A. 6 2
B. 3 10
C. 2 26
D. 2 18

36. Find the value of k for which the length of the tangent from point (5,4) to
the circle x2 + y2 + 2ky = 0 is 1.

A. -7
B. +4
C. -5
D. +6

37. Compute the length of the latus rectum of the parabola


y 2 − 4y − 12x − 32 = 0 .

A. 10
B. 12
C. 11
D. 16

38. Find the perimeter of the ellipse 9x 2 + 18x + 25y 2 − 100y = 116 .

A. 25.90
B. 19.68
C. 15.25
D. 21.35
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 314
TEST - 4 Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

39. Find the equation of a circle having (10,2) and (6,-4) as ends of a
diameter.

A. x 2 + y 2 − 16x + 2y + 52 = 0
B. x 2 + y 2 − 14x + 2y + 25 = 0
C. x 2 + y 2 − 16x + 8y + 15 = 0
D. x 2 + y 2 + 18x + 2y + 52 = 0

40. A cable suspended from supports that are the same height and 600 feet
apart has sag of 100 feet. If the cable hangs in the form of a parabola,
find its equation.

A. y 2 = 900x
B. y 2 = 400x
C. x 2 = 400y
D. x 2 = 900y

41. What is the new equation of the line 5x+4y+3=0 if the origin is translated
to the point (1, 2)?

A. 4x’+3y’+16=0
B. 5x’-4y’-16=0
C. 5x’+4y’+16=0
D. 6x’+6y’-16=0

42. Find the equation of the circle at (1,3) and tangent to the line
5x − 12y = 8 .

A. x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 6y + 1 = 0
B. x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 6y + 9 = 0
C. x 2 + y 2 − x − 3y + 18 = 0
D. x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 6y + 1 = 0

43. For what values of k does the circle ( x − k ) + ( y − 2k ) = 10 pass through


2 2

the point (1, 1).

A. -4/5, 2
B. -3/4, 3
Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry 315

C. -2/5, 1
D. -5/4, 2

44. Determine the value of k so that the circle x 2 + y 2 − 8x + 10y + k = 0 will


have a radius of 7.

A. -4
B. 8
C. 7
D. -8

45. The receiver in a parabolic television dish antenna is 3 feet from the
vertex and is located at the focus. Assuming that the dish is directed
upward and the vertex is at the origin, find the equation of the cross-
section of the reflector.

A. y 2 = 8x
B. x 2 = 12y
C. y 2 = 12x
D. x 2 = 8y

46. A fireplace arc is to be constructed in the shape of a semi-ellipse. The


opening is to have a height of 2 ft at the center and a width of 6 ft along
the base. Find the equation of the cross-section of the fireplace.

A. 9x 2 + 4y 2 = 36
B. 4x 2 + 36y 2 = 144
C. 4x 2 + 9y 2 = 36
D. 36x 2 + 4y 2 = 144

47. Find the volume bounded by the plane 6x + 15y − 10z − 30 = 0 and the
coordinate axes.

A. 5 cu. units
B. 4 cu. units
C. 8 cu. units
D. 9 cu. units

48. A parabolic arc over a tunnel for a road through a mountain is 27 ft high.
The width of the arc 12 feet from the top is 56 feet. How wide is the arc
at the bottom?

A. 88 ft.
B. 96 ft.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 316
TEST - 4 Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

C. 78 ft.
D. 84 ft.

49. Find the radius of the circle passing through (-2,1) and tangent to the line
3x − 2y − 6 = 0 at the point (4,3).

A. 7.14
B. 5.15
C. 6.11
D. 8.56

50. The major axis and the minor axis of an ellipse are 12 and 8 respectively.
Compute the second eccentricity of the ellipse.

A. 1.448
B. 1.118
C. 1.013
D. 1.406
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

TEST -5
Good
luck!
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 318
TEST - 5 Differential and Integral Calculus

⎛ tan3 3x ⎞
1. Evaluate: Lim ⎜⎜ 3 ⎟⎟ as x approaches 0.
⎝ x ⎠

A. 0
B. 31
C. 27
D. infinity

2. Evaluate the integral x cos xdx .

A. x sin x + cos x + C
B. x 2 sin x + C
C. x cos x + sin x + C
D. 2x sin x + cos x + C

3. Find the limit: sin2x/sin3x as x approaches to 0.

A. 1/3
B. 3/4
C. 2/3
D. 0

4. A spherical snowball is being made so that its volume is increasing at the


rate of 8 ft3/min. Find the rate at which the radius is increasing when the
snowball is 4 ft in diameter.

A. 0.159 ft3/min
B. 0.015 ft3/min
C. 0.259 ft3/min
D. 0.325 ft3/min

5. A man 1.8 m tall is walking at the rate of 1.2 m/s away from a lamp post
6.7 m high. At what rate is the tip of his shadow receding from the lamp
post?

A. 2.16 m/s
B. 1.64 m/s
C. 1.83 m/s
D. 1.78 m/s
Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 319

6. A man on a wharf is pulling a rope tied to a raft at a rate of 0.6 m/s. If the
hands of the man pulling the rope are 3.66 m above the water, how fast
is the raft approaching the wharf when there are 6.10 m of rope out?

A - 1.75 m/s
B. -0.25 m/s
C -0.75 m/s
D. -0.54 m/s

7. Evaluate the limit: tanx/x as x approaches 0.

A. 0
B. undefined
C. 1
D. infinity

8. A man is riding a car at the rate of 30 km/hr toward the foot of a pole 10
m high. At what rate is he approaching the top when he is 40 m from the
foot of the pole?

A. -5.60 m/s
B. -6.78 m/s
C. -8.08 m/s
D. -4.86 m/s

9. Find a point on the curve y=x3 at which the tangent line is perpendicular
to the line 3x+9y=4.

A. (1,1)
B. (1,-1)
C. (-1,2)
D. (-2,-1)

10. A man wishes to use 100 feet of fencing to enclose a rectangular garden.
Determine the maximum possible area of his garden.

A. 625 ft2
B. 524 ft2
C. 345 ft2
D. 725 ft2

11. Find the equation of the tangent line to the curve x3+y3=9 at the point
(1,2).

A. x + 4y = 9
B. 2x + 4y = 5
C. 4x − y = 9
D. x − 2y = 10
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 320
TEST - 5 Differential and Integral Calculus
12. Find the area of the largest rectangle whose base is on the x axis and
whose upper two vertices lie on the curve y=12-x2.

A. 24 sq. units
B. 32 sq. units
C. 16 sq. units
D. 36 sq. units

13. Find the radius of the largest right circular cylinder inscribed in a sphere
of radius 5.

A. 4.08 units
B. 1.25 units
C. 5.14 units
D. 8.12 units

14. A rectangular box open at the top is to be constructed from a 12x12-inch


piece of cardboard by cutting away equal squares from the four corners
and folding up the sides. Determine the size of the cutout that maximizes
the volume of the box.

A. 6 inches
B. 1.5 inches
C. 2 inches
D. 3 inches

15. Find dy dx if y = 5(2x +1) .

A. (5^(2x+1))ln25
B. (5^(2x+1))ln(2x+1)
C. (5^(2x+1))ln5
D. 5^(2x+1))ln10

16. A man at point A on the shore of a circular lake of radius 1 km wants to


reach point B on the shore diametrically opposite A. If he can row a boat
3 km/hr and jog 6 km/hr, at what angle with the diameter should he row
in order to reach B in the shortest possible time?

A. 30°
B. 50°
C. 45°
D. 60°
Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 321

17. Find the area of the region above the x axis bounded by the curve
y = -x2+4x-3.

A. 1.333 square units


B. 3.243 square units
C. 2.122 square units
D. 1.544 square units

18. Find the volume of the solid of revolution formed by rotating the region
bounded by the parabola y=x2 and the lines y=0 and x=2 about the x
axis.

A. 25.01 cu. units


B. 15.50 cu. units
C. 20.11 cu. units
D. 30.14 cu. units

19. A publisher estimates that t months after he introduces a new magazine,


the circulation will be C(t)=150t2+400t+7000 copies. If this prediction is
correct, how fast will the circulation increase 6 months after the
magazine is introduced?

A. 1200 copies/month
B. 2202 copies/month
C. 2000 copies/month
D. 2200 copies/month

20. For what value of k will f(x)=x-k/x have a relative maximum at x=-2?

A. 3
B. -4
C. -1
D. 2

21. A point is moving along the circle x2+y2=25 in the first quadrant in such a
way that its x coordinate changes at the rate of 2 cm/s. How fast is its y
coordinate changing as the point passes through (3,4)?

A. -3/2 cm/s
B. 2/5 cm/s
C. 2/3 cm/s
D. -3/4 cm/s

22. Divide the number 60 into two parts so that the product of one part and
square of the other is maximum. Find the smallest part.

A. 15
B. 20
C. 25
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 322
TEST - 5 Differential and Integral Calculus
D. 10

23. Find the first derivative of ln(cosx)

A. cscx
B. –tanx
C. secx
D. cotx

24. An object moves along the x - axis so that its x-coordinate obeys the law
x=3t3+8t+1. Find the time when its velocity and acceleration are equal.

A. 2/3
B. 3/5
C. 3/4
D. 4/5

25. Assuming that the earth is a perfect sphere, with radius 4000 miles. The
volume of ice at the north and south poles is estimated to be 8,000,000
cubic miles. If this ice were melted and if the resulting water were
distributed uniformly over the globe, approximately what would be the
depth of the added water at any point on the earth?

A. 120 ft.
B. 320 ft
C. 210 ft.
D. 230 ft.

26. Find the equation of the curve passing through the point (3,2) and having
slope 2x2-5 at any point (x,y).

A. 2x3-5x-3y-1=0
B. 3x3-5x-2y-1=0
C. 2x3+5x-3y-21=0
D. 5x3-3x-3y+1=0

27. Find the centroid of the region bounded by y=x2, y=0, and x=1.

A. (1/4,2/3)
B. (2/3,5/4)
C. (3/4,3/10)
D. (3/5,5/10)

28. Find the point of inflection of the curve x3-3x2-x+7.

A. (2,3)
B. (2,6)
C. (1,5)
D. (1,4)
Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 323

29. Find two numbers whose sum is 36 if the product of one by the square of
the other is a maximum.

A. 13,23
B. 25,11
C. 16,20
D. 12,24

30. Find the minimum distance from the curve y = 2 2x to the point (6,0).

A. 3.56
B. 4.66
C. 5.66
D. 2.66

31. Divide 60 into 3 parts so that the product of the three parts will be
maximum. Find the product.

A. 6000
B. 8000
C. 4000
D. 12,000

32. A particle moves along a path whose parametric equations are x=t3 and
y=2t2. What is the acceleration of the particle when t=5 seconds?

A. 30.26 m/s2
B. 18.56 m/s2
C. 20.62 m/s2
D. 23.37 m/s2

33. Find the area bounded by the curve 5y2=16x and the curve y2=8x-24.

A. 36
B. 25
C. 16
D. 14

34. Find the area in the first quadrant bounded by the parabola y2=4x and
the line x=3 and x=1.

A. 5.595
B. 4.254
C. 6.567
D. 7.667
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 324
TEST - 5 Differential and Integral Calculus
2
35. Find the area enclosed by the curve x +8y+16=0, the line x=4 and the
coordinate axes.

A. 8.97
B. 10.67
C. 9.10
D. 12.72

36. Find the volume of the solid formed by rotating the curve 4x2+9y2=36
about the line 4x+3y-20=0.

A. 473.74
B. 130.54
C. 210.64
D. 320.65

37. Determine the moment of inertia of a rectangle 100cm by 300cm with


respect to a line through its center of gravity and parallel to the shorter
side.

A. 225x106 cm4
B. 125x106 cm4
C. 325x106 cm4
D. 235x106 cm4

38. Find the area of the region bounded by y2=8x and y=2x.

A. 3/4
B. 5/4
C. 4/3
D. 5/6

39. Determine the curvature of the curve y2=16x at the point (4,8).

A. -0.0442
B. -0.1043
C. -0.0544
D. -0.0254

40. A body moves such that its acceleration as a function of time is a=2+12t,
where “a” is in m/s2. If its velocity after 1 s 11 m/s. Find the distance
traveled after 5 seconds.

A. 256 m
B. 340 m
C. 290 m
D. 420 m
Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 325

41. A runner and his trainer are standing together on a circular track of
radius 100 meters. When the trainer gives a signal, the runner starts to
run around the track at a speed of 10m/s. How fast is the distance
between the runner and the trainer increasing when the runner has run
1/4 of the way around the track?

A. 5.04 m/s
B. 6.78 m/s
C. 5.67 m/s
D. 7.07 m/s

42. A telephone company has to run a line from a point A on one side of a
river to another point B that is on the other side, 30 km down from the
point opposite A. The river is uniformly 10 km wide. The company can
run the line along the shoreline to a point C and then run the line under
the river to B. The cost of laying the line along the shore is P5000 per
km, and the cost of laying it under water is P12, 000 per km. Where the
point C should be located to minimize the cost?

A. 5.167 km
B. 6.435 km
C. 4.583 km
D. 3.567 km

43. If three sides of a trapezoid are each 10 cm long, how long must the
fourth side if the area is a maximum?

A. 15
B. 20
C. 10
D. 30

44. At a certain instant, train A is 60 km north of train B. A is traveling south


at a rate of 20 km/hr while B is traveling east at 30 km/hr. How fast is the
distance between them changing 1 hour later?

A. 2 km/hr
B. 4 km/hr
C. 3 km/hr
D. 5 km/hr

45. Evaluate the integral xe x dx .

A. e x (x + 1) + C
B. xe x (x + 1) + C
C. e x (x − 1) + C
D. ex + x − 1 + C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 326
TEST - 5 Differential and Integral Calculus
2 3
46. Calculate the area bounded by the tangent line to the curve 3y =x at
(3, 3), the x-axis and the line x=3.

A. 3
B. 5
C. 4
D. 6

47. A ladder 10 ft long is resting against the side of a building. If the foot of
the ladder slips away from the wall at the rate of 2 ft/s, how fast is the
angle between the ladder and the building changing when the foot of the
ladder is 6 ft away from the building.

A. 2/3 rad/s
B. 3/4 rad/s
C. 1/4 rad/s
D. 1/3 rad/s

48. Given the area in the first quadrant bounded by y^2=x, the line x=4 and
the x-axis. What is the volume generated when this area is revolved
about the x-axis.

A. 8pi
B. 5pi
C. 10pi
D. 4pi

49. Find the moment of inertia of the area bounded by the curve x2=8y, the
line x=4 and the x-axis on the first quadrant with respect to the y-axis.

A. 1.14 quartic units


B. 25.6 quartic units
C. 15.1 quartic units
D. 2.15 quartic units

50. A 5-lb monkey is attached to the end of a 30-ft hanging rope that weighs
0.2 lb/ft. The monkey climbs the rope to the top. How much work has it
done?

A. 240 ft-lb
C. 120 ft-lb
B. 200 ft-lb
D. 150 ft-lb
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

TEST -6
Good
luck!
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 328
TEST - 6 Counting, Probability, and Statistics
1. How many 5 - digit number divisible by 5 can be formed from the digits 0,
1, 2, 3, . . . , 9 if repetition is allowed?

A. 18,000
B. 100,000
C. 20,000
D. 90,000

2. By stringing together 10 differently colored beads, how many different


bracelets can be made?

A. 50,160
B. 362,880
C. 181,440
D. 125,400

3. One bag contains 4 white balls and two black balls. A second bag
contains 3 white balls and 5 black balls. If one ball is drawn from each
bag, what is the probability that 1 is white and the other is black?

A. 3/4
B. 13/24
C. 5/24
D. 7/9

4. What is the probability of getting at least 1 ace in 3 throws of a die?

A. 0.2314
B. 0.3425
C. 0.4213
D. 0.5461

5. In how many ways can 5 men and 5 women be seated at a round table if
each woman is to be between two men?

A. 2,880
B. 14,400
C. 576
D. 14,440

6. The odds are 25 to 3 against a person winning a P1, 000,000 jackpot


prize in a certain TV game show. What is his mathematical expectation?

A. 210,540.56
B. 150,245.34
C. 107,142.86
D. 210,540.67
Primer Problems – Countng,Probability, and Statistics 329

7. An urn contains 9 balls numbered from 1 to 9. If two balls are drawn at


random from the urn, determine the probability that one ball is odd and
the other is even.

A. 5/9
B. 5/8
C. 3/5
D. 4/9

8. A boy has 8 flowers of different variety. In how many ways can he select
2 or more flowers to form a bouquet?

A. 128
B. 247
C. 110
D. 540

9. At a meeting, after everyone had shaken hands with everyone else, it


was found that 45 handshakes were exchanged. How many were at the
meeting?

A. 10
B. 30
C. 20
D. 40

10. The odds that A can solve a given problem are 3 to 2, and the odds that
B can solve it are 2 to 5. Find the probability that either A or B can solve
the problem?

A. 0.686
B. 0.866
C. 0.886
D. 0.688

11. How many numbers between 3000 and 5000 can be formed from the
digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 if repetition is not allowed?

A. 96
B. 128
C. 240
D. 144
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 330
TEST - 6 Counting, Probability, and Statistics
12. A factory finds that, on average, 20 percent of the bolts produced by a
given machine will be defective for a certain specified requirements, if 10
bolts are selected at random from the day’s production of this machine,
find the probability that exactly 2 will be defective.

A. 0.2435
B. 0.5479
C. 0.3020
D. 0.4327

13. Five Electronics books and 4 Communications books are placed on a


shelf at random. What is the probability that the extreme books are both
Electronics?

A. 0.3778
B. 0.4378
C. 0.2778
D. 0.3144

14. During the board examination, Luzon, Visayas and Mindanao produced
respectively 50%, 30% and 20% of the total number of examinees. The
result of the exams revealed that the flunkers from Luzon, Visayas and
Mindanao are 3%, 4% and 5% respectively. If an examinee is picked at
random, what the probability that he/she is a flunker?

A. 0.037
B. 0.045
C. 0.025
D. 0.320

15. Three machines A, B and C produce respectively 60%, 30% and 10% of
the total number of items of a factory. The percentages of defective
output of these machines are respectively 2%, 3% and 4%.An item is
selected at random and is found defective. Find the probability that the
item was produced by machine C.

A. 0.16
B. 0.75
C. 0.19
D. 0.12

16. How many 3-digit area codes are there for a telephone company if the
first digit must not be 0 or 1, and the second digit must be 0 or 1?

A. 160
B. 240
C. 144
D. 310
Primer Problems – Countng,Probability, and Statistics 331

17. In how many ways can a committee consisting of 3 engineers and 2


nurses be chosen from 5 engineers and 7 nurses?

A. 144
B. 210
C. 160
D. 340

18. In a certain college, 4% of the men and 1% of the women are taller than
5 ft. Furthermore, 60% of the students are women. If a student is
selected at random and is taller than 5 ft, what is the probability that a
student is a woman?

A. 2/11
B. 3/11
C. 5/11
D. 4/11

19. Two balls are drawn one at a time from a bag containing 4 black balls
and 5 white balls. If the first ball is returned before the second ball is
drawn, find the probability that both balls are black.

A. 0.198
B. 0.889
C. 0.167
D. 0.257

20. .A number between 1 and 10000 is randomly selected. What is the


probability that it will be divisible by 4 and 5?

A. 0.03
B. 0.08
C. 0.05
D. 0.01

21. How many 4-digit even numbers can be formed from the digits 0, 1,
2,3,4,5,6,7,8, and 9 if each digit is to be used only once in each number?

A. 5,000
B. 3,256
C. 2,500
D. 986

22. An organization has 25 members, 4 of whom are ECE’s. In how many


ways can a committee of 3 be formed so as to include at least one ECE?

A. 540
B. 128
C. 970
D. 311
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 332
TEST - 6 Counting, Probability, and Statistics
23. An urn contains 4 white balls and 3 black balls. Another urn contains 3
white balls and 5 black balls. If one ball is drawn from each urn,
determine the probability that the balls drawn will be 1 white and 1 black.

A. 27/56
B. 9/56
C. 29/56
D. 5/14

24. How many numbers between 3000 and 5000 can be formed from the
digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 if repetition is not allowed?

A. 96
B. 128
C. 240
D. 144

25. Find the mean, median and mode respectively of the following numbers:
13, 13, 14, 12, 11, 10, 9, 11, 8, 11, 5, and 15.

A. 10, 10, 11
B. 10, 11, 12
C. 10, 11, 11
D. 11, 11, 11

26. There are 4 white balls and 6 red balls in a box. If 2 balls are taken out
successively (the first ball is not replaced), what is the probability that the
balls drawn are of different colours.

A. 24/90
B. 8/15
C. 24/100
D. 6/15

27. When two dice are thrown, what is the probability that the sum of the two
faces shown is 6?

A. 1/36
B. 1/6
C. 1/9
D. 5/36

28. Find the sum of the 4 - digit numbers which can be formed with the four
digits 2, 3, 5, and 6 if each digit is used only once in each arrangement.?

A. 230,440
B. 210,160
C. 110,578
D. 106,656
Primer Problems – Countng,Probability, and Statistics 333

29. Three sports cars A, B, and C are in a race. A is twice as likely to win as
B and B is twice as likely to win as C. Determine the probability that C
wins the race.

A. 1/4
B. 2/3
C. 1/7
D. 2/5

30. Two transistors are chosen at random from 12 transistors of which 4 are
defective. Find the probability that both transistors are defective.

A. 0.091
B. 0.081
C. 0.058
D. 0.087

31. The probability that Anton hits a target is 1/3 and the probability that his
friend Ernest hits it is 2/5. If each shoot at the target, what is the
probability that it will be hit?

A. 3/5
B. 11/15
C. 3/7
D. 4/15

32. A pair of fair dice is thrown. Find the probability of obtaining a sum of 9.

A. 1/5
B. 1/4
C. 1/9
D. 1/6

33. Two digits are selected at random from the digits 1 through 9. If the sum
of the digits is even, find the probability that both numbers are odd.

A. 0.315
B. 0.625
C. 0.235
D. 0.413

34. Find the number of different triangles which can be formed by joining the
vertices of a decagon.

A. 144
B. 720
C. 120
D. 348
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 334
TEST - 6 Counting, Probability, and Statistics
35. How many diagonals has an icosahedron?

A. 190
B. 170
C. 210
D. 240

36. The probabilities that 3 men A, B, and C hit a target are 1/6, 1/4, and 1/3,
respectively. If each shoots once at the target, what is the probability that
exactly one of them hits the target?

A. 0.4306
B. 0.3560
C. 0.4526
D. 0.6531

37. In the board examination, 75% of the examinees passed in Electronics,


85% passed in Communications, and 90% passed both. If an examinee
is selected at random, what is the probability that he passed in
Electronics or Communications?

A. 0.2
B. 0.7
C. 0.5
D. 0.8

38. A coin is weighted so that head is three times as likely to appear as tails.
If a coin is tossed one time, find the probability of obtaining a head.

A. 1/4
B. 2/3
C. 3/4
D. 3/5

39. Compute the value of the variance of the following sets of numbers:
8, 10, 12, 14, 15, and 18.

A. 10.806
B. 12.694
C. 11.912
D. 9.806

40. Compute the number of 12 letter combination of all letters in the


alphabet.

A. 5,200,300
B. 9,657,700
C. 17,383,860
D. 2,704,156
Primer Problems – Countng,Probability, and Statistics 335

41. How many different signals each consisting of 6 flags hung in a vertical
line can be formed from 4 identical red flags and 2 identical green flags?

A. 12
B. 15
C. 21
D. 32

42. The probability that an examinee will pass in each subject in the ECE
Board exam is 0.80. What is the probability that an examinee will pass at
least 2 subjects?

A. 0.518
B. 0.502
C. 0.640
D. 0.761

43. There are 5 copies each of 3 different books. In how many ways can
they be arranged on a shelf?

A. 564,287
B. 456,456
C. 756,756
D. 456,357

44. A student received grades of 87, 97, 84, 79, and 81. Determine the
arithmetic mean of the grades.

A. 85.6
B. 86.5
C. 91.5
D. 89.7

45. Find the geometric mean of the numbers 3,5,6,6,7,10, and 12.

A. 5.43
B. 7.64
C. 6.43
D. 4.76

46. Find the harmonic mean of the numbers 2, 5, 5,7,8,9.

A. 5.45
B. 4.69
C. 6.25
D. 3.65
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 336
TEST - 6 Counting, Probability, and Statistics
47. Find the quadratic mean of the numbers 3, 5, 5, and 7.

A. 3.78
B. 6.14
C. 4.56
D. 5.19

48. What is the mode of the set of numbers 2,3,4,4,4,6,6,8,8,8,,9 and 10

A. 3 &2
B. 4 &10
C. 4 & 8
D. 2 & 10

49. A student’s final grade in 4 subjects are, respectively, 82, 86, 90, and 70.
If the respective credits received for these subjects are 3, 5, 3, and 1,
determine his appropriate average grade.

A. 80
B. 85
C. 86
D. 89

50. Find the range of the set of numbers 9, 3, 8, 8, 6, 5, 11, and 15.

A. 10
B. 12
C. 11
D. 19
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 338
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 1:

From the formula:


2ab
H.M. = → harmonic mean between a & b
a+b
⎛3⎞ 3
2⎜ ⎟ 4
H.M. = ⎝ 8⎠
= 1
3 35
+4
8 8
H.M. = 24 35

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 2:

Let:
x = smaller number
37 − x = larg er number
Then,
37 − x 5
=3+
x x
37 − x = 3x + 5
4x = 32
x=8

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 3:

Applying properties of exponent:

f(x + 1) = (10 x +1 ) + 1 = 10 x ⋅ 10 + 1
( ) (
f(x + 1) − f(x) = 10 x ⋅ 10 + 1 − 10 x + 1 )
= 10 ⋅ 10 + 1 − 10 − 1
x x

= 9 ⋅ 10 x

Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 339

Solution to Problem 4 :
Let:
1
x, be the roots
x
Then,
⎛ 1⎞ C
x ⎜ ⎟ = → product of roots formula
⎝x⎠ A
k−2
1=
2k + 2
k = −4
Answer: C

Solution to Problem 5:

Let:
x = no. of hours Bill can do the job alone
1
= Bill' s rate of doing the job
x
⎛ 1⎞
3 ⎜ ⎟ = John ' s rate of doing the job
⎝x⎠
Then,
⎛1 3⎞ ⎛3⎞
⎜ + ⎟4 + ⎜ ⎟2 = 1
⎝x x⎠ ⎝x⎠
4 12 6
+ + =1
x x x
x = 22 hours
Answer: B

Solution to Problem 6:
Multiply both sides by x,
⎛ 2 ⎞
⎜ x− = 1⎟ x
⎝ x ⎠
x−2 = x
Square both sides,
x 2 − 5x + 4 = 0
( x − 4 )( x − 1) = 0
x = 4, x = 1
Only x = 4 satisfies the original equation, the other root x = 1 is
extraneous.

Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 340
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 7:
G.M. = ± ab → geometric mean between two numbers a & b
where :
use ( + ) → if a and b are positive
use ( − ) → if a and b are negative
So,
GM = − ( −4 )( −9 ) = −6

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 8:
In the equation of the form xn + a1xn−1 + a2 xn −2 + ... + an−1x + an = 0 in
which the coefficient of the first term is 1, the following relations exist
between coefficients and roots:

Sum of roots = −a1


Pr oduct of roots = ( −1)n an
Thus, in the equation x 3 + 2x 2 − 23x − 60 = 0
Sum of roots = −a1
=−2
Pr oduct of roots = ( −1)n an
= ( −1)3 ( −60)
= 60
Answer: A

Solution to Problem 9:
Let:
2x, 5x, 7x be the original numbers, 2x being the smallest.
( 5x − 7 ) − 2x = 7x − ( 5x − 7 )
x = 14
The smallest number is:
2x = 2 (14 )
= 28

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 341

Solution to Problem 10:


As a general rule, evaluate the sequence for n = 1,2,3,...
When ;
n = 1, a1 = 31 − 2 = 1
n = 2, a 2 = 32 − 2 = 7
n = 3, a3 = 33 − 2 = 25
n = 4, a 4 = 3 4 − 2 = 79
Thus, the sum of the first 4 terms of the sequence is:
S = a1 + a2 + a3 + a4
= 1 + 7 + 25 + 79
= 112
Answer: D

Solution to Problem 11:

Let:
x = original speed of the boy in km / hr
t1 = planned time of travel if there is no delay
30
t1 = →
x
t 2 = actual time of travel due to the delay (faster speed)
10 20 1
t2 = + + →
x x+2 2
Equate equation & , for these times of travel are equal :
30 10 20 1
= + +
x x x+2 2
40 1
=
x ( x + 2) 2
x 2 + 2x − 80 = 0
( x + 10 )( x − 8 ) = 0
x = 8 km / hr ; x = −10 (absurd)

Answer: D
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 342
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 12:

The sequence is 85, 90, 95,... 715


Where:
a1 = 85, an = 715, d =5
Solving for the number of terms, n:
an = a1 + ( n − 1) d
715 = 85 + ( n − 1) 5
n = 127
Thus,
127
S= ( 85 + 715 )
2
S = 50,800

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 13:

Let:
a = first term in A.P.
a + 3d = fourth term in A.P.
a + 7d = eighth termin A.P.
Since, the three terms form an A.P.:
( a + 3d) = a ( a + 7d)
2

a = 9d
Solving for the common ratio:
a + 3d 12d
r= =
a 9d
r = 4/3

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 343

Solution to Problem 14:


Since there are 4 geometric means between 3 and 729, the total number
of terms in the sequence is 6.
n = 6, a1 = 3, an = 729
Solving for the common ratio, r:
an = a1r n −1
729 = 3r 6 −1
243 = r 5
r =3
Thus,
a1 ⎡r n − 1⎤⎦
S= ⎣
r −1
( 3 ) ⎡⎣( 3 ) − 1⎤⎦
6

S=
3 −1

S=
( 3 )( 728 )
= 1092
2

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 15:

To obtain an equation each of whose roots is double to those of the


equation x 3 − 6x 2 + 11x − 6 = 0 , multiply the second term of the original
equation by 2, the third term by 22, and the fourth term by 23:
x 3 − 6(2)x 2 + 11(4)x − 6(8) = 0
x 3 − 12x 2 + 44x − 48 = 0

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 16:


If ( x − 3 ) is a factor of x 4 − 4x 3 − 7x 2 + kx + 24 , then the remainder
f(r) = f(3) must be zero.
f(x) = x 4 − 4x 3 − 7x 2 + kx + 24
f(3) = ( 34 ) − 4 ( 3 ) − 7 ( 3 ) + k ( 3 ) + 24 = 0
3 2

81 − 108 − 63 + 3k + 24 = 0
3k = 66
k = 22

Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 344
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 17:


Let:
(a − d),a,(a + d) → be the sides of the triangle
By P.T.
( a + d) = a2 + ( a − d )
2 2

a = 4d
Hence :
3d : 4d : 5d = 3 : 4 : 5

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 18:

Let:
x = 4k, y = −3k, z = 2k
2(4k) + 4( −3k) − 3(2k) = 20
8k − 12k − 6k = 20
k = −2
Thus,
x = −8, y = 6, z = −4

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 19:


Let:
x = mean proportional of 3 2 and 6 2
Then,
3 2 x
= " Note:
x 6 2 In the proportion
x 2 = 36 a:b = b:c , b is
x=6 called the mean
proportional between
Answer: C a and c while c is
called the third
proportional to a and
b.
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 345

Solution to Problem 20:


Let:
a5 = 5 th term
The fifth term of the sequence is the difference between the sum of the
fifth term and the fourth term:
a5 = S5 − S 4
( ) (
= 25 + 3 − 5 − 2 4 + 3 − 5 )
= 251 − 123
= 128

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 21:


a3 = 144 → 3rd term
a6 = 486 → 6th term
Solving for the common ratio:
an = amr n−m
486 = 144r 6 −3
r = 1.5
Solving for the first term:
6 −1
486 = a1 (1.5 )
a1 = 64
Thus, the sum of the first 5 terms is:
64 ⎡(1.5 ) − 1⎤
5

⎣ ⎦⎥ = 844
S=
1.5 − 1

Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 346
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 22:

Let:
t = number of hours A, B, and C together can do the work
t + 6 = number of hours A can do the work alone
t + 1 = number of hours B can do the work alone
2t = number of hours C can do the work alone

From :
Sum of individual rate = Combined rate
1 1 1 1
+ + =
t + 6 t + 1 2t t
3t 2 + 7t − 6 = 0
(t + 3)(3t − 2) = 0
2
t = −3 & t = hr.
3

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 23:

The sequence forms an arithmetic progression with:


a1 = x, d = 2x
an = 49x, S = 625
Solving for the number of terms:
an = a1 + ( n − 1) d
49x = x + ( n − 1) 2x
49 = 1 + ( n − 1) 2
n = 25
Thus, solving for x:
n
S = ( a1 + an )
2
25
625 = ( x + 49x )
2
50x = 50
x =1
Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 347

Solution to Problem 24:


7x 2 + (2k − 1)x − 3k + 2 = 0
A=7
B = (2k-1)
C = -3k +2
B
Sum of roots : → x1 + x 2 = −
A
C
Product of roots : → x1 ⋅ x 2 =
A
B C
− =
A A


( 2k − 1)
−3k + 2
=
7 7
−2k + 1 = −3k + 2
k =1

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 25:


Using Venn - Diagram:

Electronics Communications
30 − x x 36 − x

Let:
x = no. of students who passed in both subjects
( 30 − x ) + ( 36 − x ) + x = 38
x = 28

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 26:

( 2)
2 3
8
3
=
8 x
4 2
=
2 x
x = 1 (third proportional)

Answer: D
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 348
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 27:

Let:
r = the term in the expansion containing x 2
Find r using the formula in solving the rth term:
From:
r −1
⎛k ⎞
( )
10 − r +1
nCr −1xn − r +1y r −1 = 10Cr −1 x 3 ⎜ ⎟
⎝x⎠
Collect factors involving x, and equate to x 2 :
r −1
⎛ 1⎞
(x )
10 − r +1
3
⎜x⎟ = x2
⎝ ⎠
( )
x 33 − 3r x −r +1 = x 2
34 − 4r
x = x2
34 − 4r = 2
r=8
Thus, the required term is the 8th term:
8 −1
⎛k ⎞
( )
10 − 8 +1
= 10C8 −1 x 3 ⎜x⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ k7 ⎞
= 10C7 x 9 ⎜ 7 ⎟
⎝x ⎠
= 120k x → the term involving x 2
7 2

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 28:

Let: x = no. of days a carpenter can do the job alone


2x = no. of days the apprentice can do the job alone

1 1 1
+ =
x 2x 6
( 2 + 1)( 6 ) = 2x
x=9
2x = 18 days( the apprentice can do the job alone)

Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 349

Solution to Problem 29:

Let:
x − 1 = y, then x = y + 1
f(y) = 1 + ( y + 1)
2

= y 2 + 2y + 2
Thus,
f(x) = x 2 + 2x + 2

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 30:


( )
2
10(2x +1) = 10 x ⋅ 10
but : 10 = 4 x

= ( 4 ) (10 )
(2x +1) 2
10
= 160

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 31:

Let,
x = the unknown number

Then,
⎛ 1⎞
4x + 6 ⎜ ⎟ = −14
⎝x⎠
4x 2 + 6 = −14x
4x 2 + 14x + 6 = 0
( 2x + 1)( 2x + 6 ) = 0
1
x=− x = −3
2

Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 350
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 32:

⎛ x ⎞
⎜ 12 + 25 ⎟ − x = 15 12
X
⎝ ⎠ 11 1
11x 10 2
= 10 9 3
12
x = 10.909 min s. 8 4
7 5
6
⎛ 60s ⎞
x = 10 minutes + 0.909 ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 1min ⎠ X
12
x = 10 minutes & 54.54 sec

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 33:

2 ( 3 ) − 3k − 15 ( 3 ) − 3 ( 3 ) − 2 = 4
4 2

162 − 3k − 135 − 11 = 4
k=4

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 34:

2x 2 − 3x − 5 = 0
( 2x − 5 )( x + 1) = 0
5
x1 = x 2 = −1
2
The reciprocal of the roots :
2
x1 = x 2 = −1
5
The equation is :
x 2 − ( x1 + x 2 ) x + x1 ⋅ x 2 = 0
⎛2 ⎞ ⎛2⎞
x 2 − ⎜ − 1⎟ x + ⎜ ⎟ ⋅ ( −1) = 0
⎝5 ⎠ ⎝5⎠
5x + 3x − 2 = 0
2

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 351

Solution to Problem 35:


Given: ( ax + by )
n

n −r +1
The coefficient of the rth term = nCr −1 ( a ) (b )r −1
Thus, in the expansion of ( x + 4y )
12
, the coefficient of the 5th term is:
12 −5 +1
Coeff. = 12C5 −1 (1) ( 4 )r −1
5 −1
= 12C4 (1)( 4 )

= 12C4 (1)( 4 )
4

= 126,720

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 36:


n ( n + 1)( 2n + 1)
S=
6
4 ( 4 + 1)( 8 + 1)
S=
6
S = 30 spheres
Answer: C

Solution to Problem 37:


4
xN − 4x
N+ 7x
3
N− 6x − 18
2

1 2 3

Three sign changes, so three or one positive real solutions.

Answer: D
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 352
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 38:

a =1
d =1
S = 105
n
S = [ 2a + (n − 1)(d)]
2
n
105 = [ 2(1) + (n − 1)(1)]
2
210 = 2n + n2 − n
n2 + n − 210 = 0
(n + 15)(n − 14) = 0
n = 14 layers
n = −15 absurd

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 39:

The sequence of odd integers from 100 to 1000 is:


101,103...999

Where:

a = 101 d = 103 − 101 = 2 an = 999

Solving for n:

an = a + (n − 1)d
999 = 101 + (n − 1)(2)
2n = 999 − 101 + 2
n = 450

Thus, the sum is:


n
S = [ 2a + (n − 1)d]
2
450
S= [2(101) + (449)(2)]
2
S = 247,500

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 353

Solution to Problem 40:

Let:
a,b, and c = number of days required by each working alone to do
the job, respectively
T = number of days to finish the job if all working together
Then,
1 1 1
, , = part of the job done by a, b, and c in one day, respectively
a b c
⎛ 1 1⎞ ⎛ 1 1⎞ ⎛ 1 1⎞ 1 1 1
⎜ a + b ⎟ + ⎜ b + c ⎟ + ⎜ a + c ⎟ = 4 + 3 + 2.5
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
2 2 2
+ + = 0.983
a b c
⎛ 1 1 1⎞ 1
⎜ a + b + c ⎟ = 0.492 = T
⎝ ⎠
Thus,
T = 2.03 days
Answer: D

Solution to Problem 41:


Let:
x = Height of Maria
1.1x = height of Pedro
1.1(1.1x ) = height of Juan
Then,
1.21x − x = .21x

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 42:

1L X X+1

+ =
35% acid 0% acid 20% acid

Using acid analysis:


( 0.35 )(1) + 0 = ( 0.20 )( x + 1)
x = .75L

Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 354
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 43:


Let:
r = speed of the boat in still water
r − 3 = speed of the boat downstream (against the current)
r + 3 = speed of the boat upstream ( with the current)

Since, it takes the same time traveling upward and downstream, set the
time equal to each other:
t downstream = t upstream
10 6
=
r +3 r −3
10r − 30 = 6r + 18
4r = 48
r = 12

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 44:

Let:
a & b → be the numbers
Then,

Arithmetic Mean:
a+b
AM =
2
Geometric Mean:
GM = ab
Harmonic Mean:
2ab
HM =
a+b
a + b ⎞ ⎛ 2ab ⎞
( AM)(HM) = ⎛⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ = ab
⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ a + b ⎠
But:
ab = ( GM)
2

Substitute values:
( AM)(HM) = ( GM)
2

10 (HM) = ( 8 )
2

HM = 6.4

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 355

Solution to Problem 45:


Let:
n − 2 = no. of engineers
n + 2 = no. of nurses
⎛n+2⎞
⎜ 2n ⎟ 100 = 51
⎝ ⎠
100n + 200 = 102n
2n = 200
n = 100
Answer: D

Solution to Problem 46:


Let:
x = sum of the children’s ages now
2x = sum of the parents’ ages now
n = number of children in the family

Past Present Future


Parents 2x − 10 2x 2x + 30

Children x − 5n x x + 15n

Past ages relation:

( 2x − 10 ) = 4 ( x − 5n ) → eq. 1
Future ages relation:

( 2x + 30 ) = ( x + 15n) → eq. 2
Between equation c and d :

2x − 20n = −10
2x − 30n = −60
→ subtract equations
10n = 50
n =5
Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 356
Solution to Algebra and General Engineering

Solution to Problem 47:


x

y2
kx
z= (k = cons tan t of var iation)
y2

Solving for k, when x =1 , y = 2, and z = 2:

k (1)
2=
( 2)
2

k=8

Thus, the value of z when x = 3 and y = 4 is:


8 (3)
z= = 1.5
( 4)
2

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 48:


No. of man-hours to produce 12 transistors:

= ( 3 )( 2 ) = 6

No. of man-hours to produce 800 transistors:

= x ( 40 ) = 40x

By ratio and proportion:

3 40x
=
12 800
x = 5 wor ker s
Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Algebra 357

Solution to Problem 49:

d = 2q
q
n=
2
5n + 10d + 25q = 1.9 (100 )
⎛ q⎞
5 ⎜ ⎟ + 10 ( 2q) + 25q = 190
⎝2⎠
5q + 40q + 50q = 380
95q = 380
q=4 d=8 n=2

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 50:

Let:
B = original bill
x = original price of petroleum
y = original consumption
B = xy → original bill
Then, the new bill would be:
= (1.1x )(.9y )
= 0.99xy
Thus, the percent decrease is:
= original bill − new bill
= xy − 0.99xy
= 0.01 or 1%

Answer: A
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

   
 
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 359

Solution to Problem 1:

Using the MNEMONIC: Add Sugar To Coffe

S A
Sin (+)
All (+)
Csc (+)

T C
tan (+) cos (+)
cot (+) sec(+)

From the figure, sin θ and csc θ are positive in the second quadrant. Functions
not stated in the second, third, and fourth quadrants are understood to be
negative. Thus, in the second quadrant sine is (+) and secant is (-).

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 2:

1
sec ( 2x − 3 ) =
sin ( 5x − 9 )
sec ( 2x − 3 ) = csc ( 5x − 9 ) → reciprocal relation
sec ( 2x − 3 ) = sec ⎣⎡90 − ( 5x − 9 ) ⎦⎤ → cofunction relation
2x − 3 = 99 − 5x
7x = 102
x = 14.57

$ Answer: A

Solution to no. 3:

Since x and y are complementary,


sin x tan y sin x tan ( 90 − x )
= → functions of complementary angles
tan x sin y tan x sin ( 90 − x )
⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞
sin x ⎜ tan x ⎜
⎝ tan x ⎟⎠ ⎟
⎝ tan x ⎠
= =
cos x tan x tan x
1
=
tan x

$ Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 360
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

Solution to Problem 4:
Given:
log 2 = x log3 = y
Then,
12
log1.2 = log
10
log1.2 = log ( 4 )( 3 ) − log10
log1.2 = log 22 + log3 − log10
log1.2 = 2log 2 + log3 − 1
log1.2 = 2x + y − 1

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 5:

Applying properties of logarithm:

2log x 3 + log x 2 = 2 + log x 6


log x ( 3 ) + log x 2 − log x 6 = 2
2

( 3 ) ( 2) = 2
2

log x
6
log x 3 = 2
x2 = 3
x= 3

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 6:
The expression 3 − 2 cos θ is maximum when cos θ is minimum, that is
when cos θ = cos180° .
Minimum value of cos θ is:
cos180 = −1
Thus, the maximum value of 3 − 2 cos θ is:
3 − 2 cos θ = 3 − 2 ( −1)
=5

$ Answer: D
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 361

Solution to Problem 7:

a 3 2
cos θ = = y
h 2
a = 3, h = 2 θ

3
Using special triangle, y = 1 .
2
⎛ 1 ⎞
1 − tan2 θ = 1 − ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 3⎠
1
= 1−
3
2
=
3

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 8:

sin x

2
(
1 + cos x sin x − 1 − cos x
=
2
)
1 − cos x sin x sin x (1 − cos x )
sin2 x − sin2 x 0
= =
sin x (1 − cos x ) sin x (1 − cos x )
=0

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 9:
12
12 a
cos θ = − = θ
13 h y
a = −12, h = 13 13
Solving for y:
y= (13 )2 − (12 )2 = 25
= 5 → opposite of θ
Thus,
y −5
sin θ = =
h 13

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 362
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry
Solution to Problem 10:
log5 + log x = log ( x + 5 )
log ( 5x ) = log ( x + 5 )
5x = x + 5
4x = 5
x=5 4

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 11:


2 sin2 x + 5 cos x + 1 = 0

( )
2 1 − cos2 x + 5 cos x + 1 = 0

2 cos2 x − 5 cos x − 3 = 0
$ Answer: A
( 2 cos x + 1)( cos x − 3 ) = 0
1
cos x = − or cos x = 3 ( rejected )
2
x = 120° or 240°

Solution to Problem 12:


sin x cos x is greater than 0 only if both sin x and cos x have the same
sign.
If both sinx and cosx positive → first quadrant
If both sinx and cosx negative → third quadrant

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 13:


Squaring both sides of the equation:
2
( sin θ − cos θ )2 = ⎛⎜
1⎞

⎝3⎠
1
sin2 θ − 2 sin θ cos θ + cos2 θ =
9
1
2 sin θ cos θ = 1 −
9
2 sin θ cos θ = 8 9
sin θ cos θ = 4 9

$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 363

Solution to Problem 14:

(log10 x )2 + log10 x2 − 3 = 0
Let : y = log10 x
y 2 + 2y − 3 = 0
( y − 1)( y + 3 ) = 0
y =1 y = −3
log10 x = 1 or log10 x = −3
x = 10 or x = 10−3

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 15:


Squaring the two equations:
( x cos θ + y sin θ )2 = (1)2
x 2 cos2 θ + xy sin 2θ + y 2 sin2 θ = 1 → X
( x sin θ − y cos θ )2 = ( 3 )2
x 2 sin2 θ − xy sin 2θ + y 2 cos2 θ = 9 → Y
Add equation X & Y:

( ) (
x 2 cos2 θ + sin2 θ + y 2 sin2 θ + cos2 θ = 1 + 9 )
2 2
x + y = 10

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 16:

( 5)
2 cos x
=5
2 cos x
⎛ 1⎞
⎜ 52 ⎟ =5
⎜ ⎟
⎝ ⎠
5cos x = 5
cos x = 1
x=0

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 364
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

Solution to Problem 17:

Taking logarithm in both equations:


x loga = y logb
loga y
= →X
logb x
p logb = qloga
loga p
= →Y
logb q
Equate equations :
loga y p
= =
logb x q
px = qy

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 18

2x + ( x + 15 ) + ( 2x + 15 ) = 180
5x = 160
x = 30
The smallest angle is:
x + 15 = 30 + 15
⎛ 6400 mils ⎞
= 45° × ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 360° ⎠
= 800 mils

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 19:


From the given sides it is clear that the largest side is a + 2b .
By Pythagorean Theorem:
( a + 2b )2 = a2 + ( a + b )2
a2 − 2ab − 3b2 = 0
( a − 3b )( a + b ) = 0
a = 3b or a = −b ( rejected sin ce a & b should be positive )
b 1
= or b : a = 1: 3
a 3
$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 365

Solution to Problem 20:


D
53
AC = = 154.39
tan18°50 '
53
AB = = 207.42
tan14°20 ' A

( 207.42) + (154.39 )
2 2
AC =
AC = 138.52 B C
138.52
speed = = 69.26 meters / min.
2
$Answer: A

Solution to Problem 21:

By Cosine law:
6
(18 ) = (14 ) + (16 ) − 2 (14 )(16 ) cos θ
2 2 2
6
θ 10
448 cos θ = 128
8
128
cos θ = 8
10
448
cos θ = 0.2857
θ = 73.4°

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 22 :
1
( 42 ) sin105
2
A=
2
A = 852 m2
$Answer: A

Solution to Problem 23:

20 150° 20

By Cosine Law:
x 2 = ( 20 ) + ( 20 ) − ( 2 )( 20 )( 20 ) cos150
2 2

x = 38.6 cm
$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 366
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry
Solution to Problem 24:

30
sin 4.8 = d
d 30
30
d=
sin 4.8
d = 358.52 m

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 25:

AC
cot 20 = AC = h cot 20 → X
h
BC
cot 40 = BC = h cot 40 → Y
h
By Pythagorean Theorem: h

(150 ) = ( AC ) + (BC )
2 2 2

(150 ) = (h cot 20 ) + (h cot 40 )


2 2 2
20° 40°

c A 150 B
h=
( cot α ) + ( cot β )
2 2

150
h=
( cot 20 ) + ( cot 40 )
2 2

h = 50 ft.

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 26

R
cos θ =
3R Horizon
θ = 70.53° θ 3R
2θ = 141.06°
⎛ 2hrs ⎞ 60 min.
t = 141.06° ⎜ ⎟× = 47.02 minutes 3R
⎝ 360 ⎠ hr
$ Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 367

Solution to Problem 27:

From the figure: (By Sine Law)


20°
x
x 23 h
= 20° 40°
sin 20 sin 20
x = 23
Solving h:
h − 1.8
sin 40 =
23 23
h = 23 sin 40 + 1.8
h = 16.58 m
$Answer: B

Solution to Problem 28:


θ → be the angle
( 90 − θ ) → comp lim ent
(180 − θ ) → sup plement
2
( 90 − θ ) = (180 − θ )
5
θ = 30°

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 29:

(90 − θ) θ

h 50
tan θ = tan θ =
110 h
h 50
=
110 h
h2 = 5500
h = 74.16 m

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 368
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

Solution to Problem 30:

h − 40 40°
tan 40 =
60 h
h = 60 tan 40 + 40 40
h = 90.35 m

$ Answer: A 60

Solution to Problem 31:

r 60° parallel of latitude


re
0° latitude
(equator)

Let:

r = radius of the parallel latitude


re = 6400 km (earth ' s radius)
r
cos 60 =
re
r = re cos 60
r = 6400 cos 60
r = 3,200 km.

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 32:

CA
tan 48.33 = A
CB
CA = CB tan 48.33
= 225 tan 48.33
= 252.8 m

$ Answer: B C B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 369

Solution to Problem 33:

h
tan 40 =
x
h
x= →X
tan 40 116
h + 116
tan 48 =
x
h
h + 116 48° 40°
x= →Y
tan 48
Equate eq. X & Y:
h h + 116
=
tan 40 tan 48
h tan 48 = h tan 40 + 116 tan 40
116 tan 40
h= = 358.49 m
tan 48 − tan 40

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 34:

x1
cos 30 =
50
x1 = 50 cos 30
x1 = 43.3
x2 50
cos 40 =
50 30° 40°
x 2 = 50 cos 40
x1 x2
x 2 = 38.3
Solving for d: d
d = x1 + x 2
= 43.3 + 38.3
= 81.6. ft.

$ Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 370
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry
Solution to Problem 35:
By ratio and proportion:
15 20.5
=
x x + 10
15x + 150 = 20.5x
5.5x = 150 L
20.5
x = 27.27
15
By Pythagorean Theorem: 10
L = ( x + 10 ) + ( 20.5 )
2 2 2

x
L= ( 37.27 )2 + ( 20.5 )2
L = 45.54 m

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 36:


30,000
cos 62 =
L
28°
L = 30,000 cos 62
55°
L = 63,901.63 30,000
By sine law:
x L
=
sin 27 sin125
63,901.63 sin 27 x
x=
sin125
⎛ 1 mile ⎞
x = 35, 415.56 ft. ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 5280 ft. ⎠
x = 6.71 miles

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 37:

By the Law of Sines:


h 9
=
sin 43 sin 39
9 sin 43
h= 37°
sin 37
h = 10.2 m
43°
$ Answer: A

9
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 371

Solution to Problem 38:

d = x1 + x 2 30°
100 100
d= +
tan 30 tan 60 100
d = 230.94 m
60°

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 39:


h h
tan θ = → X tan 2θ = → Y
25 5
From trigonometric identity :
2 tan θ
tan 2θ =
1 − tan2 θ
h
2
h 25 h
= 2
5 ⎛ h ⎞
1− ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 25 ⎠
θ 2θ
h 50h
=
5 625 − h2 5
2 25
625 − h = 250
h2 = 375
h = 19.36 m

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 40:

12 32
tan θ = tan 2θ =
x x
From trigonometric identity: 20 m

2 tan θ
tan 2θ =
1 − tan2 θ
θ 12 m
θ

x
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 372
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

Then,
⎛ 12 ⎞
2⎜ ⎟
32 ⎝ x ⎠
=
(
x 1 − tan2 θ )
2
32 − 32 tan θ = 24
32 tan2 θ = 8
tan2 θ = 0.25
tan θ = 0.5
From equationn :
12
tan θ = = 0.5
x
x = 24 m
$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 41:

Note that by definition the point of intersection of all angle bisectors of a


triangle is called incenter. It is also defined as the center of the inscribed
circle of the triangle. Thus, the distance from incenter of the triangle to
any of its sides is equal to the radius of the inscribed circle.

Solving for r, using:


A T = rs 15 18
Where:

15 + 18 + 24 24
s= = 28.5
2
A T = 28.5 (13.5 )(10.5 )( 4.5 )
A T = 134.83

Then,
A T 134.83
r= = = 4.73
s 28.5

$ Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 373

Solution to Problem 42:

d d
tan 75 =
1 km
75°
d = 3.732km Petrol station

1 km
$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 43:


y
sin1°10 ' =
2.5
y = 2.5 sin1°10 '
y = 0.051 miles

$ Answer: B

Solution to problem 44:

By Pythagorean Theorem: d r
d = 20 + 20
2 2

d = 28.28 cm r

Alternate Solution:
Using General formula for n holes to be spaced regularly on a circle of
radius r:

⎛ 180 ⎞
d = 2r sin ⎜ ⎟
⎝ n ⎠

Where,
n = no. of holes
r = radius of the circle
180
d = 2 ( 20 ) sin
4
d = 20 2

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 374
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry
Solution to Problem 45:

Using Cosine Law for Angles:


cos A = − cosB cos C + sinB sin C cos a
cos116°19 ' = − cos 55°30 ' cos 80°37 '+ sin 55°30 ' sin 80°37 ' cos a
cos a = −0.43166
a = 115°57 '

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 46:

From:
πR 2E
A= → area of spherical triangle
180°
Where:

R = 6400 km
E = 50° + 89° + 120° − 180°
= 79° → spherical excess

Solving for area:


π ( 6400 ) ( 79° )
2

A=
180°
A = 56, 476,062.07 km2

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 47:

Difference in time Difference in longitude


=
24 360°
x 135° − 0
=
24 360
x = 9 hrs.
Since the time in the places located at East longitude is ahead of GMT,
then , the time in a place located at 135° E longitude is:

T = 7A.M. + 9 hours
T = 4P.M.
$ Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Spherical Trigonometry 375

Solution to Problem 48:

Difference in time Difference in longitude


=
24 360°
x 0 − 45
=
24 360
x = − 3 hrs.
Where, the negative sign indicates that the time in places located at
West longitude is behind GMT by x hours. Thus,

T = 9 A.M. − 3 hours
T = 6 A.M

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 49

a = 90° − 35.65° = 54.35°


c = 90° − 14.58° = 75.42°
B = 139.75° − 120.98° = 18.77°

Using Cosine Law:

cosb = cos a cos c + sin a sin c cosB


cosb = cos 54.35° cos 75.42° + sin 54.35° sin 75.42° cos18.77°
cosb = 0.147 + 0.745
cosb = 0.892
b = 26.87°

In terms of minutes:
⎛ 60 min. ⎞
b = 26° ⎜ ⎟ + 52
⎝ 1° ⎠
b = 1612 minutes

Solving for distance, x:

⎛ 1 nautical mile ⎞
x = 1612min. ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 1min. ⎠
x = 1612 nautical miles
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 376
Solution to Plane and Spherical Trigonometry

Solving for the time difference:


Difference in time Difference in longitude
=
24 360°
Diff. in time 139.75° − 120.98°
=
24 360
Diff. in time = 1.25 hrs.

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 50:


To solve the unknown angle C, convert C
the isosceles triangle to a right spherical
triangle by constructing a 90° at the x
midpoint of the base.
82°
Using Napier’s Rule: (for triangle ACD) 54° 54°
sinbc = tan x c tan A c A B
cosb = cot x cot A D
1
cosb =
tan x tan A
1 1
tan x = =
cosb tan A cos 82° tan 54°
tan x = 5.22
x = 79.156
Thus, solving for C:
C = 2x
= 2 ( 79.156 )
= 158°18 ' 43 "

$ Answer: B
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

   
 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 378
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem1:

From:
1
A= ac sinB → given two sides and their included angle
2
C
Thus,

1 12
A= (12 )(14 ) sin 34.77°
2
A = 47.9 cm2 A B
14
$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 2:

For inscribed polygon:

1 2 ⎛ 360 ⎞
A= nr sin ⎜ ⎟ 12
2 ⎝ n ⎠
Substitute:
1 ⎛ 360 ⎞
A = ( 8 )(12 ) sin ⎜
2

2 ⎟
⎝ 8 ⎠
A = 407.29 sq. units

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 3:

For area of regular polygon given side:


1 ⎛ 180 ⎞ 5 cm
A = nx 2 cot ⎜ ⎟
4 ⎝ n ⎠
Where:
n = no. of sides
x = length of each side

Substitute:
1 ⎛ 180 ⎞
A = ( 6 )( 5 ) cot ⎜
2

4 ⎝ n ⎠
A = 64.95 cm2

$ Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 379

Solution to Problem 4:

For area of regular polygon given apothem:


1
A = ( perimeter ) × ( apothem )
2
Solving for angle θ:
360 x
2θ =
5 θ 10
θ = 36°
Solving for x:
x2
tan 36 =
10
20 tan 36 = x "Note:
x = 14.53 Apothem is a line drawn from the
Perimeter: center of a regular polygon
P = 14.53 ( 5 ) perpendicular to any side. It is also
defined as the center of the
= 72.65 inscribed circle in a polygon
Thus, solving for the area:
1
A = ( 72.65 ) 10
2
A = 363.30 sq. units

Alternate Solution:

For regular polygon given apothem:


180
A = nr 2 tan
n
Where:
r = apothem
n = number of sides
Thus,
⎛ 180 ⎞
A = ( 5 )(10 ) tan ⎜
2

⎝ 5 ⎠
A = 363.30 sq. units

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 380
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 5:

Solving for angle θ:


20
cos θ =
25
θ = 36.87°

Solving for r:
r
sin θ =
20
r = 20 sin θ
r = 20 sin 36.87°
r = 12

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 6:

From the formula:


1 a
A = (a + b) h
2
Where: median
1 h
( a + b ) = median
2
b
Substitute:
A = ( 32 )( 6 )
A = 192 cm2

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 7:

3
v 2 ⎛ x2 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
v1 ⎝ x1 ⎠
x1 1.01x1
3
v 2 ⎛ 1.01x1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
v1 ⎝ x1 ⎠
v 2 = 1.0303v1
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 381

Thus,
⎛ v − v1 ⎞
percent increase = ⎜ 2 ⎟ × 100%
⎝ v1 ⎠
⎛ 1.0303v1 − v1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟ × 100%
⎝ v1 ⎠
= 3.03%
$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 8:

Let:
x = length of the side of the rhombus

By Pythagorean Theorem:
x 2 = 3 2 + 42 3
x
x = 25 4
x=5
Solving for the perimeter:
P = 4x
= 4 (5)
= 20

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 9:

The perimeter of the semi-circle is equal to the perimeter of the


rectangle:

Ps −circle = Prec
x +1
πr + 2r = 2x + 2 ( x + 1)
x
π (14 ) + 2 (14 ) = 4x + 2
x = 17.5 → width 14
x + 1 = 17.5 + 1
= 18.5 → length
Solving for the area of the rectangle:
A = x ( x + 1)
A = (17.5 )(18.5 )
A = 323.75 sq.cm.

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 382
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 10:

Let:

P = perimeter
Since, triangle BAD is equilateral, ∠ABD = 60° and
thus, θ = 120°. A
⎛ ⎞
P = 2 ⎜⎜ 2πr − arc ABC ⎟⎟ 9
⎝ ⎠ B θ
60°
D
P = 2 ( 2πr − rθ ) 9
where : C
⎛ πrad ⎞
θ = 120° ⎜ ⎟ = 2.094 rad.
⎝ 180° ⎠
P = 2 ⎡⎣( 2 )( 9 ) π − 9 ( 2.094 ) ⎤⎦
P = 75.4 m

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 11 :

3 3
V1 ⎛ A1 ⎞ ⎛ 24 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟⎟ = ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
V2 ⎜⎝ A 2 ⎠ ⎝ 96 ⎠
3 3
V1 ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1⎞
=⎜ ⎟ =⎜ ⎟
V2 ⎜⎝ 4 ⎟⎠ ⎝2⎠
V1 1
=
V2 8

$ Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 383

Solution to Problem 12 :
Using Hero’s Formula:
A = s ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )

Where:
1.017 + 2.032 + 2.055
s=
2
s = 2.552
Substitute:
A = 2.552 ( 2.552 − 1.017 )( 2.552 − 2.032 )( 2.552 − 2.055 )
A = 1.012392
A = 1.006 cm2

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 13:

3
V1 ⎛ A1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟⎟
V2 ⎜⎝ A 2 ⎠
2
⎛ 64 ⎞ A
⎜⎜ 3 ⎟⎟ = 1
⎝ 125 ⎠ A 2
A1 16
=
A 2 25

By ratio and proportion:


4.8 : x = 16 : 25
4.8 16
=
x 25
25 ( 4.8 )
x= = 7.5
16

$ Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 384
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 14:


From:
1 2
A= x
2
1
162 = x 2
2
x= (162 ) 2
x = 18

By Pythagorean Theorem:

D = x 2 + x 2 = 2x 2

D = 2 (18 )
2

D = 25.46
πD2 648π
A= = = 508.94 cm2
4 4

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 15:

By ratio and proportion:

r 6
=
18 24
r = 4.5
πr 2h
V=
3
π ( 4.5 ) 18
2
V=
3
V = 381.7 cm2

$ Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 385

Solution to Problem 16:

12 − 2x = 2x x
3.414x = 12 x x
12-x
x = 3.515
x
2x = 4.971 2x

Thus, the area of the region is:


A = 8A triangle
1
A= ( 4.971)( 6 )( 8 )
2
A = 119.3 cm2

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 17:

1
A= ab
2 a
ab b
43.23 =
2
18
ab = 86.46
a2 + b2 = (18 )
2

2
⎛ 86.46 ⎞ diameter
a2 + ⎜ ⎟ = 324
⎝ a ⎠
a2 = 299
a = 17.29

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 18:


A = A T − 3A sec tor
π r r
( 2r ) − r 2 ( 60 ) ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟
3 2 3
142 =
4 2 ⎝ 180 ⎠ r
r
142 = 1.73r 2 − 1.57r 2
r r
142 = 0.16r 2
r = 29.79 cm

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 386
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 19:

The area bounded is:


A = πR2 − πr 2
(
A = π R2 − r 2 → X ) r
R

By Pythagorean Theorem:
R2 = r 2 + ( 25 )
2

R2 − r 2 = 625 → Y

Substitute equation o to n :
A = π R2 − r 2( )
= π ( 625 )
= 625π cm2

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 20:


Solving for angle θ: (By Cosine Law)

(18 ) = (14 ) + (16 ) − 2 (14 )(16 ) cos θ


2 2 2
6
6
448 cos θ = 128 θ 10
128 8
cos θ =
448 10
8
cos θ = 0.2857
θ = 73.4°

Solving for area:


1
A T = ab sin θ
2
1
A T = (14 )(16 )( sin 73.4° )
2
A T = 107.33 in2

Alternate Solution: (Using Hero’s Formula)


A T = s ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )
Where:
14 + 16 + 18
s= = 24
2
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 387

Thus, solving for area:


AT = ( 24 )( 24 − 14 )( 24 − 16 )( 24 − 18 )
AT = ( 24 )(10 )( 8 )( 6 )
A T = 107.33 in2

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 21:

A=
3 3 2
4
( )
r → for an equilateral Δ inscribed in a circle

A=
3 3
4
202 ( )
A = 519.61 cm2
B
abc 3 2
At = = a
4r 4 c a
r
But :
a=b=c
A b C
a3 3 2
= a
4r 4
a = 3r
Thus,
3
( 3r )
2
A=
4
A = 519.61 cm2
Alternate solution:

A=
3 3 2
4
( )
r → for an equilateral Δ inscribed in a circle

A=
3 3
4
202 ( )
A = 519.61 cm2

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 388
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 22:

A = r (s − a)
perimeter
s=
2 r
c a
220
=
2 b
= 110
2310 = 55 (110 − a )
a = 68

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 23:

A
(PA ) = (PB )(PC )
2

200
(PA )
2

PC =
PB
P x
( 200 )
2
80 B 10
PC =
80
PC = 500
BC = 500 − 80
BC = 420

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 24:

Let:
s = length of the arc
= circumference of the base of the cone

s = rθ 6 30° 6
30π 6 h
s=6
180
s=π
s
x
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 389

Solving for x:
s = 2πx
π = 2πx
1
x=
2
Thus,
(6) − (.5 )
2 2
h=
h = 5.98

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 25:

180 130
x
θ
190

Using the formula for the length of median:


1
2 (180 ) + 2 (130 ) − 1902
2 2
m190 =
2
m190 = 125

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 26:

From the figure:


A r hombus = 2A equilateral Δ

Substitute: 10
⎛ 3 2⎞ 10
A = 2⎜ s ⎟
⎜ 4 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ 3 2⎞
⎜ 4 ( ) ⎟⎟
A = 2⎜ 10
⎝ ⎠
A = 86.6 sq. m.

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 390
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 27:


3
V1 ⎛ h1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
V2 ⎝ h2 ⎠ h2 h1
3
V1 ⎛ 6 ⎞
=
V2 ⎜⎝ 9 ⎟⎠
V1 8
=
V2 27

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 28:

r = 0.76a
r = .76 (10 )
r = 7.6
4
V = πr 3
3
4
V = π ( 7.6 )
3

3
V = 1838.78

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 29:

2πrh 2 h
=
2πr ( 24 − h ) 3
x
3h = 2 ( 24 − h ) 24 r r
h = 9.6 24-h
x = 12 − 9.6
x = 2.4

$ Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 391

Solution to Problem 30:

A lune θ
=
A sphere 360
⎛ 360 ⎞
A sphere = ( A lune ) ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 90 ⎠
A sphere = ( 30 )( 4 )
A sphere = 120 m2

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 31:


4
Vol. of sphere = πR3
3
πR2R πR3
Vol. of circular cone = =
3 3
Vs 4 / 3πR3
=
Vc 1/ 3πR3
Vs = 4Vc
1
V cone = V sphere
4
Vcone 1
=
Vsphere 4
$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 32:

2
A 2 ⎛ x2 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
A1 ⎝ x1 ⎠
2
A 2 ⎛ 0.9x1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
A1 ⎝ x1 ⎠
A 2 = 0.81A1

Thus, the percentage decrease is:


A − 0.81A1
percentage decrease = 1 × 100%
A1
= 19%
$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 392
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 33:

By ratio and proportion:


Pb xb
=
Ps x s
Pb 21
=
60 12
60 ( 21)
Pb =
12
Pb = 105 cm

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 34:


C
Solving for the angle θ:
θ = 180 − 2 ( 23 )
θ = 134°
23° 23°
Solving for the area of the triangle: A B
19
Formula:
x 2 sin A sinB
A= → given to angles and their included side
2 sin C
Thus,
(19 )
2
sin 23° sin 23°
A=
2 sin134°
A = 38.3 ft 2

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 35:

Solving for the lengths of the diagonals:

By Pythagorean Theorem:
( 20 ) − (12 )
2 2
d1 =
d1 = 16 8 d1 12
d2
( 20 ) − ( 8 )
2 2
d2 = 20

d2 = 18.33
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 393

Using Ptolemy’s Theorem:


ac + bd = d1d2 → for cyclic quadrilateral
( 8 )(12) + b ( 20 ) = 16 (18.33 )
b = 9.864

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 36:

(n − 2 ) 180 = 2 ( 360 )
180n − 360 = 720
n=6

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 37:

5 (5)
Am = =
2
L
V= ( A1 + 4A m + A 2 )
6
10
V= ⎡0 + 4 (12.5 ) + 0 ⎤⎦
6 ⎣
V = 83.33 m3 ( volume of the wedge )

Alternate Solution: A2 = 0
From:
V=
2 3
r Am 5
3
10 5
2
V = (5)
3

3 A1 = 0
= 83.33 m3

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 394
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 38:

3s2
Am = → area of equilateral triangle
4
3
( 40 )
2
Am =
4
A m = 692.82 cm2 20
h
V = ( A1 + 4A m + A 2 ) 20
6
40
V=
6
( 0 + 4 ( 692.82) + 0 )
V = 18, 475.21 cm3

Alternate Solution:
From:
4r 3
V=
3
4 ( 20 )
3

V=
3
= 18, 475.21 cm3
$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 39:

From:
hc
AT = →X
2
For a triangle inscribed in a circle:
abc
AT = →Y
4r h
Between equations n & o : c
hc abc
=
2 4r
ab
h=
2r

h=
( 6 )( 8 )
2 (12 )
h = 2 cm.
$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 395

Solution to Problem 40:

a+b+c
s=
2 10 20
15 + 18 + 25
=
2
12 12
= 29

Solving for the radius, r:


abc
AT = = s ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c )
4r
(15 )(18 )( 25 ) = 29 29 − 15 29 − 18 29 − 25
( )( )( )
4r
1687.5
= 17864
r
r = 12.63

Solving for x: (By Pythagorean Theorem)


(12.63 )
2
x= − 122
= 3.94 cm

$ Answer: B

" Note:
Circumcenter is the point of intersection of all perpendicular
bisectors of a triangle. It is also defined as the radius of
circumscribing circle of the triangle.

Solution to Problem 41:

Using Prismoidal Formula:


h
Vleft = ( A1 + A 2 + 4A m )
6
1
A m = ( 2.5 )( 8 )
2 8
2.5
A m = 10
Substitute:

5
Vleft = ⎡0 + 0 + 4 (10 ) ⎤⎦
6⎣
Vleft = 33.33
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 396
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Thus, volume drained is:


Vdrained = Voriginal − Vleft
= π ( 2.5 ) 8 − 33.33
2

= 123.75 in3

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 42:


Let:
3x, 4x, 5x be the angles of the triangle
Then,
3x + 4x + 5x = 180
12x = 180
x = 15 a
The angles are: 5x
3x = 3 (15 ) = 45° 4x b
3x
4x = 4 (15 ) = 60° c
5x = 5 (15 ) = 75°

Using Sine Law:


a c
=
sin 45 sin75
a = 0.7320c

Also,
b c
=
sin 60 sin 75
b = 0.8966c

From:
a + b + c = 100
0.7320c + 0.8966c + c = 100
2.6286c = 100
c = 38.04 cm

$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 397

Solution to Problem 43:


By Cosine Law:

( 7x ) = ( 3x ) + ( 5x ) − 2 ( 3x )( 5x ) cos θ
2 2 2

49 = 34 − 30 cos θ 7x
−15 3x
cos θ =
30 θ
θ = 120°
5x
Solving for x:
1
A = ab sin θ → formula for area given 2 sides and their included
2
angle θ.
Substitute:
1
2598.08 = ( 3x )( 5x ) sin120
2
x 2 = 400
x = 20
Thus, the shortest side is:
3x = 3 ( 20 )
= 60 m

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 44:

A star = 10A triangle


⎡( 20 )2 sin 36° sin18°⎤
= (10 ) ⎣ ⎦
2 sin126
= 449 cm2
18°

Alternate Solution:
36° 20
For a regular 5 - pointed star (pentagram):
A = 1.123r 2 36°

= 1.123 ( 20 )
2
72°

≅ 449

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 398
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 45:

Consider the regular hexagon inside the hexagram:


nθ = ( n − 2 ) 180
6θ = ( 6 − 2 ) 180 α
θ θ
θ = 120° θ θ 5 120°
Solving for angle, α : θ θ
α
360
2α =
6
α = 30°
Thus the area of the hexagram:
⎡ 52 sin 30 sin 30 ⎤
A=⎢ ⎥ (12 )
⎣ 2 sin120 ⎦
A = 43.3 m2

Alternate Solution:
For a regular 6- pointed star of David:
A = 3 r2
Where:
r = radius of circumscribing circle
Thus,
A = 3 (5)
2

= 43.3 m2

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 46:

m1 ( b2 ) + m2 ( b1 )
2 2 b2
x=
m1 + m2 m1 = 2
x 6
2 (18 ) + 3 (12 )
2 2

x= m2 = 3
3+2
1080 b1
x=
5
x = 14.69 m

$ Answer: D
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 399

Solution to Problem 47:

By definition, the point of intersection of all angle bisectors of a triangle is


called the incenter. It is also defined as the radius of inscribed circle of
the triangle. A

Solving for the area of the triangle:


14
6 + 10 + 14
s= 6
2
s = 15
B
10 C
Area triangle: (By Hero’s Formula)
A T = 15 (15 − 6 )(15 − 10 )(15 − 14 )

A T = 15 ( 9 )( 5 )(1)
A T = 25.981 cm2

Thus, solving for r:

A T = rs
25.981 = 15r
r = 1.732 cm → distance from incenter to side AB

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 48:

Let:
h5 = length of the angle bisector
Solving for angle θ:
5
3 3
tan θ = h5
4
θ = 36.87° θ 45°
Solving for h5 : (By Sine Law) 4
h5 4
=
sin 36.87 sin 98.13
h5 = 2.42
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK
400
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Alternate Solution:
From:
2
h= abs ( s − c ) → length of angle bisector
a+b

3+4+5
s= =6
2

Substitute:
2
h5 = ( 3 )( 4 )( 6 )( 6 − 5 )
3+4
2
h5 = 72
7
h5 = 2.42

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 49:

5−h
5−h
h h

For the sphere: x x

x = 52 − ( 5 − h )
2

x = 10h − h2 → X

For the cone: (by similar triangle)


5 x
=
10 10 − h
1
x = (10 − h ) → Y
2
Equate values of x:
By Quadratic formula:
h = 2 or 10 cm

$ Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 401

1
10h − h2 = (10 − h)
2
1
10h − h2 =
4
(
100 − 20h + h2 )
40h − 4h2 = 100 − 20h + h2
5h2 − 60h + 100 = 0
h2 − 12h + 20 = 0

Solution to Problem 50:

Condition:
Vcone = Vh − sphere
πr 2 (10 ) 4πr 3
=
3 3 ( 2)
10
r=
2
r =5
Solving for the total volume:
VT = Vcone + Vh − sphere
π ( 5 ) 10 4π ( 5 )
2 3

= +
3 3 ( 2)
= 261.8 + 261.8
= 523.6 cm3

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 51:


For similar solids:

2
A1 ⎛ h1 ⎞ h
=⎜ ⎟
A 2 ⎝ h2 ⎠ 10
2
A1 ⎛ h ⎞
=
5A1 ⎜⎝ 10 ⎟⎠
h = 1.414 m

$ Answer: D
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 402
Solution to Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution to Problem 52:


1
A zone = A sphere
4
1
2πRh = ( 4πR2 )
4
R 6400
h= =
2 2
h = 3,200 km A

Solving for x:
x = R −h H
= 6400 − 3,200
= 3,200 h
Solving for angle θ: B
θ x
x R
cos θ = C
R
3200
cos θ =
6400
θ = 60°

Finally, solving for H:


R
cos θ =
(H h + x )
+
R
H= −h− x
cos θ
6400
H= − 3200 − 3200
cos 60
H = 6400 km

$ Answer: B
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 404
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry
Solution to Problem 1:

If the three points lie on a straight line, then their slopes must be equal.
q+5 4+5
=
p+3 3+3
q+5 9
=
p+3 6
6q + 30 = 9p + 27
9p − 6q − 3 = 0
3p − 2q = 1

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 2:

Let:
m1 = slope of the line segment joining
Perpendicular bisector
the two points
m2 = slope of the perpendicular bisector ( 2,6 )
6−3 1
m1 = =
2 − ( −4 ) 2 ( −4,3 )
1
m2 = − = −2
m1
Solving for the coordinates of the midpoint:
1
xm = ⎡⎣2 + ( −4 ) ⎤⎦ = −1
2
1 9
ym = [ 6 + 3 ] =
2 2
From point - slope form equation:
y − y1 = m ( x − x1 )
9
y− = −2 ⎡⎣ x − ( −1) ⎤⎦
2
2y − 9 = −4x − 4
4x + 2y − 5 = 0
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 405

Alternate Solution:
Let:
( x,y ) be any point on the perpendicular bisector.

d1 = dis tan ce of ( x, y ) from P1


d2 = dis tan ce of ( x, y ) from P2
Equate: d1 = d2
Equate :d1 = d2

( x + 4 )2 + ( y − 3 )2 = ( x − 2 )2 + ( y − 6 )2
Square both sides and simplify:
Square both sides & exp and binomials :
x 2 + y 2 + 8x − 6y + 25 = x 2 + y 2 − 4x − 12y + 40
12x + 6y − 15 = 0
4x + 2y − 5 = 0

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 3:

By completing the square:

3 1
x2 + y2 − x + 2y − = 0
2 2
3 1
x 2 − x + y 2 + 2y =
2 2
3 9 1 9
x2 − x + + y 2 + 2y + 1 = + +1
2 16 2 16
2
⎛ 3⎞ 33
⎜ x − 4 ⎟ + ( y + 1) = 16
2
⎝ ⎠
By inspection:
33 33
r= =
16 4
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 406
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Alternate Solution: (Shortcut method)


Make the coefficient of the quadratic term equal to unity.
3 1
x 2 + y 2 − x + 2y − = 0
2 2
r = h2 + k 2 − f
where :
coefficient of x − 3 2 3
h= = =
−2 −2 4
coefficient of y 2
k= = = −1
−2 −2
2
⎛3⎞ 2 ⎛ 1⎞ 9 3
r = ⎜ ⎟ + ( −1) − ⎜ − ⎟ = +
⎝4⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ 16 2
33
r=
4

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 4:
6x + y − k = 0
y = k − 6x
Substitute y = k − 6x to the equation of the parabola:
x 2 = − ( k − 6x ) + 16
x 2 − 6x + k − 16 = 0
By discriminant:
( −6 )2 − 4 (1)(k − 16 ) = 0
k = 25

Alternate Solution:
At the point of tangency, the slope of the line must be equal to the slope
of the parabola;
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 407

−a
mL = = −6
b
mp = −2x → from differential calculus
−6 = −2x
x=3
when, x = 3
y = − ( 3 ) + 16 = 7
2

Thus, solving for k;


6x + y − k = 0
6 (3) + 7 = k
k = 25

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 5:
From distance formula:
d2 = ( x 2 − x1 ) + ( y 2 − y1 )
2 2

(13 )2 = ( 8 − 3 )2 + ( 7 − y )2
169 = 25 + 49 − 14y + y 2
y 2 − 14y − 95 = 0
( y − 19 )( y + 5 ) = 0
y = 19 or y = −5

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 6:
Let:
x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 4y − 3 = 0 → X
x 2 + y 2 − 8x − 6y + 7 = 0 → Y
Subtracting the two equations, we get:
x + y −1 = 0
y = 1− x → Z
Substitute eq. p to n:
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 408
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

x 2 + (1 − x ) + 2x + 4 (1 − x ) − 3 = 0
2

x 2 + 1 − 2x + x 2 + 2x + 4 − 4x − 3 = 0
2x 2 − 4x + 2 = 0
x 2 − 2x + 1 = 0
( x − 1)( x − 1) = 0
x = 1 and y = 0
Slope of the line joining the centers:
3 − ( −2 )
mc = =1
4 − ( −1)
mt = −1
The equation of the common tangent is:
y − 0 = −1( x − 1)
y = −x + 1
x + y −1 = 0

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 7:
x 2 + y 2 − 8x = 25 − 16
x 2 + y 2 − 8x = 9
−8 0
h= =4 and k= =0
−2 −2
From midpoint formula:
1
xm = ( x + 1)
2
1
4 = ( x + 1)
2
x=7
1
ym = ( y + 4 )
2
1
0 = ( y + 4)
2
y = −4

$ Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 409

Solution to Problem 8:

x ( 0 ) − 4 ( 2 ) − 8 (k = 0 )
k = −1

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 9:
From point-slope equation of the line:
y − 6 = 3(x − 1)
Since (2,k) lies on the line,
k − 6 = 3 ( 2 − 1)
k=9

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 10:


The slope of the line is:
1− 4
m=
4 −1
m = −1
From point - slope form:
y − 4 = − ( x − 1)

Solving for the x – intercept, set y=0.


0 − 4 = − ( x − 1)
x=5

$ Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 410
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry
Solution to Problem 11:
Let:
4x + 3y − 12 = 0 → equation X
Since, the triangle is isosceles:
d1 = d2

( x + 1)2 + ( y + 2)2 = ( x − 1)2 + ( y − 4 )2


4x + 12y − 12 = 0 → equation Y
Between equation o & o : (1, 4)
4x + 3y − 12 = 0
4x + 3y − 12 = 0
d2
4x + 12y − 12 = 0
− 9y = 0 (x, y)
x
y=0
Then, d1
4x + 0 − 12 = 0
( −1, −2)
x=3

Solving for area:


−1 −2
1 3 0
A=
2 1 4
−1 −2
A = ⎡⎣( 0 + 12 − 2 ) − ( −4 + 0 − 6 ) ⎤⎦
1
A = (10 + 10 )
2
A = 10

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 12:

Given:
P1(6, −1) P2 ( −3,7)
Pm (0,0) P3 ( x, y ) = ?

From centroid formula:


Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 411

x1 + x 2 + x3 y1 + y 2 + y3
xm = , ym =
3 3
6 − 3 + x3 −1 + 7 + y3
0= , 0=
3 3
x 3 = −3 y 3 = −6

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 13:

Using squared property of parabola:


2
⎛ x1 ⎞ y1 (0,0)
⎜ ⎟ =
x
⎝ 2⎠ y 2
[13, −(y − 12)]
⎛ 13 ⎞
2
− ( y − 12 ) y
⎜ 20 ⎟ = −y
⎝ ⎠
( 20, − y )
169y = 400y − 4800
y = 20.78 m

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 14:

Let:
R = length of the longest focal radius

Solving for c: (2,3)


2a = 8
R
a=4 e = 0.5 (0,0)
( −c,0) (c,0)
c = ea
c = 0.5(4)
c=2

Thus, solving for R:


R = (2 + 2)2 + (3 − 0)2
R = 16 + 9
R=5

$ Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 412
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Solution to Problem 15:

The slope of the required line is the same to that of the slope of the
line 7x + 2y − 4 = 0 :
a 7
slope, m = − = −
b 2

From point slope form:


7
y − ( −5 ) = − ⎡⎣ x − ( −3 ) ⎤⎦
2
2 ( y + 5 ) = −7 ( x + 3 )
7x + 2y + 31 = 0

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 16:

If the two lines are parallel, then their slope must be equal:
Let:
m1 = slope of L1
m2 = slope of L 2

Then, for parallel lines:


m1 = m2
a b
− =−
b c
b2 = ac

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 17:


1 1
1 3 −3 1
A= = ⎡( −3 − 9 + 5 ) − ( −3 − 15 + 3 ) ⎤⎦
2 5 −3 2⎣
1 1
1
A= ⎡( −7 ) − ( −15 ) ⎤⎦
2⎣
A=4

$ Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 413

Solution to Problem 18:

From the general equation of a sphere:

" x 2 + y 2 + z 2 + dx + ey + fz + g = 0

ƒ Coordinates of the center: C(h,k, j)

d e f
"h= "k= " j=
−2 −2 −2
ƒ Radius of the Sphere:

" r = h2 + k 2 + j2 − g
Substitute values:
−2 8 16
h= = 1, k= = −4 j= = −8
−2 −2 −2
r= ( h ) 2 + ( k ) 2 + ( j )2 − g
r = 1 + 16 + 64 − 65
r=4

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 19:


From point - slope form equation:
y − y1 = m(x − x1 )
1
y − 1 = − (x − 2)
2
2y − 2 = − x + 2
x + 2y − 4 = 0 → equation of the line

$ Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 414
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry
Solution to Problem 20:

Reducing the equation to SIF form, we get:


2 5
y = x + → (y = mx + b) form
3 3
By inspection:
2
" m = → slope
3
5
" b = → y − int ercept
3

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 21:

Given: P1(x1, y1 ) = (0, 4) and P2 (x 2 , y 2 ) = (1, −1)


From:
y − y1 y 2 − y1
= → two point form
x − x1 x 2 − x1

Substitute values:
y − 4 −1 − 4
=
x −0 1− 0
y − 4 = −5x
5x + y − 4 = 0 → required equation of the line

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 22
Given :
a = 4 → x − int ercept
b = −6 → y − int ercept
Using intercept form of the line:
x y
+ = 1 → intercept form
a b
Substitute:
⎡x y ⎤
⎢ 4 + −6 = 1⎥ 12
⎣ ⎦
3x − 2y − 12 = 0

Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 415

Solution to Problem 23:


Using slope formula:
y − y1
m= 2
x 2 − x1
3 5−2
− =
2 x−3
−3x + 9 = 6
x =1

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 24:

Since point (2,k) lies on the line, its coordinates must satisfy the equation
of the line.
Substitute:
k = 3 ( 2) − 1
k=5

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 25:


From the first equation:
3x − y − 5 = 0
3
m=−
−1
m=3
From the second equation, solving for the y - intercept:
2x + y − 7 = 0
y=− N2 x + 7N
m b
b=7
Thus, the required equation of the line is:
Using slope - intercept form (SIF),
y = mx + b
y = 3x + 7

Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 416
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Solution to Problem 26:

If the two lines are perpendicular, then, the product of their slopes must
be equal to negative one (-1):

m1 × m2 = −1

Slope of line 1:
a
m1 = −
b
3
m1 = −
1
m1 = −3

Slope of line 2:
2
m2 = −
−k
2
m2 =
k
Thus, solving for k:
m1 × m2 = −1
⎛2⎞
−3 ⎜ ⎟ = −1
⎝k ⎠
k=6

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 27:


Solving for the midpoint: (point of intersection)
1
xm = ( x1 + x 2 )
2
(2, −5)
1
= ( −2 + 2 )
2
=0
1
ym = ( y1 + y 2 )
2
1 ( −2, −3)
= ( −3 + 5 )
2
=1
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 417

Solving for the slope of the line:

m=
[5 − (−2)]
[2 − ( −3)]
5+2
m=
2+3
7
m=
5

Slope of the perpendicular bisector:


1 1
mp = − =−
mL 75
−5
mp =
7

Using point slope form, the equation of perpendicular bisector is:


−5
y −1= ( x − 0)
7
7y − 7 = −5x
5x + 7y − 7 = 0

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 28:

x 2 + 4x + 4 + y 2 − 6y + 9 = 12 + 4 + 9
( x + 2) + ( y − 3 )
2 2
= 25
C ( −2,3 ) d−r
r=5

( 5 + 2) + (10 − 3 )
2 2
d= r
C( −2,3)
d = 9.899
Shortest dis tan ce = d − r
= 9.899 − 5
Shortest dis tan ce = 4.899

Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 418
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Solution to Problem 29:

1
xm = (3 + 5) = 4
2
1 7
y m = (7 + 0) =
2 2
Usin g two po int form :
7
y − 0 = (x − 2)
4
7x − 4y − 14 = 0

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 30:

Ax1 + By1 + C1z + D


d=
A12 + B12 + C12
4 (1) + ( 5 ) + 8 ( −3 ) + 33
d=
( 4) + (1) + ( 8 )
2 2 2
+
4 + 5 − 24 + 33
d=
+9
d=2

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 31:


Given:
a=4 b=3
a
d = → formula
e
a a2
d= =
c c
a
a2
d=
a2 − b2
( 4)
2

d=
42 − 3 2
d = 6.047

Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 419

Solution to Problem 32
Given:
a = 4 → x - intercept
b = −6 → y - intercept

Using intercept form of the line:


x y
+ =1
4 −6
3x − 2y = 12 → required equation

Answer: C
Solution to Problem 33:

2a = 2b
a=b
c a2 + b 2
e= =
a a
2a2
e= = 2 = 1.414
a

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 34:

( y − 5) ( x + 5)
2 2

− =1
36 36
a2 = 36
a=6
b2 = 36
b=6
y−5 a
=
x+5 b
y−5 6
=
x+5 6
y−5
=1
x+5
y − 5 = ± ( x + 5)

Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 420
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Solution to Problem 35
Let:
t = length of the tangent

t2 = x2 + y2 − 9 RECALL:
t = (7) + (8) − 9
2 2 2 Length of Tangent from a point to
a circle:
t 2 = 104
( x1 − h ) + ( y1 − k ) − r 2
2 2
t=
t = 26 ( 4 )
2

t = 2 26

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 36

t 2 = x 2 + y 2 + 2ky
(1)2 = (5)2 + (4)2 + 2k (4)
1 = 25 + 16 + 8k
−40
k=
8
k = −5

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 37:

Reduce the equation to standard form: (Using Completing the square)


y 2 − 4y − 12x − 32 = 0
y 2 − 4y = 12x + 32
y 2 − 4y + 4 = 12x + 32 + 4
( y − 2) N ( x + 3)
2
= 12
4a

The length of the latus rectum is:


LR = 4a
= 12
Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 421

Solution to Problem 38:

By completing the square:


9x 2 + 18x + 25y 2 − 100y = 116
( ) (
9 x 2 + 2x + 1 + 25 y 2 − 4y + 4 = 116 + 9 + 100 )
9 ( x + 1) + 25 ( y − 2 ) = 225
2 2

( x + 1) ( y − 2)
2 2

2
+
= 225 2
5 3
By inspection:
a=5 & b=3
Solving for the perimeter:
a2 + b 2
P = 2π
2
25 + 9
P = 2π
2
P = 25.9

Solution to Problem 39:

The coordinates of the center are:


10 + 6
h=
2
h=8
2 + ( −4 )
k=
2
k = −1

Solving for the radius:


r 2 = (10 − 8 ) + ( 2 + 1)
2 2

r2 = 4 + 9
r 2 = 13

Thus, the required equation is:


( x − h) + ( y − k ) = r 2
2 2

( x − 8 ) + ( y + 1) = 13
2 2

x 2 − 16x + 64 + y 2 + 2y + 1 = 13
x 2 + y 2 − 16x + 2y + 52 = 0

Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 422
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry
Solution to Problem 40:
Assume the vertex of the parabola to be at the origin (0,0):
Then,
x 2 = 4ay → for a parabola with vertex at (0,0) and opening upward
( 300 ) = 4a (100 )
2

4a = 900
Substitute:
x 2 = 900y → equation of the parabola

Answer: D

Solution to Problem 41:

x = x '+ h
y = y '+ k
x = x '+ 1
y = y '+ 2
5x + 4y + 3 = 0
5 ( x '+ 1) + 4 ( y '+ 2 ) + 3 = 0
5x '+ 5 + 4y '+ 8 + 3 = 0
5x '+ 4y '+ 16 = 0

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 42:

Solving for the radius:


5(1) − 12(3) − 8
r= =3
52 + ( −12 )
2

Thus, the required equation is:


( x − 1) + ( y − 3 ) = 32
2 2

x 2 − 2x + 1 + y 2 − 6y + 9 = 9
x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 6y + 1 = 0

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 423

Solution to Problem 43:


Substitute the point (1,1) to the given equation:
(1 − k ) + (1 − 2k ) = 10
2 2

Squaring out and simplifying, we get:


5k 2 − 6k − 8 = 0
( 5k + 4 )(k − 2 ) = 0
4
k=− ; k=2
5

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 44:


Given:
x 2 + y 2 − 8x + 10y + k = 0
Solving for the coordinates of the center: (using shortcut method)
d −8
h= = =4
−2 −2
e 10
k= = = −5
−2 −2

From the formula,


r = h2 + k 2 − f
Substitute:
h = 4, k = −5, r = 7,and f = k
7 = 42 + ( −5)2 − k
49 = 16 + 25 − k
k = −8

Answer: D

Solution to Problem 45:

For a parabola with vertex at the origin and opening upward:


x 2 = 4ay → standard equation
Where:
F
a=3
Thus, the required equation is:
x 2 = 12y a = 3 ft.

Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 424
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Solution to Problem 46:


Assume the vertex to be at the origin:
From:
x2 y2
+ =1
a2 b2
Where:
2a = 6
a=3 & b=2
The required equation is:
x2 y2
+ =1
3 2 22
4x 2 + 9y 2 = 36

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 47:

Draw the plane: (using intercepts) z


y = 0, z = 0, x=5
x = 0, z = 0, y=2
x = 0, y = 0, z = −3 2 5
Solving for the volume: y x
abc 3
V=
6

V=
( 5 )( 2 )( 3 )
6
V = 5 cu. units

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Analytic Geometry 425

Solution to Problem 48:

Using the Squared Property of Parabola:


2
⎛ x ⎞ 27
⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ 28 ⎠ 12
x = 42 12 28
Thus, the width at the bottom is:
w = 2x 27
= 2 ( 42 ) x
= 84 ft. 2x

Answer: D

Solution to Problem 49:

(h + 2 ) + ( k − 1) = (h − 4 ) + (k − 3 )
2 2 2 2

Square both sides and simplify:


h2 + 4h + 4 + k 2 − 2k + 1 = h2 − 8h + 16 + k 2 − 6k + 9
12h + 4k − 20 = 0
3h + k − 5 = 0
5 −k
h=
3

Solving for the slope of the tangent line:


a 3 3
mt = − = − =
b −2 2
Equation of perpendicular line passing point (4, 3) and through the
center:
2
k − 3 = − (h − 4 )
3
3k − 9 = −2h + 8
2h + 3k − 17 = 0
17 − 3k
h=
2
Equate values of h:
5 − k 17 − 3k
=
3 2
10 − 2k = 51 − 9k
41 −2
k= & h=
7 7
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 426
Solution to Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Thus, the radius is:


2 2
⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ 41 ⎞
r = ⎜ 4 + ⎟ + ⎜3 − ⎟
⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 7 ⎠
r = 5.15

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 50:

Given:
2a = 12
a=6
2b = 8
b=4

Solving for c:
c 2 = a 2 − b2
c = 62 − 42
c = 20

Thus, the second eccentricity is:


c
e' =
b
20
e' =
4
e ' = 1.118

Answer: B
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 428
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 1:
⎛ tan3 3x ⎞ ⎛ tan3 3x ⎞
Lim ⎜ ⎟ = Lim ⎜ ⎟ ⋅ 27
⎠ x →0 ⎜⎝ ( 3x ) ⎟⎠
x →0 3 3
⎝ x
3
⎛ tan 3x ⎞
= Lim ⎜ ⎟ ⋅ 27
x → 0 ⎜ ( 3x ) ⎟
⎝ ⎠
= 27
Answer: C

Solution to Problem 2:

∫ x cos xdx
Let:
u=x dv = cos xdx
du = dx v = sin x
Using integration by parts:
∫ x cos xdx = x sin x − ∫ sin xdx
= x sin x + cos x + C

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 3:

⎛ sin 2x ⎞
Lim ⎜
x → 0 sin 3x ⎟
⎝ ⎠
Rewriting the quotient in the form:
sin x
Lim =1
x →0 x
⎛ sin 2x ⎞
⎛ sin 2x ⎞ ⎜ 2 2x ⎟
Lim ⎜ ⎟ = Lim ⎜ ⎟

x → 0 sin 3x
⎠ x →0 ⎜ 3 sin 3x ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎝ 3x ⎠
2 (1)
=
3 (1)
2
=
3

Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 429

Solution to Problem 4:

Given:

dv
= 8 ft.3 min r = 2 ft.
dt
dr
=?
dt

From:
4 3
v= πr
3
dv dr
= 4πr 2
dt dt
2 dr
8 = 4π ( 2 )
dt
dr
= 0.159 ft 3 min.
dt

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 5:

By similar triangle:

s x
=
6.7 4.9
6.7x 4.9
s=
4.9 6.7

Differentiate and equate to zero: 1.8

ds dx
= 1.37 x
dt dt s
ds
= 1.37(1.2) = 1.644 m / s
dt

Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 430
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 6:

dS
= 0.6 m / s
dt
S
3.66

By Pythagorean Theorem:

S2 = x 2 + (3.66)2

Differentiate and equate to zero:

dS dx
2S = 2x +0
dt dt
ds
S
dx
= dt
dt x

Solve dx dt , when S = 6.10 and x = (6.10)2 − (3.66)2 = 4.88

Thus,

dx 6.10(0.6)
=
dt 4.88
dx
= 0.75 m / s
dt

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 7:

⎛ tan x ⎞ ⎛ sin x ⎞ 1
L im ⎜ ⎟ = L im ⎜
x →0 ⎝ x ⎠ x →0 ⎝ x ⎠ cos x

1
= L im =1
x →0 cos x

Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 431

Solution to Problem 8:

By Pythagorean Theorem:
S2 = x 2 + 102

Differentiate and equate to zero:


dx
dS dx = 30 km / hr
2S = 2x +0 dt S
dt dt 10 m
dx
x
dS
= dt
dt S
x

Solve dS dt when x = 40 m. and S = 40 + 10 = 41.23 m :


2 2

Thus,
dS ( 40 )( 8.33 )
= = 8.08 m / s
dt 41.23

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 9:

Let:
mc = slope of the curve
mt = slope of the tan gent
mp = slope of the perpendicular line

At the point of tangency, the slope of the curve is equal to the slope of
the tangent line.
y = x3 → equation of the curve
y ' = mc = mt = 3x 2

The slope of the perpendicular line is:


a 3 1
mp = − = − = −
b 9 3

Then,
( )
(mt ) mp = −1 → for pendicular lines
(3x ) ⎛⎜⎝ − 31 ⎞⎟⎠ = −1
2

x = ±1
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 432
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solving for y, with x = 1 ,


y = x3 = (1)3
y =1
Thus, the required point is (1,1)

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 10:

For maximum area that can be enclosed by a given perimeter, the area
must be a square:
Let:
x = side of the square
P 100
x= = = 25
4 4 x
Thus,
A max = ( 25 ) = 625 ft 2
2
x

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 11:


Let:
mc = slope of the cuve

Solving for the slope of the curve at the point of tangency:


x 3 + y3 = 9 → equation of the curve
By implicit differentiation:
3x 2 + 3y 2 y ' = 0
x2
y' = − = mc
y2
At point (1,2):

y' = −
(1)2 =−
1
→ also equal to the slope of the tan gent line
( 2 )2 4
Thus, the required equation of the tangent line is:
1
y − 2 = − ( x − 1)
4
4y − 8 = − x + 1
x + 4y − 9 = 0
Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 433

Solution to Problem 12:

Since the quantity to be maximize is area, so we need to set up an


equation for area:
A = ( 2x )( y ) → working equation y-axis
y = 12 − x 2
Where:
y = 12 − x 2

(
A = ( 2x ) 12 − x 2 ) x
y
x-axis

Differentiate and equate to zero:


dA
dx
( )
= 2x ( −2x ) + 12 − x 2 ( 2 ) = 0
2 2
0 = −2x + 12 − x
3x 2 = 12
x = ±2
Solving for y:
y = 12 − x 2
y = 12 − ( 2 )
2

y=8
Thus,
Amax = 2 ( 2 ) 8
Amax = 32 square units

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 13:

Recall:
For maximum volume of cylinder inscribed in a sphere of radius R:

6 2R
"r= R and "h=
3 3
Thus,
r
6
r= (5)
3
r = 4.08 units R
h

Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 434
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 14:

x x
x x
12-2x
x x
x x

12-2x

V = x(12 − 2x)2
For max imum volume :
dV
= 2x (12 − 2x )( −2 ) + (12 − 2x ) = 0
2

dx
12x 2 − 96x + 144 = 0
x 2 − 8x + 12 = 0
( x − 6 ) (x − 2) = 0
x=2 x = 6 (absurd)

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 15:

Recall:

d u
dx
( )
a = au ln a ( du dx )

From:
y = 5(
2x +1)

a=5 u = 2x + 1 du dx = 2

Thus,
y ' = 52x +1 ( 2ln 5 )
y ' = 52x +1 ( ln 25 )

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 435

Solution to Problem 16:


Let:
tr = time of rowing
t j = time of jogging
T = total time
tj
tr
T = tr + t j θ 2θ
2
2 cos θ (1) 2θ
T= +
3 6
dT 2 1
= − sin θ + = 0
dθ 3 3
2 1
sin θ =
3 3
1
sin θ =
2
θ = 30°

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 17:

Reducing the equation of the curve to


standard form:
y = − x 2 + 4x − 3
x 2 − 4x = − y − 3 Alternate Solution:
Using area of parabolic segment:
x − 4x + 4 = y − 3 + 4
2

( x − 2 )2 = y + 1 1
2
2 2
A = bh A = ( 2 )(1)
3
A=
∫ 1
ydx 3
4
3
3 A = square units
=
∫ 1
( − x 2 + 4x − 3)dx 3

4
= or 1.333 sq. units
3

Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 436
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 18:

Using Pappus Theorem: (2,4)


V = ( A ) 2πr
where : 3
y= h
10
A = area to be revolved 2
r = radius defined by the centroid of the area

Thus;
⎡1 ⎤
( 2π ) ⎜⎛ ⎞
3
V= ⎢ 3 (2)(4)⎥ (4) ⎟ = 20.11 cu. units
⎣
⎦ ⎝
10

area of spandrel y

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 19:

C(t) = 150t 2 + 400t + 7000


C '(t) = 300t + 400
When, t = 6 months
C '(t) = 300(6) + 400
C '(t) = 2,200 copies / month

Answer: D

Solution to Problem 20:

k
f(x) = x −
x
k
f(x) = 1 + 2 = 0
'
x
x2 + k = 0
at x = −2 → critical number
( 2 )2 + k = 0
k = −4

Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 437

Solution to Problem 21:

x 2 + y 2 = 25
y-axis
dx dy
2x + 2y =0 5
dt dt
dx
dx = 2 cm / s
−x dt
dy dt
= -5 5 x-axis
dt y
at (3, 4) :
dy 3 ( 2)
=− -5
dt 4
dy 3
= − cm / s
dt 2

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 22:

60 → original number
x → first part
( 60 − x ) → sec ond part
x 2 ( 60 − x ) = P
60x 2 − x 3 = P
120x − 3x 2 = 0
x = 40
60 − 40 = 20 ( smaller part )

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 23:

d du dx
From: (lnu) =
dx u

d − sin x
ln(cos x) = = − tan x
dx cos x

Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 438
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 24:

Given: x = 3t3 + 8t + 1

dx dv d2 x
Velocity, v = Acceleration, a = =
dt dt dt 2

Then,
dx
v= = 9t 2 + 8 → velocity
dt
dv d2 x
= = 18t → acceleration
dt dt 2

Equate: v=a

9t 2 + 8 = 18t
9t 2 − 18t + 8 = 0
( 3t − 2 ) (3t − 4) = 0
2 4
t= ; t=
3 3

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 25:

4 3
V= πr
3
dV = 4πr 2dr
dV 8,000,000 ⎛ 5280 ft. ⎞
dr = = = 0.0398 mi ⎜ ⎟ = 210 ft.
4πr 2
4π(4000) 2
⎝ mi ⎠

Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 439

Solution to Problem 26:

dy
Given: = 2x 2 − 5 → slope
dx

Separate variables and Integrate:

∫ dy = ∫ ( 2x )
2
− 5 dx

2 3
y= x − 5x + C
3

At point (3,2) :

2
2= ( 3 )3 − 5 ( 3 ) + C
3
2 = 3+C
2
C=
3

Thus the required equation is :


2 2
y = x3 − 5x +
3 3
2x3 -5x-3y-1=0

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 27:

3 3
x= b y= h (1,1)
4 10
3 3
x = (1) y= (1)
4 10 y
3 3
x= y= 1
4 10 x

Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 440
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 28:

Given: x 3 − 3x 2 − x + 7
Let:
y = x3 − 3x 2 − x + 7
The point of inflection equating the second derivative of the curve to
zero:
y ' = 3x 2 − 6x − 1 → first derivative
y " = 6x − 6 = 0
6x − 6 = 0
x =1
Solving for y:
y = (1)3 − 3(1)2 − 1 + 7
y=4

Answer: D

Solution to Problem 29:

Let:
x = first number
36 − x = second number

P = (36 − x)x 2
P = 36x 2 − x3
dP
= 72x − 3x 2 = 0
dx
72
x= = 24 → first number
3
36 − x = 36 − 24
= 12 → second number

Answer: D
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 441

Solution to Problem 30:

Given: y = 2 2x or y 2 = 8x

From distance formula:

d2 = ( x − 6 ) + ( y − 0 ) (x,y)
2 2

but :
y 2 = 8x
(6,0)
d2 = ( x − 6 ) + 8x
2

Differentiate and equate to zero:


2dd' = 2 ( x − 6 ) + 8 = 0
x − 6 = −4
x=2 and y = 2 2x = 4

Thus, the minimum distance is:

d= ( 2 − 6 )2 + ( 4 )2
d = 32
d = 5.66 units

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 31:

Let:
x = measure of each part

For maximum product, divide the given number into equal parts.

60
x= = 20
3
Pmax = ( 20 )( 20 )( 20 ) = ( 20 )
3

Pmax = 8,000

Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 442
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 32:

x = t3 ⎫⎪
⎬ parametric equations
y = 2t 2 ⎪⎭

Solving for the acceleration along the x direction:

dx
= 3t 2
dt
d2 x
= 6t → acceleration along x
dt 2
d2 x
When, t = 5 ; = 6(5) = 30
dt 2

Solving for the acceleration along the y direction:

dy
= 4t
dt
d2 y
=4
dt 2

Thus solving for the resultant acceleration:


a = 302 + 42
a = 30.26 m / s2

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 33:

Equate y 2 :
16x
= 8x − 24
5 (x,y)
16x = 40x − 120
x=5
3,0 5,0
Solving for y:
16
y2 = (5) = 16
5
y = ±4
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 443

Thus, solving for the area bounded:


A = A big − A small
2 2
A= (8)(5) − (8)(2)
3 3
A = 26.67 − 10.67
A = 16 square units

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 34:

Solving for y1 , when x = 1 :


y1 = 4 = ±2
y2
Solving for y 2 , when x = 3 :
y1
y 2 = 12 = 2 3
Thus, solving for the area bounded: (1,0) (3,0)
A big − A small
A=
2
2
( )2
2 ⋅ 2 3 ( 3 ) − ( 4 )(1)
A= 3 3
2
A = 5.595 square units

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 35:

Given: x 2 + 8y + 16 = 0
Reducing the equation to standard form: x=4
x 2 = −8y − 16
x 2 = −8(y + 2)
2
Thus, solving for area:
2
A = A rec tan gle − A parabolic segment
4
2
A = ( 4 )( 4 ) −
( 4 )( 2)
3
A = 10.67 square units

Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 444
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 36:


Solving for r: (distance from a point to a line)
4(0) + 3(0) − 20
r= =4
− 42 + 3 2 4x+3y-20=0

Using Second Proposition of Pappus:


V = πab ( 2πr ) r

V = π ( 3 )( 2 )( 2 )( π )( 4 ) 3
2
V = 473.74 cu. units

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 37:


From the formula:

bh3
Ix =
12
300
100 ( 300 )
3

Ix = = 225 × 10 mm
6 4

12
100
Answer: A

Solution to Problem 38:


Considering vertical strip:


x2
A= ydx
x1

Where: dx
y = yparabola − yline
y = 8x − 2x
Solving for the limit x1 & x 2 , equate: y
y parabola = yline
8x = 2x
8x = 4x 2
x1 = 0 x2 = 2
Thus,

∫( )
2
A= 8x − 2x dx = 4 3
0

Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 445

Solution to Problem 39:

From the formula:

y"
k= 32
⎡1 + ( y ' )2 ⎤
⎣⎢ ⎦⎥

y 2 = 16x
2yy ' = 16 Thus,
−0.125
8 8 k= = −0.044
y' = ; y' = = 1 ⎡1 + (1)2 ⎤
32
y 8
⎣⎢ ⎦⎥
For y " :
−8 8 1
y" = 2
=− 2
=−
y 8 8

Answer: A

Solution to Problem 40:

Given: a = 2 + 12t
But:
dv
acceleration,a =
dt
So,
dv
= 2 + 12t
dt
dv = ( 2 + 12t ) dt

∫ dv = ∫ ( 2 + 12t ) dt
v = 2t + 6t 2 + C → X velocity

Solving for C, at t = 1 s ; v = 11 m / s

11 = 2 + 6 + C
C=3

Substitute C = 3 to n :
v = 2t + 6t 2 + 3
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 446
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

ds
But: v = ;
dt

ds
= 2t + 6t 2 + 3
dt
(
ds = 2t + 6t 2 + 3 dt )
∫ ( 2t + 6t )
5
s= 2
+ 3 dt = 290 m
0

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 41:

By Cosine Law: ds
= 10 m / s
x = 100 + 100 − 2 (100 )(100 ) cos θ
2 2 2 dt
s
Differentiating with respect to time: x 100
dx dθ θ
2x = 20,000 sin θ
dt dt 100
dx ( 20,000 sin θ )( θ dt )
d
=
dt 2x

Solve for x and dθ dt , when θ = 90 (one − fourth of the circular track)


By Pythagorean Theorem:
x = 1002 + 1002 = 141.42
For dθ dt :
s = rθ
ds dθ
= 100
dt dt
dθ 10 1
= =
dt 100 10
dx
Thus, solving for :
dt
dx ( 20,000 )( sin 90 ) ⎛ 1 ⎞
=
dt ( 2)(141.42 ) ⎜⎝ 10 ⎟⎠
dx
= 7.07 m / s
dt

Answer: D
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 447

Solution to Problem 42:

s 10 km

30 - x x

A C

The total cos of running the line from A to B is:

C = 5000(30 − x) + 12,000 ⎡ 102 + x 2 ⎤


⎣⎢ ⎦⎥

Differentiate and equate to zero for critical values:

12,000 ( 2x )
C ' = 5000 ( −1) + =0
2 100 + x 2
10,000 100 + x 2 = 24,000x

( )
100,000,000 100 + x 2 = 576,000,000x 2

100 + x 2 = 5.76x 2
100 = 4.76x 2
x = 4.583 km

Thus, C is located:

x = 4.583km from a point directly opposite to B


Or:
30 − 4.583 = 25.417 km form point A

Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 448
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 43:


" Note:
For maximum area or capacity of a trapezoid, the angle included
between the altitude and the side of the trapezoid must be 30 degrees.

x
sin 30 = x x
10 10
x = 10 sin 30
x=5
h h
10 10
Length of the fourth side:
L = 2x + 10
L = 2 ( 5 ) + 10
10

L = 20

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 44:

By Pythagorean Theorem: A
z2 = x2 + y2
dy
dz dx dy = −20 km / hr
2z = 2x + 2y dt
dt dt dt
A
dx dy 60
x +y
dz
= dt dt
y z
dt z
B x
After 1 hour: dx
x = 30 km. = 30 km / hr B
dt
y = 60 − 20 = 40 km.

( 40 ) + ( 30 )
2 2
z=
z = 50 km.
Thus,
dz ( 30 )( 30 ) + ( 40 )( −20 )
=
dt 50
dz
= 2 km / hr
dt

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 449

Solution to Problem 45:


Using integration by parts:

Let:
u=x d v = e x dx
Using calculator:
du = dx v = ex Input:

∫ (xe ,0,1 = 1
x

Then,
Usin g choice C;
upper limit − lower limit
∫ udv = uv − ∫ vdu
⎡⎣e1 (1 − 1) ⎤⎦ − ⎡⎣e0 ( 0 − 1) ⎤⎦
∫ xe dx = xe − ∫ e dx
x x x



upper limit lower lim it

∫ xe dx = xe − e + C
x x x
=1
= e x ( x − 1) + C

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 46:

At the point of tangency, the slope of the curve is equal to the slope of
the tangent.
3y 2 = x 3
6yy ' = 3x 2
x2
y' = , at (3,3)
2y 3y 2 = x 3 tan gent line
2
3 3
y' = = (3,3)
( 2 )( 3 ) 2
Equation of tan gent : at (3,3) 3
3
y − 3 = ( x − 3)
2 2
1 X=3
Solving for x int ercept :
3
0−3 = ( x − 3)
2
x =1
1
AT = (b )(h)
2
1
A T = ( 2 )( 3 ) = 3
2
Answer: A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 450
Solution to Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution to Problem 47:


x
sin θ =
10
x = 10 sin θ
dx dθ
= 10 cos θ
dt dt
dx
dθ dt
=
dt 10 cos θ
at x = 6 θ
y 10
(10 ) − ( 6 )
2 2
y= dx
= 2 ft / s
y=8 dt
8
cos θ =
10 x
Thus;
dθ 2 1
= = rad / s
dt ⎛ 8 ⎞ 4
10 ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 10 ⎠

Answer: C

Solution to Problem 48:

dx
dV Alternate Solution:

y r=y

Volume of a paraboloid is one-


4
half the volume of its
V = ∫ πy dx 2 circumscribing cylinder:
0
1
Where : Vp = Vc
2
y2 = x
V = π ∫ xdx
4 Vp =
1
2
(
πr 2h )
0
π 2
x2
4 Vp =
2
( )
2 ( 4 ) = 8π
V= = 8π
2 0

Answer: A
Solutions to Primer Problems - Differential & Integral Calculus 451

Solution to Problem 49:


4
Iy = ∫
0
x 2dA

x 2 ( ydx )
4
Iy = ∫
0 x 2 = 8y
Where :
x2
y= dx
8
1 4 4
Iy = ∫ x dx y
8 0
4
1 x5 x
Iy =
8 5 0

Iy = 25.6 quartic units

Answer: B

Solution to Problem 50:


At height x above its initial position, the monkey must exert a force
(5+0.2x) to balance its own weight and the weight of rope below that
point. By integration;

30
0.2x 2 ⎤
( 5 + .2x )dx = 5x +
30
W=∫ ⎥
0 2 ⎦0
W = 240 ft − lb

Answer: A
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 453

Solution to Problem 1:

Applying fundamental principle of counting:


The first digit can be filled in 9 ways.
The last digit in 2 ways by either 0 or 5.
The other 3 places can be filled in 10 ways.

Number of ways:

9 10 10 10 2 = 18,000

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 2:
There are (10 − 1)! arrangements of the beads on the bracelet, but half of
these can be obtained from the other half simply by turning the bracelet
over.

Hence the number of different bracelets is:

N=
(10 − 1) !
2
N = 181, 440 different bracelets

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 3:

Let:
P = probability of drawing 1 white and 1 black
Then,
P = (PB )(PW ) + (PW )(PB )
⎛ 4 ⎞⎛ 5 ⎞ ⎛ 2 ⎞⎛ 3 ⎞
P = ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎝ 6 ⎠⎝ 8 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠⎝ 8 ⎠
P = 13 / 24

$ Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 454
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Solution to Problem 4:
Let:
q = probability of not getting an ace in a single throw of a die
1 5
q = 1− =
6 6
The probability of not getting an ace in 3 throws is:
⎛ 5 ⎞ ⎛ 5 ⎞ ⎛ 5 ⎞ 125
Q = ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ 6 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠ 216
Thus, the probability of getting at least 1 ace in 3 throws is:
P = 1 − Q (complementary probability)
125
= 1−
216
= 0.4213

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 5:
Let:
N = required number of circular arrangements

Consider that the men are seated first. Then they can be arrange
in ( 5 − 1) ! ways and the women in 5! ways.

Thus,
N = ( 5 − 1) !5!
N = 2,880 ways

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 6:
Let:
P = mathematical expectation
p = probability of success (winning)
Then,
P = p × ( prize )
⎛ 3 ⎞
P=⎜ ⎟ (1,000,000 )
⎝ 25 + 3 ⎠
P = 107,142.86

$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 455

Solution to Problem 7:

Number of even outcomes = 4 → (2, 4,6,8)


Number of odd outcomes = 5 → (1,3,5,7,9 )
Total number of outcomes = 9 → (1,2,3, 4,5,6,7,8,9 )

P = (PE )(Po ) + (Po )(PE )


⎛ 4 ⎞⎛ 5 ⎞ ⎛ 5 ⎞⎛ 4 ⎞
P = ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎝ 9 ⎠⎝ 8 ⎠ ⎝ 9 ⎠⎝ 8 ⎠
5 5
P= +
18 18
5
P=
9
Alternate solution:
4C1 = no. of ways to select 1 out of 4 even numbered balls
5C1 = no. of ways to select 1 out of 5 odd numbered balls
9C2 = total number of possible outcomes
Then,
number of successful outcomes
P=
total number of possible outcomes

P=
( 4C1 )( 5C1 ) = 20
9C2 36
5
P=
9

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 8:

Let:

N = no. ways
N = 8C2 + 8C3 + 8C4 + 8C5 + 8C6 + 8C7 + 8C8
= 28 + 56 + 70 + 56 + 28 + 8 + 1
= 247 ways
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 456
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Alternate Solution:
One or more flowers may be selected in 28 − 1 ways. But since 2 or
more must be chosen, the required number of ways is:
= ( 28 − 1) − 8C1
= 255 − 8
= 247 ways

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 9:
Let:
n = no. person who attended the meeting
⎛n ⎞
⎜ ⎟ = total number of handshakes
⎝ 2⎠
n!
= 45
(n − r ) !r !
n!
= 45
(n − 2 ) ! 2!
n ( n − 1)( n − 2 ) !
= 90
(n − 2 ) !
n ( n − 1) = 90
n2 − n − 90 = 0
(n − 10 )(n + 9 ) = 0
n = 10 ; n = −9 (absurd)

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 10:


3 3
The probability that A can solve the problem is: =
3+2 5
2 2
The probability that B can solve the problem is: =
2+5 7
Thus, the probability that either A or B can solve the problem is:
3 2
= +
5 7
= 0.886

$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 457

Solution to Problem 11:


Any number between 3000 and 5000 is a 4-digit number. Using box
method:
The first box can be filled in two ways by any of the digits 3 and 4.
Each of the other boxes can be filled in any of the 6 remaining digits.

2 6 5 4 = 240 numbers

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 12:


Note:
If p = P(E) and q = P( not E), then
P(2 defective) = 10C2 (0.2)2 (0.8)8
the probability of getting
= 0.3020 exactly “r” E’s in “n” trials is
nCrpr qn −r .
$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 13:

Number of arrangements where extreme (opposite end) books are both


Electronics:

=
( 9 − 2) ! = 35
( 5 − 2) ! 4!
Total number of arrangements of 5 Electronics books and 4
Communications books:
9!
= → (permutation of n objects not all distinct)
5! 4!
= 126

Thus, the probability that the extreme books are both Electronics is:
35
P= = 0.2778
126

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 458
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Solution to Problem 14:


P = P( A )P( X / A ) + P(B)P( X / B ) + P( C)P( X / C)
P = (.50 )(.03 ) + (.30 )(.04 ) + ( 0.20 )( 0.05 )
P = 0.037

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 15:


P(C)P( X / C)
P(C / X) =
P( A )P( X / C) + P(B)P( X / B) + P(C)P( X / C)

=
( 0.10 )( 0.04 )
( 0.60 )( 0.02 ) + ( 0.30 )( 0.03 ) + ( 0.10 )( 0.04 )
= 4 / 25

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 16:


8 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 10
No. of ways =
= 160 ways

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 17:


Number of ways, N:
N = ( 5C3 )( 7C2 )
N = 210 ways

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 18:


P( W / A ) =
( 0.6 )( 0.10 )
( 0.60 )( 0.10 ) + ( 0.40 )( 0.04 )
3
=
11

$ Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 459

Solution to Problem 19:

⎛ 4 ⎞ ⎛ 4 ⎞ 16
Pboth black = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ 9 ⎠ ⎝ 9 ⎠ 81

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 20:

A number is divisible by 4 and 5 if it is divisible by 20.


The sequence is 20, 40, 60,…10,000
a1 = 20, an = 10,000 d = 20
Solving for the number of terms divisible by 20:
an = a1 + ( n − 1) d
10000 = 20 + ( n − 1) 20
n = 500
Thus,
500
Pr obability,P =
10000
P = 0.05

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 21:

Using box method:


The first box can be filled in 9 ways.
The last box can be filled in 5 ways.
Each of the other two boxes can be filled in any of the 8 remaining digits.

9 8 7 5 = 2,520

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 460
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Solution to Problem 22:

The number of ways to select 3 out of 25 members:


⎛ 25 ⎞
= ⎜ ⎟ or 25C3
⎝3⎠
= 2300
The number of ways to select 3 out of 25 members so that no ECE is
included is;
⎛ 21⎞
= ⎜ ⎟ or 21C3
⎝3⎠
= 1330
Thus, the number of ways in which 3 members can be selected so that at
least one doctor is included is:
= 2300 − 1330
= 970 ways

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 23:


The probability that the first ball is white and second black is:
⎛ 4 ⎞⎛ 5 ⎞ 5
= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 8 ⎠ 14
The probability that the first ball is black and the second white is:
⎛ 3 ⎞⎛ 3 ⎞ 9
= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 8 ⎠ 56
Thus,
5 9
PW & B = +
14 56
= 29 56

Alternate Solution:
⎛ 4 ⎞⎛ 3 ⎞ 3
Pboth white = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 8 ⎠ 14
⎛ 3 ⎞ ⎛ 5 ⎞ 15
Pboth black = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ 7 ⎠ ⎝ 8 ⎠ 56
3 15
P1B &1W = 1 − −
14 56
= 29 56

$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 461

Solution to Problem 24:

Any number between 3000 and 5000 is a 4-digit number. Using box
method:
The first box can be filled in two ways by any of the digits 3 and 4.
Each of the other boxes can be filled in any of the 6 remaining digits.

2 6 5 4 = 240 numbers

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 25:

Arrange the data in descending order:


5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 11, 11, 12, 13, 13, 14, 15

5 +8+9+10+11+11+11+12+13+13+14+15
Mean =
12
= 11
11 + 11
Median = = 11
2
Mode = 11

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 26:

There are two possible events of drawing 2 balls of different colours,


WR and RW :

⎛ 4 ⎞⎛ 6 ⎞
PWR = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ = 24 / 90
⎝ 10 ⎠ ⎝ 9 ⎠
⎛ 6 ⎞⎛ 4 ⎞
PRW = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ = 24 / 90
⎝ 10 ⎠ ⎝ 9 ⎠
24 24 8
Pdifferent colours = + =
90 90 15

$ Answer: B
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 462
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Solution to Problem 27:


The favorable events are:
(1,5 ) , ( 5,1) , ( 2, 4 ) , ( 4,2) , and ( 3,3 )
Thus,
5
P=
36

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 28:


The number of 4 -digit numbers formed is:
= 4P4 = 4!
= 24

The sum of the digit in every arrangement is :


= 2+3+5+6
= 16
Note that each digit will occur 24/4 = 6 times each in the units’, tens’,
hundreds’, and thousands’ positions. Hence the sum of all the numbers
formed is:
S = 1( 6 ⋅ 16 ) + 10 ( 6 ⋅ 16 ) + 100 ( 6 ⋅ 16 ) + 1000 ( 6 ⋅ 16 )
S = 96 + 960 + 9600 + 96,000
S = 106,656

$ Answer: D

Solution to Problem 29

Let:
p = probability C wins the race
2p = probability B wins the race
4p = probability A wins the race

The sum of the probabilities must be one, hence,


p + 2p + 4p = 1
p = 1/ 7
$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 463

Solution Problem 30:

The number of ways 2 transistors can be chosen from 12 transistors:


= 12C2
= 66 ways

Number of ways to chose 2 defective transistors:


= 4C2
= 6 ways
Thus, the probability both transistors are defective is:
6
P= = 0.091
66
$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 31:


Let:
1
P(A) =(probability that Anton will hit the t arg et)
3
2
P(E) = (probability that Ernest will hit the t arg et)
5
Then,
P(A ∪ E) = P(A) + P(E) − P(A ∩ E)
1 2 ⎛ 1⎞⎛ 2 ⎞
= + −
3 5 ⎜⎝ 3 ⎟⎠ ⎜⎝ 5 ⎟⎠
= 3/5

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 32:


The total number of possible outcomes is:
= 6 (6)
= 36 ways (for each die can fall in 6 ways)

The number of successful outcomes is:


= 4 → (5, 4),(4,5),(6,3), and (3,6)
Thus,
4
Psum of 9 =
36
= 1/ 9

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 464
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Solution Problem 33:

The sum of the digits is even if both digits are even or both are odd.

Number of ways to chose 2 even digits:


= 4C2 (by any 2 of the digits 2, 4,6, and 8)
= 6 ways
Number of ways to chose 2 odd digits :
= 5C2 (by any 2 of the digits 1,3,5,7, and 9)
= 10 ways
Total number of ways to chose 2 digits such that their sum is even is:
= 6 + 10
= 16 ways
Thus,
10
Pboth odd =
16
= 0.625

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 34:


Let:
N = number of different triangles
"Note:
Then, A decagon is a polygon
N = 10C3 having 10 sides and thus
having 10 vertices.
N = 120 triangles

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 35:

The number of distinct lines by joining the vertices of an icosahedron is:


N = 20C2
N = 190 lines

But, 20 of these 190 lines are the sides of the icosahedron, thus:
Number of Digonals = 190 − 20
= 170 diagonals

$ Answer: B
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 465

Solution to Problem 36:

⎛ 1⎞⎛ 3 ⎞⎛ 2 ⎞ ⎛ 5 ⎞⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ 2 ⎞ ⎛ 5 ⎞⎛ 3 ⎞⎛ 1⎞
P = ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎝ 6 ⎠⎝ 4 ⎠⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠⎝ 4 ⎠⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠⎝ 4 ⎠⎝ 3 ⎠
1 5 5
P= + +
12 36 24
31
P= = 0.4306
72

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 37:


P = P(E) + P(C) − P(E & C)
P = 0.75 + 0.85 − 0.9
P = 0.7

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 38:

Let:
p = probability of obtaining a tail
3p = probability of obtaining a head

Then,
3p + p = 1
1
p=
4
Thus, the probability of obtaining a head is:
P(h) = 3p
⎛ 1⎞
= 3⎜ ⎟
⎝4⎠
3
=
4

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 466
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Solution to Problem 39:


Arithmetic mean :
8 + 10 + 12 + 14 + 15 + 18
x=
6
x = 12.833
Variance :
(8 − 12.833)2 + (10 − 12.833)2 + (12 − 12.833)2 + (14 − 12.833)2
+ (15 − 12.833)2 + (18 − 12.833)2
6 −1
Variance = 12.694

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 40:

26!
nCr = = 9,657,700
( 26 − 12 ) !12!
$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 41:


n=6
red = 4
green = 2
n! 6!
P= = = 15 → Permutation of n objects not all distinct
p!q! 4! 2!

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 42:


There are three subjects in the ECE Board exam.

The probability of passing two subjects and failing in one is:


P1 = ( 0.8 )( 0.8 )( 0.2 ) = 0.128
The probability of passing the three subjects is:
P2 = ( 0.8 ) (0.8)(0.8) = (0.8)3 = 0.512
Thus, the probability of passing at least two subjects:
Pat least 2 = 0.128 + 0.512 = 0.64

$ Answer: C
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 467

Solution to Problem 43:


15!
Number of arrangements =
5!5!5!
= 756,756 ways

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 44:

From: (Formula for Arithmetic Mean)

x1 + x 2 + x 3 + ... + xn
A.M. =
n

Where:
n = no. of terms

Thus,
87 + 97 + 84 + 79 + 81
A.M. =
5
= 85.6

$ Answer: A

Solution to Problem 45:

From: (formula for geometric mean)

G.M. = n x1 ⋅ x 2 ⋅ x 3 ⋅ ... ⋅ xn

Where:
n = no. of terms

Thus,
G.M. = 7
( 3 )( 5 )( 6 )( 6 )( 7 )(10 )(12)
G.M. = 6.43

$ Answer: C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 468
Solution to Counting, Probability, and Statistics

Solution to Problem 46:

From: (Formula for harmonic mean)

n
H.M. =
1 1 1 1
+ + + ... +
x1 x 2 x 3 xn

Where:
n = no. of terms

Thus,
6
H.M. =
1 1 1 1 1 1
+ + + + +
2 5 5 7 8 9
= 4.69

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 47:

From: (Formula for Quadratic Mean or RMS)

x12 + x 22 + x 32 + ... + xn2


RMS =
n

Where:
n = no. of terms

Thus,
(3) + (5) + (5) + (7)
2 2 2 2

RMS =
4
= 5.19

$ Answer: D
Solutions to Primer Problems - Probability & Statistics 469

Solution to Problem 48:


The mode of a set of numbers is that value which occurs with the
greatest frequency. Thus for the set of numbers given above the modes
are 4 & 8.

$ Answer: C

Solution to Problem 49:


Using weighted arithmetic mean:

x=
∑ wx
∑w
Where:
w = weighting factors or weights

Thus,

3(82) + 5(86) + 3(90) + 1(70)


X= = 85
3 + 5 + 3 +1

$ Answer: B

Solution to Problem 50:

The range of a set of numbers is the difference between the largest and
smallest numbers in the set.

Arranging the numbers from least to greatest:


3, 5, 6, 8, 8, 9, 11, 15

The range is:


Range = 15 − 3
= 12

$ Answer: B
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 471

1. ECE Board March 1996


For a particular experiment, you need 5 liters of 10% solution. You find
7% and 12% solution on the shelf. How much of the 7% solution you mix
with the appropriate amount of the 12% solution to get 5 liters of 10%
solution?

A. 1.5
B. 2.5
C. 2
D. 3

Solution:

0.07x + 0.12 ( 5 − x ) = 5 ( 0.10 )


x = 2 liters

2. ECE Board November 1997


The denominator of a certain fraction is three more than twice the
numerator. If 7 is added to both terms of the fraction, the resulting
fraction is 3/5. Find the original fraction.

A. 8/5
B. 5/13
C. 3/5
D. 13/5

Solution:

Let:
x = the numerator of the fraction
2x + 3 = the denominator

Then from the given condition:


x+7 3
=
( 2x + 3 ) + 7 5
x+7 3
=
2x + 10 5
5x + 35 = 6x + 30
x=5
Thus solving for the original fraction:
x 5 5
= =
2x + 3 ⎣⎡ 2 ( 5 ) + 3 ⎦⎤ 13
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 472
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

3. ECE Board April 1998


In the expansion of ( x + 4y ) , the numerical coefficient of the 5 term is
12 th

A. 63360
B. 126720
C. 506880
D. 253440

Solution:
From:

r th term = nCr −1 ( a ) (b )r −1
n −r +1

Where:
n = 12
r =5
Substitute values:

5th term = 12C4 ( x ) ( 4y )4


8

= 126,720x 8 y 4
Thus, from the given 5th term the numerical coefficient is126,720.

4. ECE Board November 1998


Find the ratio of an infinite geometric series if the sum is 2 and the first
term is 1/2 .

A. 1/3
B. 1/2
C. 3/4
D. 1/4

Solution:

From:
a1
S= → sum of infinite G.P.
1− r
Substituting the given values:
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 473

12
2=
1− r
1
2 − 2r =
2
4 − 4r = 1
r = 3/4
5. ECE Board April 1999
Simplify the expression i 1997 + i1999 , where I is an imaginary number.

A. 0
B. 1 + i
C. − i
D. 1 − i

Solution:

(
i1997 + i1999 = i1997 1 + i2 )
But,
i 2 = −1

Substitute:
i1997 + i1999 = i1997 ⎡⎣1 + ( −1) ⎤⎦
= i1997 ( 0 )
=0

6. ECE Board April 1999


Find the mean proportion of 4 and 36.

A. 72
B. 24
C. 12
D. 20

Solution:
Let:

x = mean proportional to 4 and 36

Then,
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 474
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

4 x
=
x 36
x 2 = 144
x = 144
x = 12

7. ECE Board April 1999


Determine x, so that; x, 2x + 7, 10x − 7 will be a geometric progression.

A. 7, -7/12
B. 7, -7/6
C. 7, -14/5
D. 7, -7/6

Solution:
From the formula for common ratio:

a 2 a3
r= =
a1 a2

10x − 7 2x + 7
=
2x + 7 x
6x − 35x − 49 = 0
2

( x − 7 )( 6x + 7 ) = 0
7
x = 7 and x = −
6

8. ECE Board April 1999


If 16 is 4 more than 4x, find 5x − 1 .

A. 4
B. 14
C. 12
D. 9

Solution:
4x + 4 = 16
x=3
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 475

Thus,
5x − 1 = 5(3) − 1
= 14

9. ECE Board April 1999


Mike, Loui and Joy can mow the lawn in 4, 6, and 7 hours, respectively.
What fraction of the yard can they mow in 1 hour if they work together?

A. 45/84
B. 47/84
C. 84/47
D. 34/60
Solution:

Let:
x = total no. of hours they can mow the whole yard if all working
together
1
= part or fraction of the yard they can mow in 1 hour
x
Then,
1 1 1 1
+ + =
4 6 7 x
1 47
=
x 84

10. ECE Board November 1999


The sum of the digits of a two - digit number is 11. If the digits are
reversed, the resulting number is 7 more than twice the original number.
What is the original number?

A. 38
B. 53
C. 83
D. 44

Solution:
Let:
t = tens digit
u = units digit
10t + u = x → original number
10u + t = number with its digits reversed

Formulate equation:
10t + u = 2(10t + u) + 7 → 1 (working equation)
but:
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 476
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

t + u = 11
t = 11 − u
Substitute to c :
10(11 − u) = 2 [10(11 − u) + u + 7]
t=3 & u=8
Thus, the original number is:
x = 10(3) + 8
= 38

11. ECE Board November 1999


Find the sum of the roots of 5x 2 − 10x + 2 = 0 ?

A. -1/2
B. -2
C. 2
D. 1/2

Solution:
By inspection:
b = −10 a=5

Sum of roots:

x1 + x 2 = −
b
=−
( −10 )
a 5
=2

12. ECE Board November 1999 / November 2000


The time required for two the examinees to solve the same problem differ
by two minutes. Together they can solve 32 problems in one hour. How
long will it take for the slower problem solver to solve the same problem?

A. 5 minutes
B. 2 minutes
C. 3 minutes
D. 4 minutes

Solution:
Let:
x = time in minutes required by the slower problem solver to
solve a problem
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 477

x − 2 = time in minutes required by the faster problem solver to


solve a problem
⎛1 1 ⎞
⎜ x + x − 2 ⎟ 60 = 32
⎝ ⎠
⎡⎣( x − 2 ) + x ⎤⎦ 60 = 32(x 2 − 2x)

120x − 120 = 32x 2 − 64x


4x 2 − 23x + 15 = 0
( 4x − 3 )( x − 5 ) = 0
3
x = 5 or x = (absurd)
4

13. ECE Board November 2000


Find the value of m that will make 4x2 – 4mx + 4m + 5 a perfect square
trinomial.

A. 3
B. -2
C. 4
D. 5

Solution:
To make the given quadratic expression a perfect square trinomial, its
discriminant b2 − 4ac must be zero.
( −4k )2 − 4(4)(4k + 5) = 0
k 2 − 4k − 5 = 0
(k − 5 )(k + 1) = 0
k = 5 or − 1

14. ECE Board April 2001


Ana is 5 years older than Beth. In 5 years the product of their ages will be
1.5 times the product of their present ages. How old is Beth now?

A. 27
B. 20
C. 25
D. 18

Solution:

Let:
B = present age of Beth
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 478
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

Subject Past Future


Beth B B+5
Ana B+5 B + 10

Equation of their ages in 5 years:

(B + 5 )(B + 10 ) = 1.5 (B )(B + 5 )


B + 10 = 1.5B
B = 20 years old

15. ECE Board April 2001


Find the coefficient of the term involving b 4 in the expansion
of ( a2 − 2b ) .
10

A. –3360
B. 10 !
C. – 960
D. 3360

Solution:
Given: ( ax + by )
n

Let:
C = coefficient of the term involving yr
n −r
C = nCr ( a ) (b )r
( )
10
Thus, for a2 − 2b , the coefficient of the term involving b4 is:

C = 10C4 (1) ( −2 )4
9

C = 3,360

16. ECE Board April 2001


One pipe can fill a tank in 6 hours and another pipe can fill the same tank
in 3 hours. A drain pipe can empty the tank in 24 hours. With all three
pipes open, how long will it take to fill in the tank?

A. 2.23 hrs
B. 2.81 hrs
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 479

C. 2.32 hrs
D. 2.18 hrs

Solution:

Let:
t = time it takes to fill the tank with all the pipes open
⎛ 1 1⎞ 1 1
⎜ 6 + 3 ⎟ − 24 = t
⎝ ⎠
t = 2.18 hrs

17. ECE Board April 2001


The seating section in a Coliseum has 30 seats in the first row, 32 seats
in the second row, 34 seats in the third row, and so on, until the tenth row
is reached, after which there are ten rows, each containing 50 seats. Find
the total number of seats in the section.

A. 900
B. 910
C. 890
D. 1000

Solution:

By inspection, the first arrangement from the first row up to the 10th row
forms an arithmetic progression:
a1 = 30 d = 2 n = 10
The number of seats in the first 10 rows:
n
S1 = ⎡⎣2a1 + ( n − 1) d⎤⎦
2
10
S1 = ⎡2 ( 30 ) + ( 9 ) 2 ⎤⎦
2 ⎣
S1 = 390

Total number of seats = 390 + (10 )( 50 )


= 890 seats

18. ECE Board November 2001


MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 480
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

A piece of paper is 0.05 inches thick. Each time the paper is folded into
half, the thickness is doubled. If the paper was folded 12 times, how thick
in feet the folded paper be?

A. 10.24
B. 12.34
C. 17.10
D. 11.25

Solution:
Since the thickness of the paper will double every after each fold, the
folding process forms a geometric progression:

Let:
a1 = thickness after the first fold
a1 = 2(0.05) = 0.1
an = a1r n−1
12 −1
a12 = 0.1( 2 )
⎛ 1ft ⎞
a12 = 204.8 in ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 12in ⎠
a12 = 17.0667 ft.

19. ECE Board November 2001 / April 1999


If one third of the air in a tank is removed by each stroke of an air pump,
what fractional part of the total air is removed in 6 strokes?

A. 0.7122
B. 0.6122
C. 0.8122
D. 0.9122

Solution:

Let:
x = original volume of air in the tank
1 2
Volume left after the first stroke (x) = (x)
= x−
3 3
2 1⎛2 ⎞ 4
Volume left after the second stroke = ( x ) − ⎜ x ⎟ = ( x )
x 3⎝3 ⎠ 9

Notice that the amount of air left in the tank after each stroke forms a
geometric progression, with 2/3 being the common ratio:
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 481

2 2
a1 = x r= n=6
3 3
an = a1r n−1
6 −1
2 ⎛2⎞
a6 = x⎜ ⎟ = 0.0878x → amount left after the sixth stroke
3 ⎝3⎠

The total volume removed at the end of the sixth stroke is:

Vremoved = Voriginal − Vleft


= x − 0.0878x
= 0.9122x or 91.22%

20. ECE Board November 2001


It takes an airplane one hour and forty-five minutes to travel 500 miles
against the wind and covers the same distance in one hour and fifteen
minutes with the wind. What is the speed of the airplane?

A. 342.85 mph
B. 375.50 mph
C. 450.50 mph
D. 285.75 mph

Solution:

Head wind

500 miles
Tail wind

Let:
x & y be the speed of the plane and the wind, respectively.
Effective rate of the airplane:
500
Against the wind = = 287.71 mph
1.75
500
With the wind = 400 mph
1.25
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 482
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

x − y = 287.71
x + y = 400
2x = 685.71
x = 342.855 mph

21. ECE Board November 2002 / April 2004


At exactly what time after 2 o’clock will the hour hand and the minute
hand extend in opposite directions for the first time?

A. 2:43 and 0.63 sec


B. 2:43 and 6.30 sec
C. 2:43 and 40.5 sec
12
D. 2:43 and 37.8 sec 11 1 X
10 2 12
9 3

8 4
7 5
6
X
Solution:
If the hands of the clock extend in opposite directions, the number of
minutes spaces between them is 30 minutes.
⎛ x ⎞ Alternate Solution:
x−⎜ + 10 ⎟ = 30
⎝ 12 ⎠ The last digit passed
by the minute hand
⎛ 60s ⎞ is 8, thus:
x = 43.63 min or 43 min + 0.63 min ⎜ ⎟
⎝ min ⎠ x = 5.4545 ( 8 )
x = 43 min and 37.8 s x = 43.63 minutes

22. ECE Board November 2002


The sum of the ages of Peter and Paul is 21. Peter will be twice as old
as Paul 3 years from now. What is the present age of Peter?

A. 8
B. 6
C. 18
D. 15

Solution:
Let:
x = present age of Peter
y = present age of Paul
Subject Present Future
Peter x x+3
Paul y y+3
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 483

Equation of ages:

x + y = 21 →
x + 3 = 2(y + 3)
x + 3 = 2y + 6
x − 2y − 3 = 0 →

Solving the two equations simultaneously:

2x + 2y = 42 → ×2
x − 2y = 3
3x = 45
x = 15

23. ECE Board November 2002


A multimillionaire left his entire estate to his wife, daughter, son and
bodyguard. His daughter and son got half the total value of the estate
sharing in the ratio of 3:2. His wife got twice value as much as the share
of the son. If the bodyguard received half a million pesos, what is the
total value of the estate?

A. 6.5 million
B. 5 million
C. 7 million
D. 6 million

Solution:
Let:
x = total value of the estate
3k = share of the daughter
2k = share of the son
The share of the daughter and son is:
x
3k + 2k =
2
6k + 4k = x →
Total value of the estate:
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 484
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

x = 3k + 2k + 4k + 0.5
but : x = 6k + 4k
6k + 4k = 3k + 2k + 4k + 0.5
k = 0.5
Thus,
x = 3(0.5) + 2(0.5) + 4(0.5) + 0.5
x = 5M

24. ECE Board November 2002 / April 2004


A speed boat can make a trip of 100 miles in one hour and 30 minutes if
it travels upstream. If it travels downstream, it will take one hour and 15
minutes to travel the same distance. What is the speed of the boat in
calm water?

A. 193.45 mph
B. 73.33 mph
C. 146.67 mph
D. 293.33 mph

Solution:
Let:
x = rate of the boat in calm water
c = rate of the current

The effective rate of the boat


100
Upstream is = 66.67MPH
1.5
100
Downstream is = 80MPH
1.25

⎧ x − c = 66.67

⎩ x + c = 80
2x = 146.67 → add equations
x = 73.33MPH

25. ECE Board April 2003


Simplify the expression: the square root of the cube root of 64x 60 .
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 485

A. 4x 4
B. 8x 2
C. 2x 6
D. 2x10

Solution:
Applying properties of fractional exponents:

Recall:

m
n
xm = x n

Then,

3
64x 60 = 3
64x 60 3
= 4x 20
20
= 2x 2

= 2x10

26. ECE Board April 2003


A man can do a job three times as fast as a boy. Working together it
would take them 6 hours to do the same job. How long will it take the
man to do the job alone?

A. 9 hours
B. 8 hours
C. 7 hours
D. 10 hours

Solution:
Let:
x = no. of hours the man can do the job working alone
1 x = rate of the man
1 3x = rate of the boy
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 486
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

⎛1 1 ⎞
⎜ x + 3x ⎟ 6 = 1
⎝ ⎠
( 3x + x ) 6 = 3x 2
24x = 3x 2
x = 8 hrs.

27. ECE Board April 2003


A company sells 80 units and makes P80 profit. It sells 110 units and
makes P140 profit. If the profit is a linear function of the number of units
sold, what is the average profit per unit if the company sells 250 units?

A. P1.76
B. P1.68
C. P1.66
D. P1.86

Solution:
Let:
x = total profit by selling 250 units
140 − 80 x − 140
=
110 − 80 250 − 110
60 x − 140
=
30 140
x = 420
Thus, the average profit per unit is:
420
=
250
= 1.68

28. ECE Board November 2003


At approximately what time after 12 o’clock will the hour and the minute
hands of a clock form an angle of 120 degrees for the second time?

A. 50 min and 30 sec after 12 o’clock


B. 43 min and 38 sec after 12 o’clock
C. 38 min and 35 sec after 12 o’clock
D. 30 min and 45 sec after 12 o’clock

Solution:
If the hands of the clock form an angle of 120° for the second time, then
the number of minutes spaces between the hands of the clock must be
40 min (clockwise direction).
X
12

12
11 1
10 2
9 3

8 4
7 5 x
6
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 487

x
x= + 40
12
11
x = 40
12
⎛ 60 ⎞
x = 43.64 or 43 min & 0.64 min ⎜ ⎟s
⎝ 1min ⎠
x = 43 min & 38 s
Alternate Solution: x = 5.4545 ( 8 ) = 43.63 minutes

29. ECE Board November 2003


What is the 11th term of the harmonic progression if the first and the third
terms are 1/2 and 1/6 respectively?

A. 1/20
B. 1/4
C. 1/12
D. 1/22

Solution:
Using A.P.:
a1 = 2, a3 = 6, a11 = ?
a11 = 2 + (11 − 1) d → eq. 1
a11 = 6 + (11 − 3 ) d → eq.2
a11 = a11
2 + 10d = 6 + 8d
d=2
a11 = 2 + (11 − 1) 2
a11 = 22 → eleventh term in A.P.
In harmonic progression the 11th term is 1/22.
30. ECE Board November 2003
What is the remainder when the polynomial x 4 − 5x 3 + 5x 2 + 7x + 6 is
divided by x + 2 ?

A. 16
B. 32
C. 48
D. 68

Solution:

By remainder theorem, the remainder is f(r):


MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 488
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

x+2=0
x = r = −2
f( −2) = ( −2 ) − 5 ( −2 ) + 5 ( −2 ) + 7 ( −2 ) + 6
4 3 2

f( −2) = 16 + 40 + 20 − 14 + 6
f( −2) = 68

31. ECE Board November 2003


Harry is one-third as old as Ron and 8 years younger than Hermione. If
Harry is 8 years old, what is the sum of their ages?

A. 40
B. 45
C. 48
D. 50

Solution:
Let:
x = age of Harry
3x = age of Ron
x + 8 = age of Hermione
Sum of their ages:
S = x + 3x + ( x + 8 )
With x =8,
S = 8 + 3 (8) + 8 + 8
S = 48

32. ECE Board November 2003


The sum of the three consecutive even integers is 78. What is the
largest integer?

A. 24
B. 28
C. 32
D. 30

Solution:
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 489

Let:
x = 1st int eger
x + 2 = 2nd int eger
x + 4 = 3rd int eger
x + x + 2 + x + 4 = 78
3x + 6 = 78
3x = 72
x = 24

33. ECE Board November 2003


An iron bar four meters long has a 300 pound weight hung on one end
and a 200 pound weight hung at the opposite end. How far from the 300
pound weight should the fulcrum be located to balance the bar?

A. 2.5 meters
B. 1.0 meters
C. 1.6 meters
D. 2.0 meters

Solution:
4−x x

200 lb 300 lb

Let:
x = unknown distance

( 4 − x ) 200 = 300x
800 − 200x = 300x
x = 1.6 m

34. ECE Board April 2003


What are the first four terms of the sequence whose general term is
n2 + 1 ?

A. 1, 4, 9, 16
B. 2, 5, 10, 17
C. 5, 10, 17, 26
D. 2, 4, 6, 10

Solution:
Given:
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 490
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

n2 + 1 → general term
a1 = (1) + 1 = 2
2

a2 = ( 2 ) + 1 = 5
2

a3 = ( 3 ) + 1 = 10
2

a 4 = ( 4 ) + 1 = 17
2

Thus, the first four terms are 2, 5, 10 and 17.

35. ECE Board April 2004


x can do the job 50 percent faster than y and 20 percent faster than z. If
they work together, they can finish the job in 4 days. How many days will
it take x to finish the job if he is to work alone?

A. 18
B. 10
C. 12
D. 16

Solution:
Let:
t = no. of hours x can do the job working alone
1
= rate of x
t
1
= rate of y
1.5t
1
= rate of z
1.2t
1 1 1 1
+ + =
t 1.5t 1.2t 4
(1.8 + 1.2 + 1.5 ) 4 = 1.8t
t = 10 hrs.

36. ECE Board April 2004


Solve for x in the following equation: x + 4x + 7x + 10x + ... + 64x = 1430

A. 4
B. 3
C. 2
D. 1

Solution:
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 491

The sequence forms an arithmetic progression with a sum of 1430 and a


common difference of 3x.
d = 3x
64x = x + (n − 1)3x
n = 22
22
1430 = ( x + 64x )
2
x=2

37. ECE Board April 2004


If kx 3 − ( k + 3 ) x 2 + 13 is divided by x − 4 , and the remainder is 157.
Then the value of k is ________.
A. 6
B. 4
C. 5
D. 3

Solution

By remainder theorem:
f(4) = k ( 4 ) − ( k + 3 )( 4 ) + 13 = 157
3 2

64k − 16k − 48 + 13 = 157


48k = 192
192
k=
48
k=4

38. ECE Board April 2004


Given that w varies directly as the product of x and y and inversely as the
square of z and that w = 4 when x = 2; y = 6 and z = 3. What is the value
of w, when x = 1, y = 4 and z = 2?

A. 6
B. 5
C. 4
D. 3
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 492
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

Solution
xy

: z2
kxy
w= (k = cons tan t of var iation)
z2
Solving for k, when w = 4, x = 2, y = 6, and z = 3
k ( 2 )( 6 )
4=
32
k=3
Solving for w, when x = 1, y = 4, and z = 2 .

w=
( 3 )(1)( 4 )
22
w=3

39. ECE Board April 2004


If 16 is four more than 3x, then x 2 + 5 = _____?

A. 16
B. 21
C. 3
D. 4

Solution:

Solving for x:
16 = 3x + 4
x=4
Thus,
x2 + 5 = ( 4) + 5
2

= 21

40. ECE Board April 2004 / November 2002


Four positive integers form an arithmetic progression. If the product of
the 1st and the last term is 70 and the 2nd and the third term is 88, find the
1st term.
A. 5
B. 3
C. 14
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 493

D. 8

Solution:

Let:
a = 1st term a + d = 2nd term
a + 2d = 3rd term a + 3d = 4th term

a ( a + 3d) = 70
a2 + 3ad = 70 →
( a + d)( a + 2d) = 88
a2 + 3ad + 2d2 = 88
but : a2 = 70 − 3ad → from
( 70 − 3ad) + 3ad + 2d2 = 88
2d2 = 18
d=3

Thus, from equationn:

a2 + 3ad = 70
a2 + 3 ( 3 ) a − 70 = 0
a2 + 9a − 17 = 0
( a − 5 )( a + 14 ) = 0
a = 5 or a = −14

41. ECE Board April 2004


A professional organization is composed of x ECEs and 2x EEs. If 6
ECEs are replaced by 6 EEs, 1/6 of the members will be ECEs. Solve for
x.

A. 12
B. 24
C. 36
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 494
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

D. 1

Solution:
Let:
x = no. of ECE ' s
2x = no. of EE ' s
By percentage:
x−6 1
=
3x 6
6x − 36 = 3x
3x = 36
x = 12

42. ECE Board April 2004


The average rate of production of (PCB) is 1 unit for every 2 hours work
by two workers. How many PCBs can be produced in one month by 60
workers working 200 hours during the month?

A. 4000
B. 5000
C. 6000
D. 3000

Solution:

Let:
x = number of PCB’s produced in one month

Then,
( 2 )( 2 ) = 200 ( 60 )
1 x
x = 3000

43. ECE Board November 2004


What is the sum of all even integers from 10 to 500?

A. 87,950
B. 124,950
C. 62,730
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 495

D. 65,955

Solution:

For numbers 10 to 500, the sequence of even integers is:


10, 12, 14,... 500

Where:

a1 = 10 an = 500 d=2

Solving for n:
an = a1 + ( n − 1) d
500 = 10 + ( n − 1)( 2 )
n = 246

Thus, the sum is:


n
S = ( a1 + an )
2
246
S= (10 + 500 )
2
S = 62,730

44. ECE Board April 2005


From the equation 7x 2 + ( 2k − 1) x − 3k + 2 = 0 , determine the value of k so
that the sum and product of the roots are equal.

A. 2
B. 4
C. 1
D. 3

Solution:

From:
7x 2 + ( 2k − 1) x − 3k + 2 = 0
A = 7; B = ( 2k − 1) ; C = −3k + 2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 496
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

Then, from the given condition:


B
x1 + x 2 = − ( sum of roots )
A
C
x1 x 2 = ( product of roots )
A
B C
− =
A A


( 2k − 1) −3k + 2
=
7 7
−2k + 1 = −3k + 2
k =1

45. ECE Board April 2005


What is the equation form of the statement: The amount by which 100
exceeds four times a given number.

A. 4x (100 )
B. 100 + 4x
C. 100 − 4x
D. 4x − 100

Solution:

The word “exceeds” will become a symbol for subtraction when


translated into mathematical equation:

Thus,

100 exceeds four times a given number is:


100 − 4x

46. ECE Board April 2005


Candle A and candle B of equal length are lighted at the same time and
burning until candle A is twice as long as candle B. Candler A is designed
to fully burn in 8 hours while candle B for 4 hours. How long will they be
lighted?
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 497

A. 3 hours and 30 minutes


B. 2 hours and 40 minutes
C. 3 hours
D. 2 hours

Solution:

Let:
1
= rate of burning of candle A
8
1
= rate of burning of candle B
4
t = time from the start of burning until A is twice as long as B

After t hours of burning:

1
Amount left for candle A is: 1 − t
8

1
Amount left for candle B is: 1 − t
4

But, A is twice as long as B:

t ⎛ t⎞
1− = 2 ⎜1− ⎟
8 ⎝ 4⎠
t t
1− = 2−
8 2
3t
=1
8
t =8 3
2
t = 2 hours or 2 hours & 40 minutes
3

47. ECE Board April 2005


Solve for x if 8^x = 2^(y + 2) and 16^(3x - y) = 4^y.

A. 2
B 4
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 498
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

C. 1
D. 3

Solution:
8 x = 2( y + 2) →
16(3x − y) = 4 y → Alternate Solution:
From equation n:
From the given choices,
23x = 2( y + 2)
substitute the value of x
3x = y + 2 → to both equations and
From equation o: compare the resulting
42(3x − y) = 4 y values of y. The value of
x that will give the same
2(3x − y) = y
value of y for both
6x = 3y equations is required
2x = y → solution to the problem
Between equation p & q:
3x = 2x + 2
x=2

48. ECE Board April 2005


What is the sum of all odd integers between 10 and 500?

A. 87,950
B. 124,950
C. 62,475
D. 65,955

Solution:

For numbers 10 to 500, the sequence of odd integers is:


11, 13, 15,... 499
Where:
a1 = 11 an = 499 d=2
Solving for n:
an = a1 + ( n − 1) d
499 = 11 + ( n − 1)( 2 )
n = 245

Thus, the sum is:


ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 499

n
S= ( a1 + an )
2
245
S= (11 + 499 )
2
S = 62, 475

49. ECE Board April 2005


How many terms of the progression 3, 5, 7, should there be so that their
sum will be 2600.

A. 60
B. 50
C. 52
D. 55

Solution:

By inspection, the sequence forms an arithmetic progression with:


a1 = 3 r=2 S = 2600

Solving for n:

n
S= ⎡2a1 + ( n − 1) d⎤⎦
2⎣
n
2600 = ⎡⎣2 ( 3 ) + ( n − 1) (2)⎤⎦
2
5200 = 6n + 2n2 − 2n
2n2 + 4n − 5200 = 0
n2 + 2n − 2600 = 0

Using Quadratic formula, we get:

−2 ± 22 − 4 ( −2600 )
n=
2
−2 ± 102
n=
2
n = 50 ;
n = −52(absurd)

50. ECE Board April 2005


MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 500
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

If the 1st term of the geometric progression is 27 and the 4th term is -1,
the third term is:

A. 3
B. 2
C. -3
D. -2

Solution:
a1 = 27, a4 = −1
a3 = ?
For geometric progression:
a 4 a3 a 2
= =
a3 a2 a1
From:
a4 a2
=
a3 a1
a2a3 = a1a4
a2a3 = −1( 27 ) = −27
−27
a2 = →
a3
From:
a 4 a3
=
a3 a 2
a32 = a2a4
⎛ −27 ⎞
( a3 ) ⎟ ( −1)
2
=⎜
⎝ a3 ⎠
( a3 )
3
= 27
a3 = 3
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
 
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 501

1. ECE Board April 1995


A pole cast a shadow of 15 m. long when the angle of elevation of the
sun is 61° . If the pole has leaned 15° from the vertical directly toward
the sun, what is the length of the pole?

A. 45.53 m
B. 50.43 m
$ C. 54.23 m
D. 43.23 m

Solution:

By Sine Law:
14°
L 15
= L
sin61° sin14° 15°
L = 54.23m
61°

15 m

2. ECE Board March 1996


Solve for x in the equation: arctan(2x) + arctan(x) = π 4 .

$ A. 0.281
B. 0.182
C. 0.218
D. 0.821

Solution:
Let:
A = arctan(2x); then, tan A = 2x
B = arctan(x); then, tanB = x
A + B = π 4 = 45°
Taking tangents on both sides:
tan(A + B) = tan 45°
tan A + tanB RECALL:
=1
1 − tan A tanB tan A + tanB
tan(A + B) =
2x + x 1 − tan A tanB
=1
1 − 2x 2
2x 2 + 3x − 1 = 0

Using Quadratic Formula, we get:


x = 0.281
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 502
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

3. ECE Board March 1996


The hypotenuse of a right triangle is 34 cm. Find the lengths of the two
legs if one leg is 14 cm longer than the other.

A. 17 cm, 31 cm
$ B. 16 cm, 30 cm
C. 18 cm, 32 cm
D. 15 cm, 29 cm

Solution:
Let:
x = shorter leg
x + 14 = longer leg
34
x
By Pythagorean Theorem:
342 = x 2 + ( x + 14 )
2

x + 14
1156 = x 2 + x 2 + 28x + 196
2x 2 + 28x − 480 = 0
By Factoring:
( x + 30 )( x − 16 ) = 0
x = 16 ; x + 14 = 30

4. ECE Board March 1996


If sin A = 4 5 , A in quadrant II, sinB = 7 25 , B in quadrant I, Find
sin ( A + B ) .

$ A. 3/5
B. 4/5
C. 3/4
D. 2/5

Solution:

From trigonometric identity:


sin ( A + B ) = sin A cosB + cos A sinB 25
7
⎛ 4 ⎞ ⎛ 24 ⎞ ⎛ −3 ⎞ ⎛ 7 ⎞ 5
sin ( A + B ) = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ 4
⎝ 25 ⎠ ⎝ 25 ⎠ ⎝ 5 ⎠ ⎝ 25 ⎠ A B
96 21 -3 24
= −
125 125
3
=
5
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 503

5. ECE Board March 1996


If 77° + 0.40x = arctan ( cot 0.25x ) , solve for x.

A. 10°
B. 30°
C. 20°
D. 40°

Solution:
77 + 0.40x = arctan(cot 0.25x)
tan ( 77 + 0.40x ) = cot 0.25x
From co-function relation of complementary angles:

cot θ = tan(90 − θ)

tan ( 77 + 0.40x ) = tan ( 90 − 0.25x )


( 77 + 0.40x ) = ( 90 − 0.25x )
x = 20°

6. ECE Board November 1997


Find the value of x in the equation csc x + cot x = 3 .
A. π 4
B. π2
$ C. π3
D. π5

Solution:
Given: csc x + cot x = 3
Multiply both sides by sin x :
⎛ 1 cos x ⎞
⎜ sin x + sin x ⎟ sin x = 3 sin x
⎝ ⎠
1 + cos x = 3 sin x
Using the reverse technique of solving the problem, evaluate the
equation 1 + cos x = 3 sin x using the choices.

Using choice D,
π
x= ;
5
π π
1 + cos = 3 sin
5 5
1.8 = 1.8 3
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 504
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

7. ECE Board April 1998


A man finds the angle of elevation of the top of a tower to be 30 degrees.
He walks 85 m nearer the tower and finds its angle of elevation to be 60
degrees. What is the height of the tower?

$ A. 73.61
B. 73.31
C. 73.16
D
D. 76.31
30°
x h
Solution:
A 30° B 60° C

85

From the figure, triangle ABD is an isosceles triangle, thus;


x = 85
h
sin 60 =
x
h = x sin 60
h = 85 sin 60
h = 73.61 m

8. ECE Board April 1998


Find the angle in mils subtended by a line 10 yards long at a distance of
5000 yards.

A. 1 mil
$ B. 2.04 mils
C. 4 mils
D. 2.5 mils

Solution:

θ
10 Conversion:
1 rev. = 360°
5000
10 = 2π rad.
tan θ = = 400 grad.
5000
= 6400 mils
θ = tan−1 .002
⎛ 6400 mils ⎞
θ = 0.1146° ⎜ ⎟ = 2.04 mils
⎝ 360° ⎠
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 505

9. ECE Board April 1998


Points A and B, 1000 m apart are plotted on straight highway running
East and West. From A, the bearing of a tower C is 32° W of N and from
B, the bearing of C is 26° N of E. Approximate the shortest distance of
tower C to the highway.

A. 364 m
$ B. 374 m
C. 394 m
D. 384 m

Solution:
N

By Sine Law: W E

BC 1000
= S
sin 58 sin 96 C
BC = 852.72 96°
d 32°
Solving for d: 26° 58°
B A
d
sin 26 =
BC 1000
d = ( 852.72 ) sin 26
d = 373.81 m

10. ECE Board November 1998


If log of 2 to the base 2 plus log of x to the base 2 is equal to 2, then the
value of x is
A. 4
B. -2
$ C. 2
D. -1

Solution:
Apply properties of logarithm:

log 2 2 + log 2 x = 2
RECALL:
log 2 ( 2x ) = 2 Property of logarithm,
log aM + log a N = log aMN
2x = 22
x=2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 506
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

11. ECE Board November 1998


Solve the equation cos2 A = 1 − cos2 A .

A. 45°, 315°
B. 45°, 125°
$ C. 45°, 135°
D. 45°, 225°
Alternate Solution:
Solution:
From the given choices,
cos2 A = 1 − cos2 A substitute possible values of A
2 cos2 A = 1 to the original equation.
That is, when A = 45° & 135°
1
cos A = ( cos 45 )2 = 1 − ( cos 45 )2 , and
2
cos A = ±0.707 ( cos135 )2 = 1 − ( cos135 )2
cos A = +0.707; A = 45° 3
0.5 = 0.5
cos A = −0.707; A = 135°

12. ECE Board November 1998


Csc 520 degrees is equal to

A. cos 20 degrees
$ B. csc 20 degrees
C. tan 45 degrees
D. sin 20 degrees

Solution:
From coterminal angle formula:
csc ⎡⎣θ + n ( 360 ) ⎤⎦ = csc θ
csc 520 = csc ⎡⎣160 + (1)( 360 ) ⎤⎦ = csc 160
From reference angle formula:
csc θ = csc (180 − θ ) → for angle θ in the second quadrant.
csc 520 = csc (160 ) = csc (180 − 160 )
Thus,
csc 520 = csc 20
Alternate Solution:
1
Using your calculator, csc 520° = = 2.924
sin 520°
From the given choices:
1
csc 20° = = 2.924 3
sin 20°
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 507

13. ECE Board April 1999


What is 4800 mils equivalent in degrees?

A. 135°
$ B. 270°
C. 235°
D. 142°

Solution:
RECALL:
Conversion factors:
1revolution = 360°
= 2π radians
= 400 gradians
= 6400 mils

Thus,
⎛ 360° ⎞
4800 mils ⎜ ⎟ = 270°
⎝ 6400 mils ⎠

14. ECE Board April 1999/November 2000


Cos4 A − sin4 A is equal to________.

A. cos 4A
B. sin 4A
C. sin 2A
$ D. cos 2A

Solution:

By factoring,

( ) − ( sin A )
2 2
cos4 A − sin4 A = cos2 A 2

= ( cos A − sin A )( cos


2 2 2
A + sin2 A )
From trigonometric identities:
" sin2 A + cos2 A = 1 → pythagorean relation
" cos2 A − sin2 A = cos 2A → double angle formula
Thus,
cos4 A − sin4 A = cos 2A
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 508
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

15. ECE Board April 1999


Sin (B − A) is equal to ________, when B = 270° and A is an acute
angle.

$ A. − cos A
B. cos A
C. − sin A
D. sin A

Solution:

From trigonometric identity:

sin(B − A) = sinB cos A − cosB cos A

Then,
sin(B − A) = sin 270 cos A − cos 270 cos A
sin(B − A) = ( −1) cos A − 0 ( cos A )
sin(B − A) = − cos A

16. ECE Board April 1999


If sec 2 A is 5/2, the quantity 1 − sin2 A is equivalent to
A. 2.5
B. 1.5
$ C. 0.40
D. 0.60

Solution:

5 1
sec 2 A = ; but sec A = RECALL:
2 cos A
1 5
= sin2 A + cos2 A = 1
cos2 A 2
2
cos2 A = ; but : cos2 A = 1 − sin2 A
5
Thus,
2
1 − sin2 A = = 0.40
5
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 509

17. ECE Board November 1999


A railroad is to be laid - off in a circular path. What should be the radius if
the track is to change direction by 30 degrees at a distance of 157.08 m?

$ A. 300 m
B. 200 m
C. 150 m
D. 250 m
S
Solution:

S = rθ , (θ is in radians)
⎡ ⎛ π ⎞⎤
` 157.08 = r ⎢30° ⎜ ⎟⎥
⎣ ⎝ 180° ⎠ ⎦ r r
30°
r = 300 m

18. ECE Board November 1999


If (2log4 x) − (log4 9) = 2 , find x.

A. 10
B. 13
$ C. 12
D. 11

Solution:

2log 4 x − log 4 9 = 2 RECALL…


log 4 x 2 − log 4 9 = 2 Properties of Logarithm:
" nlog x = log xn
⎛ x2 ⎞
log 4 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = 2 M
⎝ 9 ⎠
" logM − logN = log
N
x2 " If , log aN = x then, N = a x
= 42
9
x 2 = 144
x = 12
Check, using calculator:
From the given choices, substitute possible value of x to the original
equation. The choice that can satisfy the original equation must be the
required value of x. Thus, using choice C:
2log 4 12 − log 4 9 = 2
3.58 − 1.58 = 2
2=23
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 510
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

19. ECE Board November 1999 / November 2001


If arctan(x) + arctan (1 3 ) = π 4 , the value of x is
$ A. 12
B. 14
C. 13
D. 15

Solution:
Let:
A = arctan ( x ) ; tan A = x →X
B = arctan (1 3 ) ; tanB = 1 3 →Y
Note: π 4 = 45°
From the given equation:
arctan(x) + arctan (1 3 ) = π 4
A + B = 45°
Taking tangents on both sides: RECALL:
tan ( A + B ) = tan 45° tan A + tanB
tan(A + B) =
tan A + tanB 1 − tan A tanB
=1
1 − tan A tanB
Substitute n &o :
1
x+
3 =1
⎛ 1⎞
1− ⎜ ⎟ x
⎝3⎠
x =1 2

20. ECE Board November 1999


If tan 4A = cot 6A , then what is the value of angle A?

$ A. 9°
B. 12°
C. 10°
D. 14°

Solution:
tan 4A = cot 6A
Using co-function relation of complementary angles:
tan 4A = tan(90 − 6A)
4A = 90° − 6A
A = 9°
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 511

21. ECE Board November 1999 / November 2001


A central angle of 45° subtends an arc of 12 cm. What is the radius of the
circle?

$ A. 15.28 cm
B. 12.82 cm
C. 12.58 cm
D. 15.82 cm

Solution:

From:
S = r θ → (θ in radians)
S
r=
θ
12
r=
⎛ π ⎞
45° ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 180° ⎠
r = 15.28 cm.

22. ECE Board November 1999


Given: y = 4 cos 2x . Determine its amplitude.

A. 2
B. 8
C. 2
$ D. 4

Solution:

Given: y = 4 cos 2x

From the general equation:


y = A cos θ
Where:
A = amplitude
θ = angle

Thus, by inspection the amplitude A is 4.


MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 512
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

23. ECE Board April 2000


If A + B + C = 180° and tan A + tanB + tan C = 5.67 , find the value
of tan A tanB tan C .

A. 1.89
$ B. 5.67
C. 1.78
D. 6.75

Solution:
A + B + C = 180°
A + B = 180° − C

Taking tangents on both sides:

tan ( A + B ) = tan (180 − C )


tan A + tanB tan180 − tan C
=
1 − tan A tanB 1 + tan180 tan C
tan A + tanB = (1 − tan A tanB)( − tan C)
tan A + tanB = − tan C + tan A tanB tan C
tan A + tanB + tan C = tan A tanB tan C

Thus, tan A tanB tan C = 5.67

24. ECE Board April 2000


Three times the sine of a certain angle is twice of the square of the
cosine of the same angle. Find the angle.

$ A. 30°
B. 10 °
C. 60°
D. 45°

Solution:

Let: x = sin θ
Then,
3 sin θ = 2 cos2 θ
3 sin θ = (2 − 2 sin2 θ)
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 513

Assume, x = sin θ
2x 2 + 3x − 2 = 0
By Quadratic Formula:
−3 ± 32 − 4(2)( −2)
x=
2(2)
x = 0.5 ;
sin θ = 0.5;
θ = 30°
x = −2;(absurd)

25. ECE Board April 2001


Solve angle A of an oblique triangle ABC, if a = 25 , b = 16 and
C = 94.1° .

A. 52 degrees and 40 minutes


B. 50 degrees and 30 minutes
$ C. 54 degrees and 30 minutes
D. 49 degrees and 32 minutes

Solution: C = 94.1°

a = 25
b = 16

B A
c
Solving for side c: (Using Cosine Law)

c 2 = a2 + b2 − 2ab cos C
c = 252 + 162 − 2(25)(16) ⎡⎣cos ( 94.1) ⎤⎦
c = 30.63

Thus, using Sine Law:

SinA Sin94.1
=
25 30.63
A = 54.5° or 54°30 '
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 514
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

26. ECE Board April 2001


If sin A = 2.5x and cos A = 5.5x , find the value of A in degrees.

$ A. 24.44 °
B. 54.34 °
C. 42.47 °
D. 35.74 °

Solution:
sin A = 2.5x → X
cos A = 5.5x → Y
If we divide n by o :
sin A 2.5x ⎛ sin A ⎞
= = 0.4545 ; but, ⎜ = tan A ⎟
cos A 5.5x ⎝ cos A ⎠
Thus;
tan A = 0.4545
A = 24.44°

27. ECE Board April 2001


Triangle ABC is a right triangle with right angle at C. If BC = 4 and the
altitude to the hypotenuse is 1, find the area of the triangle ABC.

A. 2.43
$ B. 2.07
C. 2.70
D. 2.11

Solution:
B
1
sinB =
4
D
B = 14.48 4
1
AC
tanB = A C
4
AC = 4 tan(14.477)
AC = 1.0327

Solving for area:


1
A = (1.0327 ) 4
2
A = 2.0654 sq. units
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 515

28. ECE Board April 2001


The measure of 2.25 revolutions counterclockwise is

A. −810°
$ B. 810°
C. 805°
D. −825°

Solution:

Let: θ , be the angle


⎛ 360° ⎞
θ = 2.25 rev. ⎜ ⎟ = +810° (Clockwise rotation)
⎝ 1rev. ⎠

29. ECE Board November 2001


If cot 2A cot 68 = 1 , then tan A is equal to_________.

$ A. 0.194
B. 0.914
C. 0.419
D. 491

Solution:

cot 2A cot 68 = 1
cot 68
=1
tan 2A
1
tan 2A = = 0.404
tan 68
2A = tan−1(0.404) = 22
A = 11

Thus, solving for tan A :

tan A = tan11
= 0.194
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 516
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

30. ECE Board April 2002/April 1999


Assuming that the earth is a sphere whose radius is 6400 km, find the
distance along a 3-dgree arc at the equator of the earth’s surface.

$ A. 335.10 km
B. 533.10 km
C. 353.10 km
D. 353.01 km

Solution:

S =rθ
⎛ π ⎞
S = 6400 ( 3° ) ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 180° ⎠
S = 335.10 km

31. ECE Board November 2002


A certain angle has an explement 5 times the supplement, find the angle.

A. 67.5 degrees
B. 108 degrees
$ C. 135 degrees
D. 58.5 degrees

Solution:

Let, x − be the angle


360 − x → exp lement of the angle
180 − x → sup plement of the angle

Then,

( 360 − x ) = 5 (180 − x )
360 − x = 900 − 5x
4x = 540
x = 135
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 517

32. ECE Board November 2002


Find the height of a tree if the angle of elevation of its top changes from
20 degrees to 40 degrees as the observer advances 23 meters toward
the base.

A. 13.78 m
B. 16.78 m
$ C. 14.78 m
D. 15.78 m

Solution:

From the figure, triangle ABC is an


isosceles triangle, thus;

x = 23 m
h
sin 40 =
x
h = x sin 40
h = 23 sin 40
h = 14.78 m

33. ECE Board November 2002


A wheel, 3 ft in diameter, rolls down an inclined plane 30 degrees with
the horizontal. How high is the center of the wheel when it is 5 ft from the
base of the plane?

$ A. 4 ft
B. 2.5 ft
C. 3 ft
D. 5 ft

Solution:
(5) + (1.5 )
2 2
x=
x = 5.22 r = 1.5 m
1.5
tan θ =
5
x
θ = 16.69 5
θ
h h
sin(30 + 16.69) =
x 30°
h = x sin 46.69
h = 5.22 sin 46.69
h = 4ft.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 518
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

34. ECE Board November 2002


If the complement of an angle theta is 2/5 of its supplement, then theta is
________.

A. 45 degrees
B. 75 degrees
C. 60 degrees
$ D. 30 degrees

Solution:

Let:
θ , be the angle
90 − θ = Complement of angle θ
180 − θ = Supplement of angle θ

Then,
2
90 − θ = (180 − θ )
5
450 − 5θ = 360 − 2θ
90 = 3θ
θ = 30°

35. ECE Board April 2003


One side of a right triangle is 15 cm long and the hypotenuse is 10 cm
longer than the other side. What is the length of the hypotenuse?

A. 13.5 cm
B. 6.5 cm
C. 12.5 cm
$ D. 16.25 cm

Solution:

By Pythagorean Theorem:
x + 10
( x + 10 ) = x 2 + (15 )
2 2

x
x 2 + 20x + 100 = x 2 + 225
20x = 125
x = 6.25 15

Thus, the length of the hypotenuse is:


x + 10 = 6.25 + 10
= 16.25 cm.
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 519

36. ECE Board April 2003


If tan A = 1/3 and cot B = 2, tan (A – B) is equal to ______.

A. 11/7
$ B. -1/7
C. -11/7
D. 1/7

Solution:

tan A = 1 3
1 1
cot B = =2; tanB =
tanB 2

From trigonometric identities:

tan A − tanB
tan(A − B) =
1 + tan A tanB

1 1 1
− −
tan(A − B) = 3 2 = 6
⎛ 1⎞⎛ 1⎞ 7
1+ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ ⎠⎝ ⎠
3 2 6
1
tan ( A − B ) = −
7

37. ECE Board April 2003


Three circles of radii 3, 4 and 5 inches, respectively are tangent to each
other externally. Find the largest angle of a triangle formed by joining the
centers.
3
A. 72.6 degrees 3
B. 75.1 degrees 5
$ C. 73.4 degrees 4
D. 73.3 degrees 5
4
Solution:
The largest angle should be the angle opposite to the longest side.
By Cosine law:
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 520
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

(9) = ( 7 ) + ( 8 ) − 2 ( 7 )( 8 ) cos θ
2 2 2

112 cos θ = 32
32
cos θ =
112
32
θ = cos−1 = 73.4°
112

38. ECE Board April 2003


Find the value of ( sec A + tan A ) / ( sec A − tan A ) , if csc A = 2 .

A. 4
B. 2
$ C. 3
D. 1

Solution:
2 hypotenuse
Given: csc A = =
1 opposite 2
1
By Pythagorean Theorem:
A
x = 22 − 12 = 3
x
Thus,
⎛ 2 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 3 ⎞
sec A + tan A ⎜⎝ ⎟+⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
3⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 3⎠
= = =3
sec A − tan A ⎛ 2 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞
⎜ ⎟−⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 3⎠

39. ECE Board November 2003


If log 2 = x, log 3 = y, what is log 2.4 in terms of x and y?

A. 3x + 2y – 1
$ B. 3x + y – 1
C. 3x + y + 1
D. 3x – y + 1
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 521

Solution:

log 2 = x log3 = y
24
log 2.4 = log
10
log 2.4 = log ( 2 ) ( 3 ) − log10
3

log 2.4 = 3 log 2 + log3 − log10


log 2.4 = 3x + y − 1

40. ECE Board November 2003


Simplify the expression 4 cos y sin y (1 – 2 sin2y).

A. sec 2y
B. cos 2y
C. tan 4y
$ D. sin 4y

Solution:

(
4 cos y sin y 1 − sin2 y )
2(2 cos y sin y)(1 − sin2 y)


Recall:
sin 2y cos 2y
sin 2θ = 2 sin θ cos θ
2 sin 2y cos 2y
sin 2 ( 2y ) = 2 sin 2y cos 2y
2 sin 2y cos 2y = sin 4y

41. ECE Board November 2003


What is the base B of the logarithmic function log 4 = 2/3?

$ A. 8
B. 2
C. 3
D.4

Solution:
2
log B 4 =
3
2
4 = B3
B = 43 2
B=8
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 522
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

42. ECE Board November 2003


A transmitter with a height of 15 m is located on top of a mountain, which
is 3.0 km high. What is the furthest distance on the surface of the earth
that can be seen from the top of the mountain? Take the radius of the
earth to be 6400 km.

A. 205 km
B. 225 km
C.152 km
$ D.196 km

Solution:
Let:
x = the furthest distance from the top of the mountain to the surface
of the earth

By Pythagorean Theorem:
x
( 6403 ) = x 2 + ( 6400 )
2 2

( 6403 ) − ( 6400 )
2 2
x= 6403.015 km
x = 38, 409
6400 km
x = 196 km

43. ECE Board November 2003


If y = arcsec (negative square root of 2), what is the value of y in
degrees?

A. 75 °
B. 60 °
C. 45 °
D. 135 °

Solution:
y = arc sec − 2 ( )
1
sec y = =− 2
cos y
1
cos y = −
2
⎛ 1 ⎞
y = cos−1 ⎜ − ⎟ = 135°
⎝ 2⎠
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 523

44. ECE Board November 2003


The tangent of an angle of a right triangle is 0.75. What is the csc of the
angle?

A. 1.732
B. 1.333
$ C. 1.667
D. 1.414

Solution:
tan θ = 0.75
θ = 36.87°
1
csc θ =
sin θ
1
csc θ =
sin 36.87°
csc θ = 1.667

45. ECE Board November 2003


If arctan2x + arctan3x = 45 degrees, what is the value of x?

$ A. 1/6
C. 1/3
B. 1/5
D. 1/4

Solution:
Given:
tan−1 2x + tan−1 3x = 45

Let:
A = tan−1 2x → tan A = 2x
B = tan−1 3x → tanB = 3x

Then,
A + B = 45
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 524
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

Taking tangents on both sides:

tan ( A + B ) = tan 45
tan A + tanB
=1
1 − tan A tanB
2x + 3x
=1
1 − ( 2x )( 3x )
5x = 1 − 6x 2
6x 2 + 5x − 1 = 0
( 6x − 1)( x + 1) = 0
1
x= x = −1
6

46. ECE Board November 2003

If 2log3 (base x) + log2 (base x) = 2 + log6 (base x), then x equals


_______.

$ A. 3
B. 3
C. 2
D. 2

Solution:

2log x 3 + log x 2 = 2 + log x 6

log x ( 3 ) + log x 2 − log x 6 = 2


2

(3) ( 2) = 2
2

log x
6
log x 3 = 2
x2 = 3
x= 3
ECE Board Problems - Algebra & General Mathematics 525

47. ECE Board April 2004

Given: log (2x – 3) = 1/2. Solve for x if the base is 9.

$ A. 3
B. 12
C. 4
D. 5

Solution:
1
log 9 (2x − 3) =
2
1
2x − 3 = ( 9 ) 2
2x = 6
x=3

48. ECE Board November 2004

What is the value of x if log (base x) 1296 = 4?

A. 5
B. 3
$ C. 6
D. 4

Solution:
log x 1296 = 4
1296 = x 4
x=6

49. ECE Board April 2005


If sin A = 4 5 and sinB = 7 25 , what is sin ( A + B ) if A is in the 3rd
quadrant and B is in the 2nd quadrant.

A. -3/5
B. 4/5
$ C. 3/5 25
D. 2/5 7
B
Solution: A
−4
5
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 526
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

The adjacent side of angle A is 3: (Egyptian triangle)

The adjacent side of angle B is:


x = 252 − 72 = 24
−3 −24
cos A = ; cosB =
5 24
From:
sin ( A + B ) = sin A cosB + cos A sinB
⎛ −4 ⎞ ⎛ −24 ⎞ ⎛ −3 ⎞ ⎛ 7 ⎞ 96 21 3
sin ( A + B ) = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ = − =
⎝ 5 ⎠ ⎝ 25 ⎠ ⎝ 5 ⎠ ⎝ 25 ⎠ 125 125 5

50. ECE Board April 2005


A railroad curve is to be laid in a circular path. What should be the radius
if the track is to change direction by 30 degrees at a distance of 300 m?

A. 300 m.
$ B. 573 m.
C. 275 m.
D. 325 m.
S
Solution:

S = rθ , (θ is in radians)
⎡ ⎛ π ⎞⎤
300 = r ⎢30° ⎜ ⎟⎥
⎣ ⎝ 180° ⎠ ⎦ r r
30°
r = 572.96 m
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 528
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
1. ECE Board November 1995
Each side of a cube is increased by 10%. By what percent is the volume
of the cube increased?

$ A. 33.1%
B. 3.31%
C. 0.031%
D. 13.31%

Solution:

For similar solids:


3
V2 ⎛ x 2 ⎞ x1 1.1x1
=⎜ ⎟
V1 ⎝ x1 ⎠

Solving for the percentage increase in volume:

3
V2 ⎛ 1.1x1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
V1 ⎝ x1 ⎠
V2
= (1.1) = 1.331
3

V1
V2 = 1.331V1

Thus, the volume increase is:

⎛ 1.331V1 − V1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟ × 100%
⎝ V1 ⎠
= 33.1%

2. ECE Board November 1995


A rectangle ABCD which measures 18 x 24 cm. is folded once,
perpendicular to diagonal AC, so that the opposite vertices A and C
coincide. Find the length of the fold.

$ A. 22.50 cm.
B. 18.75 cm.
C. 21.5 cm.
D. 19.5 cm.
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 529

Solution:

Let: x= length of the fold


B C
18 x 2
tan θ = = y
24 y x/2
18 x
= x/2
24
24 2y y
3y
x=
2 A D
18
Solving for y:
( 24 ) + (18 ) = 30
2 2
AC =
But, AC=2y
2y = 30
y = 15
Thus, solving for x:
3y ( 3 )(15 )
x= = = 22.5 cm
2 2

3. ECE Board November 1996


A reservoir is shaped like a square prism. If the area of its base is 225
square centimeter, how many liters of water will it hold?

A. 337.5
$ B. 3.375
C. 3375
D. 33.75

Solution:
V = x 3 → formula for volume
Solving for x:
x 2 = 225
x = 15 x
Thus, the volume is:
V = (15 ) = 3375 cm3
3

x
⎛ 1L ⎞
V = 3375 cm3 ⎜ 3 ⎟ x
⎝ 1000 cm ⎠
V = 3.375 L
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 530
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry

4. ECE Board November 1997 / November 1999


A regular octagon is inscribed in a circle of radius 10. Find the area of the
octagon.

A. 228.2
B. 288.2
C. 238.2
$ D. 282.8

Solution:
Volume of regular polygon inscribed in a circle is:

1 2 360
V= nr sin 10
2 n

Where:
n = number of sides
r = radius of circumscribing circle

Thus,
1 360
( 8 )(10 ) sin
2
V=
2 8
V = 282.84 cu. units

5. ECE Board November 1997


One side of a regular octagon is 2. Find the area of the region inside the
octagon.

A. 31.0
B. 21.4
$ C. 19.3
D. 13.9

Solution:
The area of a regular polygon given length of one side is:

1 2 180
A= nb cot
4 n
2
Where:
n = number of sides
b = length of one side
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 531

Thus, solving for area, A:


1 1
A = ( 8 )( 2 )
2

4 tan (180 8 )
A = 19.31 sq. units

6. ECE Board November 1997


A piece of wire is shaped to enclose the square whose area is 169 sq.
cm. It is then reshape to enclose the rectangle whose length is 15 cm.
The area of the rectangle is _______.

A. 156sq.cm
$ B. 165sq.cm
C. 175sq.cm
D. 170sq.cm

Solution:
Let: x
x = side of the square
y = width of the rectangle
x
The area of the square is:
A SQUARE = x 2
x 2 = 169
x = 13 y

But: PSQUARE = PRECTANGLE 15


So,

4X = 2 ( x + y )
4 (13 ) = 2 (15 + y )
52 = 30 + 2y
y = 11
Thus,
A RECTANGLE = (11)(15 )
= 165 cm2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 532
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry

7. ECE Board April 1998


The distance between the centers of the three circles which are mutually
tangent to each other externally are 10, 12 and 14 units. The area of the
largest circle is

A. 72 pi
B. 23 pi
$ C. 64 pi
D. 16 pi

Solution:

Let:
r1 = radius of the smallest circle
r2 = radius of the larger circle
r3 = radius of the largest circle

Formulate equations:
r1 + r2 = 10 → X
r2 + r3 = 14 → Y r1 r1
r1 + r3 = 12 → Z r3
r2
Subtract o from n : r3
r2
r1 + r2 = 10 → X
r2 + r3 = 14 → Y
r1 − r3 = −4 →[

Subtract equation 4 from 3:

r1 + r3 = 12 → Z
r1 − r3 = −4 → [
2r3 = 16
r3 = 8
Thus, the area of the largest circle is:
A = π ( r3 )
2

= π (8)
2

= 64π
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 533

8. ECE Board April 1998


If the sides of a parallelogram and an included angle are 6, 10 and 100o,
respectively, find the length of the shorter diagonal.

A. 10.63
$ B. 10.37
C. 10.73
D. 10.23

Solution:
Let:
x = shorter diagonal
By Cosine Law:
(5) + (10 ) − 2 ( 5 )(10 ) cos 80°
2 2
x=
5 x
x = 125 − 17.365 100°
80°
x = 10.37
10
Note:
Adjacent angles of a parallelogram are supplementary

9. ECE Board April 1998


A trapezoid has an area of 360 m2 and an altitude of 20 m. Its two bases
have ratio of 4:5. What are the lengths of the bases?

A. 12, 15
B. 7, 11
C. 8, 10
$ D. 16, 20

Solution:

From the formula for area:


1
A = (a + b) h b
2
1
360 = ( a + b )( 20 ) 20
2
36 = a + b → X
From the condition : a/b = 4/5 a
a 4
=
b 5
4
a = b →Y
5
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 534
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
Substitute equation o to n:
4b
36 = +b
5
180 = 4b + 5b
9b = 180
b = 20 → longer base
With b = 20 ;
4
a = ( 20 ) = 16 → shorter base
5
Thus, the bases are 16 & 20.

10. ECE Board April 1998


The angle of a sector is 30° and the radius is 15 cm. What is the area of
the sector in cm2 ?

A. 59.8
B. 89.5
$ C. 58.9
D. 85.9

Solution:

From:

1 2
A SECTOR = r θ ; ( θ in radians )
2
r r
Thus, θ
2 ⎡ π rad ⎞ ⎤
(15 ) ⎢30° ⎛⎜
1
A SECTOR = ⎟⎥
2 ⎣ ⎝ 180° ⎠ ⎦
A SECTOR = 58.9 cm2
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 535

11. ECE Board November 1998


Two triangles have equal bases. The altitude of one triangle is 3 units
more than its base and the altitude of the other is 3 units less than its
base. Find the altitudes, if the areas of the triangle differ by 21 sq. units.

$ A. 4 and 10
B. 3 and 9
C. 6 and 12
D. 5 and 11

Solution:

Let:
x = base of the triangle
x + 3 = altitude of the big triangle
x − 3 = altitude of the small triangle

Then, x+3

A BIG − A SMALL = 21 x −3
1 1
( x )( x + 3 ) − ( x )( x − 3 ) = 21 x
2 2
x 2 + 3x − x 2 + 3x = 42
6x = 42
x=7

Thus, the altitudes are:

x+3 = 7+3
= 10 → altitude of the big triangle
x −3 = 7−3
= 4 → altitude of the small triangle

12. ECE Board November 1998


Each angle of a regular dodecagon is equal to ______ degrees.

A. 135
$ B. 150
C. 125
D. 105
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 536
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry

Solution:
Let: α
θ = measure of each interior angle
α = measure of each exterior angle θ
Then,
360 360
α= =
n 12
α = 30° Note:
For a dodecahedron, n = 12
Since, α & θ are supplementary, then:
θ = 180 − α
θ = 180 − 30
θ = 150°

Alternate Solution:
From:
S = ( n − 2 ) 180
n θ = ( n − 2 ) 180

θ=
(n − 2) 180 = (12 − 2 ) 180
n 12
θ = 150°

13. ECE Board November 1999

A metal washer 1 – inch in diameter is pierced by 1/2 – inch hole. What is


the volume of the washer if it is 1/8 inch thick?

$ A. 0.074
B. 0.047
C. 0.028
D. 0.082

Solution:
r
Vwasher = VB − VS
Vwasher = πR2h − πr 2h h = thickness

(
Vwasher = π R2 − r 2 h)
R
= π ⎡⎣(0.5)2 − (0.25)2 ⎤⎦ ( 0.125 )
= 0.074 in3
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 537

14. ECE Board November 1998


If an equilateral triangle is circumscribed about a circle of radius 10 cm,
determine the side of the triangle.

A. 64.21 cm
B. 36.44 cm
C. 32.10 cm
$ D. 34.64 cm

Solution:

Let:
x = side of the triangle
r = radius of inscribed circle

From:
3 2
X:A = x → area of equilateral triangle
4
Y : A = rs → area of circumscribed triangle

Solving for the semi-perimeter, s:

x + x + x 3x
s= =
2 2
s = 1.5x

Equating equations n & o :

3 2
x = 10 (1.5x )
4
x = 34.64

15. ECE Board November 1999


Find the approximate change in the volume of a cube of side “x” inches
caused by increasing its side by 1%.

A. 0.30x 3 in3
B. 0.02 in3
C. 0.10 x 3 in3
$ D. 0.03 x 3 in3
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 538
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
Solution:

V1 = x 3 → original volume x 1.01x


V2 = (1.01x )
3

V2 = 1.03 x 3 → new volume x


x 1.01x
Thus, the increase in volume is:
1.01x
ΔV = V2 − V1
= 1.03 x 3 − x 3
= 0.03 x 3 in3

16. ECE Board November1999


What is the distance in cm between two vertices of a cube which are
farthest from each other, if an edge measures 8 cm?

$ A. 13.86
B. 11.32
C. 16.93
D. 14.33

Solution:
Let:
d = space diagonal (farthest distance)

From the figure, solve for x:


x 2 = 82 + 82
x = 128
8
x = 11.314 d
Solving for d:
d2 = x 2 + 82 x 8
d = (11.314) + 8 2 2
8
d = 13.86 cm

Alternate Solution: (Shortcut Method)


From:

d = 3a ( a = side )

Thus,
d = 3 (8)
d = 13.86 cm
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 539

17. ECE Board April 2000


One leg of a right triangle is 20 cm and the hypotenuse is 10 cm longer
than the other leg. Find the length of the hypotenuse.

A. 10
B. 15
$ C. 25
D. 20

Solution:
Let : x = length of the hypotenuse
x
By Pythagorean Theorem:
20
x = ( x − 10 ) + 20
2 2 2

x 2 = x 2 − 20x + 100 + 400 x − 10


20x = 500
x = 25

18. ECE Board April 2000 / November 1999


A regular hexagon pyramid has a slant height of 4 cm and the length of
each side of the base is 6 cm. Find the lateral area.

A. 62 cm2
B. 52 cm2
$ C. 72 cm2
D. 82 cm2

Solution:

From:
PL
A=
2 L=4
6 ( 6 )( 4 )
A=
2
A = 72 cm2 6

" Note:
Pyramids are named according to their bases. Thus, a regular
hexagonal pyramid is a pyramid with regular hexagon as its base.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 540
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
19. ECE Board April 2000
The area of a rhombus is 132 square m. If its shorter diagonal is 12m,
find the longer diagonal.

A. 20
B. 24
C. 38
$ D. 22

Solution:

1
A= d1d2
2
1 d A = 132 m2
132 = (12 ) d 12
2
d = 22 m

20. ECE Board April 2000


One of the diagonals of a rhombus is 25 units and its area is 75 square
units. Determine the length of the sides.

A. 15.47
$ B. 12.85
C. 12.58
D. 18.25
x
Solution:

Solving for the other diagonal: x


d1 A = 75 m2
1 d2
A = d1d2
2
1 Note:
75 = ( 25 )( d) 9 Diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other
2 9Angle formed by the two diagonals is 90°
d=6

Solving for x: (By Pythagorean Theorem)

x 2 = 32 + (12.5 )
2
3
x 12.5
x = 165.25 12.5
3
x = 12.85
x
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 541

21. ECE Board April 2000


You are given one coin, 5-cm diameter and a large supply of coins with
diameter of 2 cm. What is the maximum number of the smaller coins that
may be arranged tangentially around the larger without any overlap?

A. 8
B. 7
$ C. 10
D. 12 2

Solution:

Solving for angle θ : (By Cosine Law) 3.5 θ

22 = ( 3.5 ) + ( 3.5 ) − 2 ( 3.5 )( 3.5 ) cos θ


2 2

4 = 24.5 − 24.5 cos θ


20.5
cos θ = = 0.8367
24.5
θ = 33.2°

Solving for n:

⎛ 360 ⎞
n=⎜ ⎟ = 10.84 (say 10 coins to avoid overlap)
⎝ 33.2 ⎠

22. ECE Board November 2000


The lateral area of the right circular water tank is 92 sq. cm. and its
volume is 342 m3. Determine its radius.

A. 5.56 cm
B. 6.05 cm
C. 7.28 cm
$ D. 7.43 cm

Solution:

A = 2πrh → X r
V = πr h → Y
2

Divide equation o by n :
V πr 2h h
=
A 2πrh
342 r
=
92 2
r = 7.43 cm
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 542
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
23. ECE Board November 2000
A cone and cylinder have the same height and the same volume. Find
the ratio of the radius of the cone to the radius of the cylinder.

A. 0.577
$ B. 1.732
C. 0.866
D. 1.414

Solution:

Let:
r1 = volume of the cone
r2 = volume of the cylinder
h
From:
VCONE =
1
3
( )
πr12 h → X

VCYLINDER = πr2 2 h → Y r1

Equate:
r2
VCONE = v CYLINDER
1
3
( )
πr12h = πr2 2h
h
r12
= r22
3
2
⎛ r1 ⎞
⎜ ⎟ =3
⎝ r2 ⎠
r1
= 3
r2
r1
= 1.732
r2
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 543

24. ECE Board November 2000


A piece of wire of length 50 m is cut into two parts. Each part is then bent
to form a square. It is found that the total area of the square is 100 sq. m.
Find the difference in length of the sides of the two squares.

A. 6.62
B. 5.32
C. 5.44
$ D. 6.61

Solution:
50 m

x y

y
x
Let:
x = length of the side of the larger square
y = length of the side of the smaller square

Then,

4x + 4y = 50
x + y = 12.5 → X

And also,

x 2 + y 2 = 100 → Y

Square equation n, then subtract equation o, we get :

( x + y ) − ( x2 + y 2 ) = (12.5 )
2 2
− 100
2xy = 56.25 → Z

Now, subtract equation p from o :

x 2 + y 2 − 2xy = 100 − 56.25


x 2 − 2xy + y 2 = 43.75
(x − y)
2
= 43.75
x − y = 6.61
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 544
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
25. ECE Board April 2001
It is desired that the volume of the sphere be tripled. By how many times
will the radius increased?

A. 21/2
$ B. 31/3
C. 31/2
D. 33

Solution:
3
V2 ⎛ r2 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
V1 ⎝ r1 ⎠ r2
r1
3
3V1 ⎛ r2 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
V1 ⎝ r1 ⎠
3
⎛r ⎞
3=⎜ 2⎟
⎝ r1 ⎠
r2 = 3 3r1

Thus, the radius increased by 3


3 times or 31/3

26. ECE Board November 2001


If the lateral area of a right circular cylinder is 88 and its volume is 220,
find its radius.

A. 4
B. 3
$ C. 5
D. 2

Solution:

A = 2πrh → X
r
V = πr 2h → Y

Divide equation o by n :
h
V πr 2h
=
A 2πrh
220 r
=
88 2
r =5
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 545

27. ECE Board November 2001


Find the increase in volume of a spherical balloon when its radius is
increased from 2 to 3 inches.

A. 74.12 cu.in.
B. 74.59 cu.in.
C. 75.99 cu.in.
$ D. 79.59 cu.in.

Solution:

Let:
ΔV = increase in volume

ΔV = V2 − V1 r2
r1
4 4
ΔV = πr23 − πr13
3 3
4π 3
ΔV =
3
(
3 − 23 )
ΔV = 79.59 in3

28. ECE Board November 2001


A pyramid whose altitude of 5 ft weight 800 Ibs. At what distance from its
vertex must it be cut by a plane parallel to its base so that the that two
solids of equal weight will be formed?

A. 2.52 ft
B. 2.96 ft
$ C. 3.97 ft
D. 4.96 ft

Solution:
3
V2 ⎛ h ⎞ h
=
V1 ⎜⎝ 5 ⎟⎠ 5
0.5V1 h3
= 3
V1 5
h3 = 62.5
h = 3.97 ft.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 546
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
29. ECE Board November 2001
The circumference of a great circle of a sphere is 18 π . Find the volume
of a sphere.

A. 3023.6
B. 3043.6
C. 3033.6
$ D. 3053.6

Solution:

C = 2πr
18π = 2πr
r=9
Solving for volume:
4
V = πr 3
3
4
V = π (9)
3

3
V = 3,053.63

30. ECE Board November 2002


A right triangle is inscribed in a circle such that one side of the triangle is
the diameter of a circle. If one of the acute angles of the triangle
measures 60 degrees and the side opposite that angle has length 15,
what is the area of the circle?

A. 175.15
B. 223.73
$ C. 235.62
D. 228.61

Solution:

Solving for the diameter, D:


15
sin 60 =
D
15 60° D
D= = 17.32
sin60°
Thus, the area of the circle is:
πD2 15
A=
4
π (17.32 )
2

A=
4
A = 235.6
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 547

31. ECE Board November 2002


What is the ratio of the area of a square inscribed in a circle to the area of
the square circumscribing the circle?

A. 1/3
B. 2/5
C. 2/3
$ D. 1/2

Solution:

Let:
r = radius of the circle
A is = area of inscribed square
A cs = area of circumscribed square

Area of inscribed square:


1 360
A i = nr 2 sin r
2 n
r
1 360
A i = ( 4 ) r 2 sin
2 4
A i = 2r 2

Area of circumscribed square:


180
A c = nr 2 tan
n
A c = 4r 2 tan 45
A c = 4r 2

Solving for the ratio:

A i 2r 2
=
A c 4r 2
Ai 1
=
Ac 2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 548
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
32. ECE Board November 2003
If the radius of Quezon Memorial Circle is decreased by 28%, then its
area is decreased by ______.

A. 46.81%
B. 41.86%
C. 41.68%
$ D. 48.16%

Solution:

Let:
A1 = original area
A 2 = new area

For similar circles:

2
A 2 ⎛ r2 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
A1 ⎝ r1 ⎠
2
A 2 ⎛ 0.72r1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
A1 ⎝ r1 ⎠
A 2 = 0.5184A1

Thus, the percentage decrease in area is:


A1 − 0.5184A1
ΔA = × 100%
A1
ΔA = 48.16%

33. ECE Board November 2003 / November 1999


The volume of the two spheres is in the ratio 27:343 and the sum of their
radii is 10. Find the radius of the smaller sphere.

A. 5
B. 4
$ C. 3
D. 6

Solution:

Let:
r1 = radius of the smaller sphere
r2 = radius of the larger sphere
r1 + r2 = 10 → X
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 549

From:
3
V1 ⎛ r1 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟
V2 ⎝ r2 ⎠
r1 V1 27 r1
= 3 = 3
r2 V2 343
r1 3
=
r2 7
7r1
r2 =
3
From equation n : r2
7r
r1 + 1 = 10
3
3r1 + 7r1 = 30
r1 = 3

34. ECE Board April 2003


What is the apothem of a regular polygon having an area of 225 and a
perimeter of 60?

A. 6.5
B. 8.5
C. 5.5
$ D. 7.5

Solution:

From:
1
A= ( perimeter )( apothem ) → for any regular polygon
2

Substitute:

1
225 = ( 60 )( apothem )
2
apothem = 7.5
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 550
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry

35. ECE Board April 2003


The area of one of the faces of an icosahedron is 5 sq. m. What is the
total surface area of the said solid?

A. 89.3 sq. m
$ B. 100 sq. m
C. 97.3 sq. m
D. 78.2 sq. m

Solution:
An icosahedron is a regular polyhedron with 20 equal faces, each of
which is an equilateral triangle.

Thus, solving for the total surface area:


A T = 20 ( 5 )
A T = 100 m2

36. ECE Board November 2003


A cube of ice is 64 cu ft. The ice melts until it becomes a cube, which is
one-half of its original volume. What is the length of the edges of the new
cube?

A. 7.31 ft
$ B. 3.17 ft
C 1.73 ft
D. 3.71 ft

Solution:

Let:
V1 = original volume
V2 = new volume
x = edge of the new cube

From:
1
V2 = V1
2
x
1
x 3 = ( 64 )
2
x = 3.17 ft. x
x
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 551

37. ECE Board April 2004 / April 1998


The sides of a triangle are 8, 15 and 17 units. If each side is doubled, by
how many square units will the area of the triangle increase?

A. 120
$ B. 180
C. 320
D. 240

Solution:

Let:
A1 = original area
A 2 = new area

By inspection, the given triangle is a right triangle with legs equal to 8


and 15 respectively.

Solving for the increase in area:

ΔA = A 2 − A1
1 1 30
ΔA = ( 30 )(16 ) − (15 )( 8 )
2 2
= 240 − 60 15
= 180

8 16
Alternate Solution: (Using Hero’s Formula)
Solving for the original semi-perimeter, s1 :
8 + 15 + 17
s1 = = 20
2
Solving for the new semi-perimeter:
16 + 30 + 34
s2 = = 40
2
The increase in area is the difference between the new area and the
original area:
ΔA = A 2 − A1
= ( 40 )( 24 )(10 )( 6 ) − ( 20 )(12 )( 5 )( 3 )
= 240 − 60
= 180
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 552
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
38. ECE Board April 2004
By how many percent will the volume of a cube increase if its edge is
increased by 20%?

$ A. 72.80
B. 17.28
C. 80.00
D. 1.728

Solution:
Let:
x1 = side/edge of the original cube
x 2 = side/edge of the new cube

For similar cube:

3
V2 ⎛ x 2 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟ x1 x2
V1 ⎝ x1 ⎠
3
V2 ⎛ 1.20x1 ⎞ x1 x2
=⎜ ⎟ x1
V1 ⎝ x1 ⎠ x2
V2 = 1.728V1

Solving for the percentage increase:


1.728V1 − V1
%increase = × 100%
V1
= 72.8%

39. ECE Board April 2004


What is the area of a rhombus whose diagonals are 12 and 24 cm,
respectively?

A. 122 cm2
B. 96 cm2
C. 27 cm2
$ D. 144 cm2

Solution:
1
A RHOMBUS = d1d2
2
24
1 12
= (12 )( 24 )
2
= 144 cm2
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 553

40. ECE Board April 2004


A wire with a length of 52 inches is cut into two unequal lengths. Each
part is bent to form a square. If the sum of the area for the two squares
is 97 square inch, what is the area of the smaller square?

A. 75
B. 25
$ C. 16
D. 81

Solution:

Let: x 52 − x

Condition:
A s + A b = 97
As Ab
Substitute:
⎛ x ⎞ ⎛ ( 52 − x ) ⎞
2 2 x/4
( 52 − x ) / 4
⎜ 4 ⎟ + ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = 97
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠
x 2 2704 − 104x + x 2
+ = 97
16 16
x 2 + 2704 − 104x + x 2 = 1552
2x 2 − 104x + 1152 = 0
x 2 − 52x + 576 = 0

By Factoring:

( x − 16 )( x − 36 ) = 0
x = 16 → perimeter of the small square
x = 36 → perimeter of the big square

Thus, solving for the area of the small square:

2
⎛ 16 ⎞
A s = ⎜ ⎟ = 16 sq. units
⎝ 4 ⎠
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 554
ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Geometry
41. ECE Board November 2004 / March 1996
A circle of radius 6 has half its area removed by cutting off a border of
uniform width. Find the width of the border.

A. 2.20
$ B. 1.76
C. 2.75
D. 1.86

Solution:
Let:
x = width of the border
r1 = radius of the original circle
r2 = radius of the inner circle
r2
1
π ( r1 ) = π ( r2 )
2 2

2 r1
1
(6)
2
r12 =
2
r1 = 4.24
Thus, the width of the border is:
x = r1 − r2
= 6 − 4.24
= 1.76

42. ECE Board November 2005


If the sides of a triangle are 3, 4, 5 m, the area of the inscribed circle is:

$ A. Pi square m
B. 2Pi square m
C. 3/4 Pi square m
D. 3 Pi/2 square m

Solution:

From:
AT = r s
r 5
A
r = T →X 3
s
Where:
3+4+5
s= =6 4
2
AT = ( 6 )( 6 − 3 )( 6 − 4 )( 6 − 5 ) = 6
ECE Board Problems - Plane & Solid Geometry 555

From n, solving for the radius of the inscribed circle, r:


6
r=
6
= 1 meter
Thus, the area of the circle is:
A circle = π (1)
2

= π m2

43. ECE Board November 2005


What is the volume of a hexagonal prism 15 cm high and with one of its
sides equal 6 cm? (Ans: cm cube)

A. 955
$ B. 1403
C. 810
D. 1205

Solution:

V = Bh
⎛1 180 ⎞
V = ⎜ nx 2 cot h 15 cm
⎝ 4 n ⎟⎠

Where:
B = area of the base
n = number of sides 6 cm
x = length of the side of the base
h = height of the prism

Thus,

⎡1 180 ⎤
V = ⎢ ( 6 )( 6 ) cot
2
15
⎣4 6 ⎥⎦
V = 1403 cm3
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 558

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

1. ECE Board November 1995


The semi-major axis of an ellipse is 4 and its semi-minor axis is 3. The
distance from the center to the directrix is

$ A. 6.047
B. 6.532
C. 0.6614
D. 6.222

Solution:
Given:
a=4 ; b=3

Solving for c:
c = a 2 − b 2 = 4 2 − 32
c= 7

Formula to solve for d:


a
d= but; e = c / a
e
So,
a a2
d= =
ca c
( 4)
2

d= = 6.047
7

2. ECE Board April 1995 / (March 1996 & April 199)


Find the equation of the directrix of the parabola y 2 = 16x.

$ A. x = −4
B. x = −8
C. x =4
D. x =8

Solution:
y 2 = 16x
4a = 16
a=4
Since, the vertex of the parabola is at (0,0)with its opening to the right,
the equation of directrix is:
x = −4
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 559

3. ECE Board November 1997


The midpoint of the line segment between P1(x, y) and P2 ( −2, 4) is
Pm (2, −1) . Find the coordinates of P1 .

$ A. (6, −6)
B. (6, −5)
C. (5, −6)
D. ( −6,6)

Solution:
From midpoint formula:
1
x m = ( x1 + x 2 )
2
1
y m = ( y1 + y 2 )
2
Solving for x - coordinate of P1:
1
2 = ⎡⎣ x + ( −2 ) ⎤⎦
2
x=6
Solving for y - coordinate of P1:
1
−1 = ( y + 4 )
2
y = −6
Thus, the coordinate of P1 is: P1(6, −6)

4. ECE Board November 1997


( ) ( )
Given an ellipse x 2 / 36 + y 2 / 32 = 1. Determine the distance between
the foci.

A. 8
$ B. 4
C. 2
D. 3

Solution:

From the given equation:


a = 36 = 6
b = 32
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 560

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Distance from center to one focus is c.


c = a2 − b2

( )
2
c = 62 − 32 =2
Thus, the distance between foci is:
c + c = 2c
2c = 2 ( 2 )
2c = 4

5. ECE Board November 1997


Find the coordinates of the point P(2, 4) with respect to the translated
axis with origin at (1, 3)

A. (1, -1)
B. (-1, -1)
$ C. (1, 1)
D. (-1, 1)

Solution:

x = x '+ h y = y '+ k
x' = x −h y' = y −k
x ' = 2 −1 y' = 4 −3
x' = 1 y' = 1

6. ECE Board April 1998

The segment from (-1, 4 ) to (2, -2) is extended three times its own
length. The terminal point is
y
A. (11, -24)
B. (-11, -20) ( −1,4 )
C. (11, -18)
$ D. (11, -20)
1 x
Solution: ( 2, −2)
From:
x = x1 + k ( x 2 − x1 ) and y = y1 + k ( y 2 − y1 ) 3
Where: ( x,y )
PP 4 x = −1 + 4 ( 2 + 1) = 11
k= 1 =
PP
1 2 1 y = 4 + 4 ( −2 − 4 ) = −20
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 561

7. ECE Board April 1998


Determine B such that 3x + 2y -7 = 0 is perpendicular to 2x – By + 2 = 0

A. 5
B. 4
$ C. 3
D. 2

Solution:
Given:
3x + 2y − 7 = 0 → X
2x − By + 2 = 0 → Y
Two lines are perpendicular if the product of their slopes is negative one
(-1):
m1 ⋅ m2 = −1

Slope of line n :
a 3
m1 = − =−
b 2
a 2 2
m2 = − = − =
b −B B
Solving for B:
m1 ⋅ m2 = −1
⎛ 3 ⎞⎛ 2 ⎞
⎜ − ⎟⎜ ⎟ = −1
⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ B ⎠
B=3

8. ECE Board April 1998


Find the value of k for which the equation x 2 + y 2 + 4x − 2y − k = 0
represents a point circle.

A. 5
B. 6
C. -6
$ D. -5

Solution:
If the given equation will represent a point circle, then its radius is zero.

Solving for the radius by completing the square:


x 2 + y 2 + 4x − 2y − k = 0
x 2 + 4x + y 2 − 2y = k
(x 2
) ( )
+ 4x + 4 + y 2 − 2y + 1 = k + 4 + 1

( x + 2) + ( y − 2) = k + 5
2 2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 562

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

By inspection:
r2 = k + 5
0=k+5
k = −5

Alternate Solution: (Shortcut Method)


Solve the coordinates of the center from the formula:
d 4
h= = = −2
−2 −2
e −2
k= = =1
−2 −2
Solve r using the formula;
r 2 = h2 + k 2 − f
r 2 = ( −2 ) + (1) − ( −k ) = 0
2 2

k = −5

9 ECE Board April 1998


The diameter of a circle described by 9x2 + 9y2 = 16 is

A. 4/3
B. 16/9
$ C. 8/3
D. 4

Solution:

Divide both sides of the equation by 9:


16
x2 + y2 =
9
By inspection:
16
r2 =
9
4
r=
3
Thus, the diameter is:
⎛4⎞ 8
D = 2r = 2 ⎜ ⎟ =
⎝3⎠ 3
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 563

10. ECE Board April 1998


Find the equation of the axis of symmetry of the function y = 2x 2 − 7x + 5

A. 7x + 4 = 0
B. 4x + 7 = 0
$ C. 4x − 7 = 0
D. 4x − 2 = 0
.
Solution:
From standard equation of parabola:
y = ±ax 2 + bx + c
The axis of symmetry is the line passing through the x -coordinate of the
vertex.
Solving for the x -coordinate of the vertex:
b
x=− → formula
2a
−7
x=−
2 ( 2)
7
x= → equation of the axis of symmetry
4
Or,
4x − 7 = 0

11. ECE Board April 1998


Point P(x,y) moves with a distance from point (0,1) one-half of its
distance from line y=4. The equation of its locus is

A. 2x 2 − 4y 2 = 5
$ B. 4x 2 + 3y 2 = 12
C. 2x 2 + 5y3 = 3
D. x 2 + 2y 2 = 4

Solution:
1
Condition: d1 = d2 → equation X y=4
2
Where:
P ( x,y )
( x − 0) + ( y − 1)
2 2
d1 = (0,1)

y−4
d2 = = − ( y − 4)
− 1
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 564

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

From equation n :
1
( x − 0) + ( y − 1) = −
( y − 4)
2 2

2
Squaring both sides of the equation:
2

( y − 4 ) ⎞⎟
1
( x − 0) + ( y − 1) =
2 2
⎜ 2
⎝ ⎠
1
x 2 + ( y − 1) = ( y − 4)
2 2

4
1 2
x + y − 2y + 1 =
2 2

4
y − 8y + 16( )
4x 2 + 4y 2 − 8y + 4 = y 2 − 8y + 16
4x 2 + 3y 2 = 12

12. ECE Board April 1998


The major axis of the elliptical path in which the earth moves around the
sun is approximately 186,000,000 miles and the eccentricity of the ellipse
is 1/60. Determine the apogee of the earth.

A. 93,000,000 miles
B. 91,450,000 miles
C. 94,335,100 miles
$ D. 94,550,000 miles

Solution:
2a = 186,000,000
Sun
186,000,000 a c
a= = 93,000,000 Earth
C
2 F
1
c = ae = ( 93,000,000 )
60
c = 1,550,000
a + c = 93,000,000 + 1,550,000
= 94,550,000 miles

13. ECE Board November 1998


A line passes through point (2,2). Find the equation of the line if the
length of the line segment intercepted by the coordinate axes is the
square root of 5.

A. 2x + y – 2 = 0
$ B. 2x – y – 2 = 0
C. 2x – y + 2 = 0
D. 2x + y + 2 = 0
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 565

Solution:
By inspection, the values of “a” and “b” to intercept a distance of 5 with
the axes must be:
a =1 & b = −2

Solving for the slope of the line: ( 2,2 )


b−0 a
m=
0−a b
−2 5
m= =2
−1
Using point-slope form:
y − 2 = 2(x − 2)
y − 2 = 2x − 4
2x − y − 2 = 0

14. ECE Board November 1998


Find the area of the triangle which the line 2x – 3y + 6 = 0 form with the
coordinates axes.

$ A. 3
B. 4
C. 5
D. 2

Solution:

Solving for the x and y intercepts:


x = 0 ; y = 2 → y − int ercept
When
y = 0 ; x = −3 → x − itercept
( 0,2 )
Thus, the area of the triangle is:
1 ( −3,0 )
A T = bh
2
1
A T = ( 3 )( 2 )
2
A T = 3 square units
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 566

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

15. ECE Board November 1998


Determine the coordinates of the point which is three –fifths of the way
from the point (2,-5) to the point (-3,5).

$ A. (-1,1)
B. (-2,-1)
C. (-1,-2)
D. (1,-1)

Solution:
From:
x = x1 + k ( x 2 − x1 )
y = y1 + k ( y 2 − y1 )
Where:
P2 ( −3,5 )
PP 3
k= 1
=
PP1 2 5 P ( x,y )
Solving for x and y:
3
x = 2 + ( −3 − 2 ) = −1 P1 ( 2, −5 )
5
3
y = −5 + ( 5 + 5 ) = 1
5
Thus, the point is:
P ( x, y ) = ( −1,1)

16. ECE Board April 1999


If the points (-2,3), (x,y) and (-3,5) lie on a straight line, then the equation
of the line is ______ .

A. x – 2y --1 = 0
B. 2x + y – 1 = 0
C. x + 2y – 1 = 0
$ D. 2x + y + 1 = 0

Solution:

Using two-point form equation of the line:

5−3
( y − 3) = ( x + 2)
−3 + 2
y − 3 = −2 ( x + 2 )
y − 3 = −2x − 4
2x + y + 1 = 0
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 567

17. ECE Board November1999


A points move so that its distance from the point (2,-1) is equal to its
distance from the x-axis. The equation of the locus is

$ A. x 2 − 4x + 2y + 5 = 0
B. x 2 − 4x − 2y + 5 = 0
C. x 2 + 4x + 2y + 5 = 0
D. x 2 + 4x − 2y − 5 = 0

Solution:
Given: y
P1 ( 2, −1) and the x − axis
Let:
d1 = distance to point P1
d2 = distance to the x-axis x
P ( x, y )
P1 ( 2, −1)
Condition: d1 = d2

( x − 2 ) + ( y + 1) = − y
2 2

( x − 2) + ( y + 1) = y 2
2 2

x 2 − 4x + 4 + y 2 + 2y + 1 = y 2
x 2 − 4x + 2y + 5 = 0

18. ECE Board November1999


The point of intersection of the planes x + 5y – 2z = 9, 3x – 2y + z = 3
and x y + z = 2 is at

A. (1,2,1)
$ B. (2,1,-1)
C. (1,-1,2)
D. (-1,-1,2)

Solution:

Given:
x + 5y − 2z = 9 → X
3x − 2y + z = 3 → Y
x+y+z =2→ Z
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 568

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Between n & o, solve the two equations simultaneously and eliminating


z, we get:
7x + y = 15 → [

Between o & p, solve the two equations simultaneously and eliminating


z, we get:
2x − 3y = 1 → \

From q:
y = 15 − 7x

Substitute the value of y to equation 5:


2x − 3 (15 − 7x ) = 1
2x − 45 + 21x = 1
x=2 y = 15 − 7(2) = 1 z = −1

19. ECE Board November1999 / April 2005


Given the points (3,7) and (-4,-7). Solve for the distance between them

$ A. 15.65
B. 17.65
C. 16.65
D. 14.65

Solution:

Given:
P1 ( 3,7 )
P2 ( −4, −7 )
From distance formula:
( −4 − 3 ) + ( −7 − 7 )
2 2
d=
d = 49 + 196
d = 15.65
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 569

20. ECE Board November 1999


Find the distance of directrix from the center of an ellipse if its major axis
is 10 and its minor axis is 8.

A. 8.5
B. 8.1
$ C. 8.3
D. 8.7

Solution:

Given:
2a = 10 → major axis
a=5 → semi − major axis
2b = 8 → min or axis
b=4 → semi − min or axis

Solving for the eccentricity, e:


c a2 − b 2 52 − 42
e= = =
a a 5
e = 0.6
Thus, solving for the distance from center to directrix, d:
a
d=
e
5
d=
0.6
d = 8.33

21. ECE Board April 2000

Find the coordinates of the vertex of the parabola y=x2- 4x + 1 by making


use of the fact that at the vertex, the slope of the tangent is zero.

$ A. (2, -3)
B. (-2,-3)
C. (-1,-3)
D. (3,-2)

Solution:

Given:
y = x 2 − 4x + 1 → equation of parabola
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 570

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Using completing the square:


x 2 − 4x = y − 1
x 2 − 4x + 4 = y + 3
( x − 2)
2
= y+3
Thus, the vertex is at:
V ( 2, −3 )

22. ECE Board April 2000


Find the area of the hexagon ABCDEF formed by joining the points
A(1,4), B(0,-3), C(2,3), D(-1,2), E(-2,-1) and F(3,0).

A. 24
$ B. 20
C. 22
D. 15

Solution:
Plot the given points and substitute to the formula with the points taken in
counterclockwise direction:
(1,4)
3 0
(2,3)
2 3 ( −1,2)
1 4 (3,0)
1
A= −1 2 ( −2,1)
2
−2 −1
(0, −3)
0 −3
3 0

1 ⎡( 9 + 8 + 2 + 1 + 6 + 0 ) − ⎤
A= ⎢ ⎥
2 ⎢⎣( −9 + 0 − 4 − 4 + 3 + 0 ) ⎥⎦
1
A = ( 26 + 14 )
2
A = 20 square units

23. ECE Board April 2000


The parabolic antenna has an equation y 2 + 8x = 0 . Determine the length
of the latus rectum.

$ A. 8
B. 10
C. 12
D. 9
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 571

Solution:
Given:
y 2 + 8x = 0 → equation of parabola

Reducing the equation to standard form:


y 2 = −8x → y 2 = −4ax
Thus, the length of the latus rectum, LR = 4a is:
LR = 8

24. ECE Board November 2000


A line 4x + 2y – 2 = 0 is coincident with the line

A. 4x + 4y – 2 = 0
B. 4x + 3y + 3 + 0
C. 8x + 4y – 2 = 0
D. 8x + 4y – 4 = 0

Solution:
Simplify the given line:
4x + 2y − 2 = 0 → X
2x + y − 1 = 0 → X divided by 2
From the given choices, say choice D:
8x + 4y − 4
2x + y − 1 = 0 → coincident line

25. ECE Board April 2001


Find the equation of the parabola whose axis is parallel to the x-axis and
passes through the points (3,1), (0,0) and (8,-4).

A. x 2 − 2x − y = 0
B. x 2 + 2x + y = 0
C. y 2 + 2y + x = 0
$ D. y 2 + 2y − x = 0

Solution:
For a parabola with axis parallel to the x-axis (horizontal):
y 2 + dx + ey + f = 0 → general equation
@ point (3,1):
(1)
2
+ 3d + e + f = 0
3d + e + f = −1 → X
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 572

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

@ point (0,0):
0 + 3 (0) + e (0) + f = 0
f =0
@ point (8,-4):
( −4 )
2
+ 8d − 4e + f = 0
8d − 4e + f = −16 → Y
Solving simultaneously equations n & o : (with f = 0 )
12d + 4e = −4 → X × 4
8d − 4e = −16
20d = −20
d = −1
e = −3d − 1
= −3( −1) − 1
=2
Thus, the equation of the parabola is:
y 2 + 2y − x = 0

26. ECE Board April 2001 / November 2002


The directrix of a parabola is the line y = 5 and its focus is at the point
(4,-3). What is the length of latus rectum?

A. 18
B. 14
$ C. 16
D. 12

Solution:

By inspection:
2a = 8
a=4 y=5
Thus, the length of the latus rectum is: 2a
LR = 4a
= 4 ( 4) F ( 4, −3 )
= 16
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 573

27. ECE Board November 2001


A point P (x, 2) is equidistant from the points (-2, 9) and (4, -7). The
value of x is

$ A. 11/3
B. 20/3
C. 19/3
D. 6

Solution:
Using distance formula:
d1 = d2

⎡⎣ x − ( −2 ) ⎤⎦ + ( 2 − 9 ) = ( x − 4) + ⎡⎣2 − ( −7 ) ⎤⎦
2 2 2 2

Square both sides and simplify:


( x + 2) + 49 = ( x − 4 ) + 81
2 2

x 2 + 4x + 53 = x 2 − 8x + 97
12x = 44
11
x=
3

28. ECE Board November 2001


Find the angle between the planes 3x − y + z − 5 = 0 and
x + 2y + 2z + 2 = 0 .

A. 62.45o
B. 52.45o
C. 82.45o
$ D. 72.45o

Solution:
Let:
θ = angle between the two planes

The angle formed between two planes is the angle formed between their
normals:

P1 : A1x + B1y + C1z + D1 = 0


P2 : A 2 x + B2 y + C2 z + D2 = 0
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 574

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

A1A 2 + B1B2 + C1C2


cos θ =
(A12 + B12 + C12 ) ⋅ (A 22 + B22 + C22 )
By inspection from the given equations:
3x − y + z − 5 = 0
A1 = 3; B1 = −1; C1 = 1; D1 = −5
x + 2y + 2z + 2 = 0
A 2 = 1; B2 = 2; C2 = 2; D2 = 2
Thus, solving for the angle, θ:
(3)(1) + ( −1)(2) + (1)(2)
cos θ =
( 3 ) + ( −1) + (1) (1) + ( 2 ) + ( 2)
2 2 2 2 2 2

cos θ = 0.3015
θ = 72.45°

29. ECE Board November 2001


Find the equation of a line where x – intercept is 2 and y-intercept is – 2.

A. 2x + 2y + 2 = 0
$ B. x−y−2 = 0
C. 2y − 2x + 2 = 0
D. x − y −1 = 0

Solution:
Given:
a = 2 → (x -intercept)
b = −2 → (y - intercept)

Using intercept - form equation of the line:


x y
+ =1
a b
x y
+ =1
2 −2
x−y =2
x−y−2 = 0

30. ECE Board April 2002


Find the value of k if the distance from the point (2,1) to the line
5x + 12y + k = 0 is 2.
A. 5
B. 2
$ C. 4
D. 3
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 575

Solution:
Ax1 + By1 + C
d=
± A 2 + B2
5x1 + 12y1 + k
2=
52 + 122
5 ( 2 ) + 12 (1) + k
2=
169
k=4

31. ECE Board April 2002


Determine the farthest distance from the point ( 3,7 ) to the
circle x + y + 4x − 6y − 12 = 0 .
2 2

A. 6.40
B. 1.40
$ C. 11.40
D. 4.60

Solution:
Reduce the equation to standard form:
x 2 + 4x + y 2 − 6y = 12
x 2 + 4x + 4 + y 2 − 6y + 9 = 12 + 4 + 9
( x + 2) + ( y − 3 ) = 25
2 2

Center : ( −2,3 ) ; r = 5
The distance from the given point to the center of the circle is:
( 3 + 2) + (7 − 3)
2 2
d=
d = 6.40
Farthest distance = 6.40 + r
= 6.40 + 5
= 11.40 units

32. ECE Board November 2002


Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line joining (4, 0)
and (+6, +3).

$ A. 4x + 6y – 29 = 0
B. 4x + 6y + 29 = 0
C. 4x – 6y + 29 = 0
D. 4x – 6y – 29 = 0
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 576

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Solution:
Given:
P1 ( 4,0 )
P2 ( 6,3 )
Let: P ( x, y ) be any point on the line bisector y
Then, Perpendicular
bisector d2
d1 = d2 P2
P ( x,y )
( x − 4) + ( y − 0) = ( x − 6) + ( y − 3)
2 2 2 2
d1
x
P1

Square both sides and simplify:


x 2 − 8x + 16 + y 2 = x 2 − 12x + 36 + y 2 − 6y + 9
4x + 6y − 29 = 0

33. ECE Board April 2003


Given the two points (3, 7) and (-4, -7). What is the distance between
them?

A. 4.58
$ B. 15.65
C. 1
D. 2.45

Solution:

Using distance formula:


( −4 − 3 ) + ( −7 − 7 )
2 2
d=
d = 49 + 196
d = 15.65

34. ECE Board April 2003


Determine the vertex of the parabola y = -x^2 + 8x + 2.

A. (18, 4)
B. (- 4, - 18)
$ C. (4, 18)
D. (- 4, 18)
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 577

Solution:
Reduce the equation to standard form by completing the square:
y = − x 2 + 8x + 2
x 2 − 8x = − y + 2
x 2 − 8x + 16 = − y + 2 + 16
( x − 4) = − ( y − 18 ) → standard form
2

Thus, by inspection the vertex is at :


V ( 4,18 )

35. ECE Board April 2003


What is the equation of a circle with its center at the origin and if the
point (1, 1) lies on the circumference of the circle?

( x + 1) + ( y + 1) = 2
2 2
A.

( x + 1) + ( y + 1) = 4
2 2
B.
$ C. x2 + y2 = 2
D. x2 + y2 = 4

Solution:
The standard equation of a circle with center at the origin is:
x2 + y2 = r 2
Solving for the radius r: (using distance formula)
(1 − 0 ) + (1 − 0 )
2 2
r=
r= 2
Thus, the equation of the circle is:
( 2)
2
x2 + y2 =
x2 + y2 = 2

36. ECE Board April 2003


What is the distance of the line 4x – 3y + 5 = 0 from the point (4, 2)?

A. 5
B. 4
C. 2
$ D. 3
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 578

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

Solution:
Formula: (Distance from a point to a line)

Ax1 + By1 + C
d=
± A 2 + B2

Where, the ambiguous sign in the denominator follows the sign of B.


Thus, solving for the distance from the point (4,2) to the given line:
4 ( 4 ) − 3 ( 2) + 5 15
d= =
− 4 + ( −3 )
2 2
− 25

d = −3

Note: Negative sign implies that the point is below the line.

37. ECE Board April 2003


If the lines 4x – y + 2 = 0 and x + 2ky + 1 = 0 are perpendicular to each
other, determine the value of k.

A. 3
B. 4
C. 1
$ D. 2

Solution:

Let:
m1 = slope of line 1
m2 = slope of line 2

If the two given lines are perpendicular, then the product of their slope
must be equal to negative one (-1):

m1 ⋅ m2 = −1 Recall:
Given equation of the
line: ax + by + c = 0 .
⎛ −4 ⎞ ⎛ −1 ⎞ The slope is:
⎜ −1 ⎟ ⋅ ⎜ 2k ⎟ = −1
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ m = −a b
k=2
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 579

38. ECE Board April 2003


A triangle is drawn with vertices at (-1, -1), (1, 3) and (4, 1). What is the
median from vertex (4, 1)?

A. 10 units
$ B. 4 units
C. 5 units
D. 6 units

Solution:
From the figure, solve for (xm , y m ) :
(1,3 )
From midpoint formula:
1
x m = ⎡⎣1 + ( −1) ⎤⎦ = 0
2 hm
1 ( xm , ym ) ( 4,1)
y m = ⎡⎣3 + ( −1) ⎤⎦ = 1
2
From distance formula:
(0 − 4) + (1 − 1) ( −1, −1)
2 2
hm =
hm = 16
hm = 4 uni t s

39. ECE Board November 2003


What is the equation of the circle with center at the origin and a radius of
5?

A. x2 + y2 = 1
$ B. x 2 + y 2 = 25
C. x 2 + y 2 = 10
D. x2 + y2 = 5

Solution:
Standard equation of a circle with center at the origin:

x2 + y2 = r 2
With r = 5 , the equation is :
x2 + y2 = (5 )
2

x 2 + y 2 = 25
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 580

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

40. ECE Board November 2003


What is the equation of the line through (-3, 5) which makes an angle of
45 degrees with the line 2x + y = 12?

$ A. x +3y - 12 = 0
B. x + 3y + 18 = 0
C. x + 2y – 7 = 0
D. x – 3y – 18 = 0

Solution:

2x + y = 12
a
m1 = − = −2
b
m − m1
tan θ = 2
1 + m1m2 2x + y = 12
m2 − ( −2 )
tan 45 =
1 + ( −2 )( m1 ) ( −3,5 )
m2 + 2
1=
1 − 2m2
1
m2 = −
3
Using point - slope form:
1
y − 5 = − (x + 3)
3
x + 3y − 12 = 0

41. ECE Board November 2003


Determine the acute angle between the lines y – 3x = 2 and y – 4x = 9.

$ A. 4.39 deg
B. 3.75 deg
C. 5.35 deg
D. 2.53 deg

Solution:
Solving for the slope of line 1:
y − 3x = 2
y = 3x + 2
y = m1x + b
m1 = 3
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 581

Slope of line 2:
y − 4x = 9
y = 4x + 9
y = m2 x + b
m2 = 4
Thus, the angle between the two lines is:
m − m1
tan θ = 2
1 + m1m2
4−3 1
tan θ = =
1 + ( 3 )( 4 ) 13
θ = 4.39°

42. ECE Board November 2003


Determine the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the segment PQ
if P (-2, 3) and Q (4, -5).

A. 3y – 3x + 7 = 0
B. 4x – 3y + 7 = 0
C. 6x – 8y – 14 = 0
$ D. 3x – 4y – 7 = 0

Solution:

Let:
P ( x, y ) be any point on the perpendicular bisector
d1 = distance from point (x,y) to P ( −2, −3 )
d2 = distance from point (x,y) to Q ( 4, −5 )

If the point ( x, y ) is on the perpendicular bisector, then d1 must be equal


to d2 :

Equate : d1 = d2

( x + 2) + ( y − 3) = ( x − 4) + ( y + 5)
2 2 2 2

x 2 + 4x + 4 + y 2 − 6y + 9 = x 2 − 8x + 16 + y 2 + 10y + 25
3x − 4y − 7 = 0
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 582

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

43. ECE Board April 2004


Find the volume of the pyramid formed in the first octant by the plane
6x + 10y + 5z – 30 = 0 and the coordinate axes.

A. 13
B. 12
C. 14
$ D. 15

Solution:
1
A base = ( 3 )( 5 ) z
2
A base = 7.5 6x + 10y + 5z − 30 = 0
1
Vpyra mi d = ( A base )( altitude )
3
6
1
Vpyramid = ( 7.5 ) (6) 3 5
3
Vpyramid = 15 cu. units y x

Alternate Solution:
abc
V=
6

V=
( 3 )( 5 )( 6 )
6
V = 15 cu. units

44. ECE Board April 2004


A circle with its center in the first quadrant is tangent to both x and y
axes. If its radius is 4, what is the equation of the circle?

A. (x + 4)2 + (y + 4)2 = 16
B. (x - 8)2 + (y - 8)2 = 16
$ C. (x - 4)2 + (y - 4)2 = 16
D. (x + 4)2 - (y - 4)2 = 16

Solution:
The center of the circle is at:
C ( 4, 4 )
Radius: r = 4
The equation of the circle is:
( x − 4 ) + ( y − 4 ) = 42
2 2

( x − 4 ) + ( y − 4 ) = 16
2 2
ECE Board Problems - Analytic Geometry 583

45. ECE Board April 2004


A circle is described by the equation x2 + y2 – 16x = 0. What is the
length of the chord which is 4 units from the center of the circle?

A. 6.93 units
$ B. 13.86 units
C. 11.55 units
D. 9.85 units

Solution:
The center of the circle is at:
d −16
h= = =8
−2 −2 x x
e 0
k= = =0 8 4 8
−2 −2
Solving for the radius:
( 8,0 )
r = h2 + k 2 − f

(8) + (0) − 0
2 2
r=
r=8
Solving for x: (By Pythagorean Theorem)
x = 82 − 42
x = 6.93
Thus, the length of the chord is:
2x = 2 ( 6.93 )
= 13.86 uni t s

46. ECE Board April 2004


What is the equation of the line that passes through (-3, 5) and is parallel
to the line 4x – 2y + 2 = 0?

A. 4x – 2y + 22 = 0
B. 2x + y + 10 = 0
C. 4x + 2y - 11 = 0
$ D. 2x – y + 11 = 0

Solution:
4x − 2y + 2 = 0
a 4
m=− =− =2
b −2

Using two - point form:


y − 5 = 2 ( x + 3)
2x − y + 11 = 0
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 584

ECE BOARD problems Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry

47. ECE Board April 2004


What is the distance between line x + 2y + 8 = 0 and the point (5, -2)?
A. 4.20
B. 4.44
$ C. 4.02
D. 4.22

Solution:
d=
( 5 ) + 2 ( −2) + 8
12 + 22
9
d=
5
d = 4.02

48. ECE Board April 2005 / April 1999


Given two points (-4,-7) and (3,7). What is the distance between them?

$ A. 15.65
B. 4.58
C. 245
D. 1

Solution:

From distance formula:


( x 2 − x1 ) + ( y 2 − y1 )
2 2
d=

(3 + 4) + (7 + 7)
2 2
d=
d = 49 + 196
d = 15.65 units
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 586
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

1. ECE Board November 1997 / November 1999


d2 y
If y = x ln x, find .
dx 2.
A. -1/x
B. -1/x2
2
C. 1/x
$ D. 1/x

Solution:
Given:
y = x ln x
Taking the first derivative:
dy ⎛ 1⎞
= x ⎜ ⎟ + ln x (1)
dx ⎝x⎠
y ' = 1 + ln x
For second derivative:
1
y" = 0 +
x
1
y" =
x

2. ECE Board April 1998


A statue 3m high is standing on a base of 4m high. If an observer’s eye is
1.5m above the ground, how far should he stand from the base in order
that the angle subtended by the statue is a maximum?

A. 3.41 m
B. 3.51 m
$ C. 3.71 m
D. 4.41 m

Solution:

" Note:
The best view occurs when the angle of vision from the top to the
bottom of the monument is maximized.
3
Solving for x: (Shortcut method) 5.5
2.5
x= ( 2.5 )( 5.5 )
x = 3.71 m
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 587

3. ECE Board April 1998


A balloon is a rising vertically over a point A on the ground at the rate of
15 ft/sec. A point B on the ground is level with and 30 feet from A. When
the balloon is 40 feet from A, at what rate is its distance from B
changing?

A. 13 ft/s
B. 15 ft/s
$ C. 12 ft/s
D. 10 ft/s

Solution:
By Pythagorean Theorem:
s = x2 + y2

( 30 )
2
s= + y2
Differentiating with respect to time:
ds y dy
=
dt 900 + y 2 dt

When:
dy
y = 40 ; = 15
dt
Substitute:
ds 40
= (15 )
dt 900 + ( 40 )
2

ds
= 12 ft. / s
dt

4. ECE Board April 1999


Find the equation of the normal to x2 + y2 = 1 at the point (2,1).

A. y = 2x
$ B. x = 2y
C. 2x + 3y = 3
D. x + y = 1

Solution:

" Note:
The slope of the curve at any point (x,y) on the curve is equal to the first
derivative of the curve at that point.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 588
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

Solving for the slope of the curve at point (2,1):


x2 + y2 = 1
2x + 2yy ' = 0
x 2
y ' = − = − = −2
y 1
m = −2 → slope
Solving for the slope of the normal line, mN:
1 1
mN = − = −
m −2
1
mN = → slope of the normal line at (2,1)
2
Using point - slope form:
1
y − 1 = ( x − 2)
2
2y − 2 = x − 2
x = 2y → equation of the normal line

5. ECE Board April 1999


The depth of water in a cylindrical tank 4m in diameter is increasing at
the rate of 0.7 m/min. Find the rate at which the water flowing into the
tank.

A. 2.5
B. 1.5
C. 6.4
$ D. 8.8

Solution:

V = πr 2h
dV dh
= πr 2
dt dt
dV
= π ( 2 ) ( 0.7 )
2

dt h
dV
= 8.8 m3 / min.
dt 2
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 589

6. ECE Board November 1999


Two posts, one 8 m and the other 12 m high are 15 cm apart. If the posts
are supported by a cable running from the top of the first posts to a stake
on the ground and then back to the top of second post, find the distance
to the lower post to the stake to use minimum amount of wire?

$ A. 6m
B. 8m
C. 9m
D. 4m

Solution:

For minimum length of the cable:


α=β
By ratio and proportion: 12
8
8 12
=
x 15 − x x 15 − x
x=6m
15

7. ECE Board April 2000


Find the approximate increase by the use of differentials, in the volume of
the sphere if the radius increases from 2 to 2.05 in one second.

A. 2.12
$ B. 2.51
C. 2. 86
D. 2.25

Solution:
Using differentials:
4
V = πr 3 → equation for volume
3
dV = 4πr 2dr
dV = 4π ( 2 ) ( 2.05 − 2 )
2

dV = 2.51 cu. units


MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 590
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

8. ECE Board April 2000 / April 1999


What is the area of the largest rectangle that can be inscribed in a semi-
circle of radius 10?

A. 2 50
$ B. 100
C. 1000
D. 50

Solution:

A = 2xy → equation1
x 2 + y 2 = 100
y = 100 − x 2
Substitute the value of y to n and differentiate:
A = 2x 100 − x 2
dA −2x 2
= + 2 100 − x 2 = 0
dx 100 − x 2
(
2x 2 = 2 100 − x 2 ) (x,y)
10
2x 2 = 100 y
x=5 2
x x
Solving for y:

( )
2
y = 100 − 5 2

y=5 2
Thus, solving for the area:
⎛ 5 ⎞⎛ 5 ⎞
A = ( 2) ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ 2 ⎠
A = 100

Alternate Solution: (Shortcut Method)


For a rectangle inscribed in a semicircle of radius r, the maxim area is:
A = r2
Thus, with r = 10
A max = (10 )
2

= 100 sq. units


ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 591

9. ECE Board April 2000


If In(In y) + In y = In x, find y!.

A. x/(x + y)
B. x/(x – y)
$ C. y/(x + y)
D. y/(x – y)

Solution:

ln ( ln y ) + ln y = ln x
Applying properties of logarithm:
ln ⎡⎣( ln y ) y ⎤⎦ = ln x
RECALL:
ln y(y) = x " lnM + lnN = ln (MN)
x
ln y =
y
By implicit differentiation:
y ' y − xy '
=
y y2
yy ' = y − xy '
y
y' =
x+y

10. ECE Board April 2000


The volume of the sphere is increasing at the rate of 6 cm3/hr. At what
rate is its surface area increasing (in cm2/hr) when the radius is 50 cm?

A. 0.50
B. 0.30
C. 0.40
$ D. 0.24

Solution to

From volume equation:


4
V = πr 3 dV
3 = 6 cm3 / hr
dV dr dt
= 4πr 2
dt dt
dr 6
=
dt 4πr 2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 592
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

Area of the sphere is:


A = 4πr 2

Solving for the rate of change in area :


dA dr
= 8πr
dt dt
dA ⎛ 6 ⎞
= 8πr ⎜ 2 ⎟
dt ⎝ 4πr ⎠
dA 12
=
dt r
when r = 50 cm.
dA 12
=
dt 50
dA
= .24 cm2 / hr
dt

11. ECE Board April 2000 / November 2001


Water is running out a conical funnel at the rate of 1 cu. in per second. If
the radius of the base of the funnel is 4 in and the altitude is 8 in., find the
rate at which the water level is dropping when it is 2 in. from the top.

A. -3/2 pi in/s
B. 2/3 pi in/s
C. -4/9 pi in/s
$ D. -1/9 pi in/s

Solution:
Given:
dV
= −1 in3 / s
dt

Where: 4

“minus sign” implies decreasing rate r

1 2 8
V= πr h → X h
3
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 593

By ratio and proportion:


r 4
=
h 8
h
r= →Y
2

Substitute o to n, then differentiate with respect to time:


2
1 ⎛h⎞
V= π h
3 ⎜⎝ 2 ⎟⎠
1
V= πh3
12
dV 1 2 dh
= πh
dt 4 dt
When the water level is 2 inches from the top, we get h = 6
π 2 dh
−1 = ( 6 )
4 dt
dh 1
=− in / s
dt 9π

12. ECE Board November 2000


If y =2x + sin 2x, find x if y1 = 0.

$ A. π /2
B. π /4
C. 2 π /3
D. 3 π /2

Solution:

y = 2x + sin 2x
y ' = 2 + 2 cos 2x = 0
cos 2x = −1
2x = 180°
π
x = 90° or
2

13. ECE Board November 2000


The equation of the tangent to the curve y = x + 5/x at point P(1,3) is

A. 4x – y + 7 = 0
B. x + 4y – 7 = 0
$ C. 4x + y – 7 = 0
D. x – 4y + 7 = 0
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 594
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution:
Given:
5
y = x+
x
Let:
mc = slope of the curve
mt = slope of the tangent line

Solving for slope of the curve at (1,3)


5
mc = y ' = 1 − 2
x
5
mc = 1 − 2
1
mc = −4
At the point of tangency, the slope of the curve is equal to the slope of its
tangent line at that particular point, thus:
mc = mt = −4
Using point - slope form equation of the line:
y − y1 = mt ( x − x1 )
y − 3 = −4 ( x − 1)
4x + y − 7 = 0

14. ECE Board November 2000


If y = arctan ( ln x ) , find dx/dy at x = 1/e

A. e
$ B. e/2
C. e/3
D. e^2

Solution:

From:

d ( arctanu ) ⎛ 1 ⎞ du
=⎜ 2 ⎟
dx ⎝ 1 + u ⎠ dx

Where: u = ln x
⎡ 1 ⎤⎛ 1⎞
y' = ⎢ ⎥ ⎟
2 ⎜
⎣⎢1 + ( ln x ) ⎦⎥ ⎝ ⎠
x
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 595

1
When, x =
e
⎧ ⎫
⎪ ⎪
⎪ 1 ⎪⎛ 1 ⎞
y' = ⎨ 2 ⎬⎜ ⎟
⎪ ⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎤ ⎪ ⎝ 1/ e ⎠
1 +
⎪ ⎢ ⎜⎝ e ⎟⎠ ⎥ ⎪
ln
⎩ ⎣ ⎦ ⎭
e
y' =
1 + ( ln1 − ln e )
2

e
y' =
1 + ( 0 − 1)
2

e
y' =
2

15. ECE Board November 2000


Find the change in y = 2x – 3 if x changes from 3.3 to 3.5.

$ A. 0.4
B. 0.2
C. 0.5
D. 0.3

Solution:

Given:
y = 2x − 3
Using differentials:
dy = 2dx
dy = 2 ( 3.5 − 3.3 )
dy = 0.4

16. ECE Board April 2001


The radius of a sphere is r inches at time t seconds. Find the radius when
the rates of increase of the surface area and the radius are numerically
equal.

$ A. 1/ 8π in.
B. 1/ 4π in.
C. 2π in.
D. π2 in.
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 596
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution:

A = 4πr 2 → equation for area of a sphere

Differentiating with respect to time:


dA dr
= 8πr
dt dt

dA dr
With: = → given condition
dt dt
1 = 8πr
1
r=

17. ECE Board November 2001


The distance of a body travels is a function of time and is defined by: x(t)
= 18t + 9t2. What is the velocity at t = 3?

A. 36
B. 18
$ C. 72
D. 54

Solution:

Let:
dx
= x '(t) = velocity of the body at any time t
dt

Then, as given:
x(t) = 18t + 9t 2 → equation for distance

Taking the first derivative:


x '(t) = 18 + 18t

When, t = 3 :
x '(t) = 18 + 18(3)
x '(t) = 72
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 597

18. ECE Board November 2001


Find the height of a right circular cylinder of maximum volume, which can
be inscribe in a sphere of radius 10-cm.

A. 14.12 cm
B. 15.11 cm
C. 12.81 cm
$ D. 11.55 cm

Solution:
Recall:
For maximum volume of cylinder inscribed in a sphere of radius R:

6 2R
"r= R and "h=
3 3 r

Thus,
2 (10 ) R
h= h
3
h = 11.55

19. ECE Board November 2001


What is the second derivative of a function y = 5x 3 + 2x + 1 ?

A. 25x
$ B. 30x
C. 18
D. 30

Solution:

Taking the first derivative:

y = 5x 3 + 2x + 1
y ' = 15x 2 + 2 → first derivative

Taking the second derivative:


y " = 30x
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 598
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

20. ECE Board April 1999 / April 2002


Find the minimum distance from the point (4,2) to the parabola y2 = 8x.

A. 4 3
$ B. 2 2
C. 3
D. 2 3

Solution:
From distance formula:
s2 = ( x 2 − x1 ) + ( y 2 − y1 )
2 2

s2 = ( x − 4 ) + ( y − 2 ) → equation X
2 2

From the given equation of parabola: (x,y)


y 2 = 8x
(4,2)
y2
x=
8
Substitute the value of x to equation n: y = 8x
2
⎛ y2 ⎞
s2 = ⎜ − 4 ⎟ + ( y − 2 )
2

⎝ 8 ⎠
ds
Differentiate and equate to zero:
dy
ds ⎛ y2 ⎞ ⎛ 2y ⎞
2s = 2 ⎜ − 4 ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ + 2 ( y − 2)
dy ⎝ 8 ⎠⎝ 8 ⎠
y⎛y 2

0 = ⎜ − 4 ⎟ + ( y − 2)
4⎝ 8 ⎠
y3
0= −y+y−2
32
y 3 = 64
y=4
Solving for s:
2
⎛ 42 ⎞
s2 = ⎜ − 4 ⎟ + ( 4 − 2 )
2

⎝ 8 ⎠
s = 4+4
s = 8 or 2 2
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 599

21. ECE Board April 2002/ April 2005


The integral of 34x dx is equal to:

A. 44x / ln 3 + C
B. 34x / ln 27 + C
$ C. 34x / ln 81 + C
D. 44x / ln12 + C

Solution:

From:
au
∫ a du = ln a + C
u

(3 ) + C
4x

∫ 3 dx =
4x
4 ln 3
3 4x
= +C
ln 81

22. ECE November 2002 / November 2004


A statue 3.2 m high stands on a pedestal such that it foot is 0.4 m above
an observer’s eye level. How far from the statue must the observer stand
in order that the angle subtended by the statue will be maximum?

A. 1.1 m
B. 1.5 m
$ C. 1.2 m
D. 1.4 m

Solution:
Similar to ECE Board April 1998:
3.2
Using shortcut Method:

0.4
x = 0.4(3.6)
x = 1.2 m
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 600
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

23. ECE Board November 2002


A person in a rowboat is 3 km from a point P on a straight shore while his
destination is 5 km directly east of point P. If he is able to row 4 km per
hour and walk 5 km per hour, how far from his destination must he land
on the shore in order to reach his destination in the shortest possible?

$ A. 1 km
B. 2.5 km
C. 3 km
D. 2 km

Solution :
Let:
T = total time
T = trowing + t walking → X
Where:

t rowing =
9 + (5 − x)2
; t walking =
( x)
4 5

Substitute to n and differentiate: 5−x x


t walking
9 + (5 − x)2 ( x ) P t walking
T= +
4 5
dT −2(5 − x) 1
= + =0 3 km trowing
dt 8 9 + (5 − x)2 5 trowing
(5 − x) 1
=
4 9 + (5 − x) 2 5

5(5 − x) = 4 9 + (5 − x)2
(
25(25 − 10x + x 2 ) = 16 34 − 10x + x 2 )
625 − 250x + 25x = 544 − 160x + 16x 2
2

9x 2 − 90x + 81 = 0
x 2 − 10x + 9 = 0

By factoring:
( x − 1) (x − 9) = 0
x =1 & x = 9(absurd)
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 601

24. ECE Board November 2002


Determine the area bounded by the lines x=1, x=3, the x-axis and the
graph f(x) = x 2 − 3x .

$ A. 3.33 square units


B. 2.75 square units
C. 5.67 square units
D. 4.50 square units

Solution:
Let:
y = f(x) = x 2 − 3x
By completing the square:
x 2 − 3x = y y = x 2 − 3x
2
⎛3⎞ 9
x 2 − 3x + ⎜ ⎟ = y + dx
⎝ ⎠
2 4 x − axis
2 y
⎛ 3⎞ 9
⎜x − 2⎟ = y + 4
⎝ ⎠
⎛3 9⎞
Vertex : ⎜ , − ⎟ x =1 x=3
⎝2 4⎠

Considering vertical strip:


3
A = ∫ ydx
1
Where:
(
y = 0 − x 2 − 3x )
y = − x + 3x2

Substitute:
3
A = ∫ ( − x 2 + 3x)dx
1
3
x3 x2 ⎤
A=− +3 ⎥
3 2 ⎦1
A = 3.33 sq. units
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 602
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

25. ECE Board November 2002


What is the slope of the curve y = 1 + x 2 at the point where y = 10 ?

A. 8
B. 3
C. 9
$ D. 6

Solution:
y = 1+ x2
y ' = 2x → X
Solving for x when y = 10 :
10 = 1 + x 2
x = ±3
Substitute to n:
y ' = 2(3)
y' = 6

26. ECE Board November 2002


Given the equation: 2y 3 = 3x 2 − 5 . Determine the slope of the line
tangent at (4, 1).

$ A. 4
B. 3
C. 1/4
D. 1

Solution:

Solving for y’:


2y3 = 3x 2 − 5
6yy ' = 6x
x
y ' = → slope
y
At point (4,1):
4
y' =
1
y' = 4
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 603

27. ECE Board April 2003


What is the maximum area of a rectangle that can be inscribed in a right
triangle with a base of 8 cm and a height of 6 cm?

$ A. 12 sq cm
B. 48 sq cm
C. 24 sq cm
D. 50 sq cm

Solution:

For maximum area of a rectangle inscribed in a right triangle with the


sides of the rectangle parallel to the legs of the triangle:

b h
x= ; y=
2 2

Solving for x and y:


h
8 6
x= =4 ; y= =3 y
2 2 x
Thus, the area is: b
A = xy
A = ( 4 )( 3 )
A = 12 cm2

28. ECE Board April 2003


Solve for the radius of a right circular cone of maximum volume which
can be inscribed in a sphere of radius 12 cm.

A. 2 2 cm
B. 3 2 cm
C. 8 2 cm
D. 5 2 cm

Solution:
Recall:
For maximum volume of a right circular cone inscribed in a sphere of
radius R:

8 R
"r= R
3
Thus, r
8
r= (12 ) = 8 2
3
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 604
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

29. ECE Board April 2003


Solve for the area bounded by y = 2x − x 2 and the x-axis.

A. 2/3
$ B. 4/3
C. 5/3
D. 7/2

Solution:

By completing the square:


y = 2x − x 2
y
x 2 − 2x = − y
x 2 − 2x + 1 = − y + 1 dx

( x − 1) 2
= − ( y − 1)
y
Vertex : (1,1) x

Solving for the limit:


0 = 2x − x 2
x 2 − 2x = 0 Alternate Solution:
x(x − 2) = 0 Using area of parabolic segment:
y
x=0; x=2
Solving for area:
x2 1
A= ∫x1 ydx
2
x

Where:
2
y = 2x − x 2 A parabola = bh
3
Thus, 2
= ( 2 )(1)
( ) A parabola
2
A = ∫ 2x − x 2 dx 3
0
4
x3 ⎤
2
= sq. units
A = x2 − ⎥ 3
3 ⎦0
4
A= sq. units
3
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 605

30. ECE Board April 2003


Determine the slope of the tangents to the parabola y = − x 2 + 5x − 6 at its
points of intersection with the x-axis.

A. 2
B. - 4
$ C. 1
D. - 2

Solution:
Given:
y = − x 2 + 5x − 6
dy y-axis
= y ' = m → slope
dx
y ' = −2x + 5
Solving for the points of intersection: (3,0)
x 2 − 5x + 6 = 0
x-axis
( x − 2 )( x − 3 ) = 0 (2,0)
x=2 x=3
Solving for the slope:
y ' = −2 ( 2 ) + 5 or y ' = −2 ( 3 ) + 5
y' = 1 y ' = −1

31. ECE Board April 2003/ November 2003


(
What is the integral of 2 sec 2 x − sin x dx ? )
A. 2 cosx + tanx + C
B. 2 tanx + sinx + C
C. 2 sinx + cosx + C
$ D. 2 tanx + cosx + C

Solution:

∫ ( 2 sec )
x − sin x dx = ∫ 2 sec 2 xdx − ∫ sin xdx
2

= 2 tan x + cos x + C
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 606
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

32. ECE Board April 2003


Determine the area bounded by the curve y = 1/(x^2), the y-axis and the
lines y = 1 and y = 5.

A. 2.0
B. 3.3
C. 2.6
$ D. 2.47

Solution:

5
A = ∫ xdy 1
1 y=
Where: x2
1 y=5
x=
y
x = y −1 2
Thus, y =1
5
A = ∫ y −1 2dy
1
5
A = 2y1 2 ⎤⎦
1
A = 2.47 sq. units

33. ECE Board April 2003


A drop of ink is placed on a piece of paper and causes a circular blot that
increases in area at the rate of 1 sq mm/sec. At what rate does the
radius of the blot increase when its area is 1 sq mm?

A. 1/ π
B. π2 2
$ C. π 2π
D. π π

Solution:
dA
= 1 mm2 / s
A = πr 2 dt
dA dr
= 2πr
dt dt
dr dA dt
=
dt 2πr
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 607

When, A = 1 mm2 :
A = πr 2
1 = πr 2
1
r=
π
dr
Thus, solving for :
dt
dr 1
=
dt ⎛ 1 ⎞
2π ⎜ ⎟
⎝ π⎠
dr 1 π
= or
dt 2 π 2π

34. ECE Board April 2003


Solve for dy/dx if x = 2 + t and y = 1 + t2.

A. 2x
B. t
C. 0
$ D. 2t

Solution:
Given:
x = 2 + t ⎫⎪
⎬ parametric equations
y = 1 + t 2 ⎪⎭

dy
Solving for :
dt

y = 1+ t2
dy
= 2t → X
dt
dx
Solving for :
dt
x = 2+t
dx
= 1→ Y
dt
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 608
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

Divide equation n by o :
dy dt 2t
=
dx dt 1
dy
= 2t
dx

35. ECE Board November 2003


Determine the equation of the line tangent to the parabola y = x 2 at the
point (1, 1).

A. y = 2x + 1
B. y = 2−x
$ C. y = 2x − 1
D. y = 2+x

Solution:
Let:
mc = slope of the parabola
mt = slope of the tangent line

Solving for the slope of the parabola @ (1,1):


y = x2
y ' = mc = 2x
At point (1,1):
mc = 2 (1)
=2
At the point of tangency:
mc = mt = 2
Using point-slope form equation of a line:
y − y1 = mt (x − x1)
y − 1 = 2(x − 1)
y = 2x − 1 → equation of the tangent line
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 609

36. ECE Board November 2003


Evaluate the integral sin^(4) theta (d) theta from 0 to pi/2.

A. 2π / 3
B. 3π / 5
$ C. 3π / 16
D. π/4

Solution:
Using Walli’s Formula:
⎡ 2 ⎤⎡ 2 ⎤
⎢( m − 1)( m − 3 ) ⋅ ...or ⎥ ⎢( n − 1)( n − 3 ) ⋅ ...or ⎥
π2 ⎣ 1 ⎦⎣ 1 ⎦
∫0 sin θ cos θdθ = ×α
m n
2
(m + n )(m + n − 2) ⋅ ...or 1
Where:
π
α= , if m and n are both even
2
α = 1, otherwise

Thus,
π2 ( 3 )(1) ⎛ π ⎞
∫0 sin4θdθ =
( 4 )( 2 ) ⎜⎝ 2 ⎟⎠

=
16

37. ECE Board November 2003


What is the integral of cos xdx from pi/3 to pi/2?

$ A. 0.134
B. 0.500
C. 0.707
D. 0.293

Solution:

π2
∫π 3 cos xdx = sin x]π 3
π2

π π
= sin − sin
2 3
= 0.134
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 610
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

38. ECE Board November 2003


A fisherman on a wharf 1.2 meters above the level of still water is pulling
a rope tied to a boat at the rate of 2 meters per minute. How fast is the
boat approaching the wharf when there are two meters of rope out?

$ A. 2.5 m/min
B. 1.25 m/min
C. 2.0 m/min
D. .0 m/min

Solution:

By Pythagorean Theorem:
s2 = x 2 + (1.2 )
2
ds
= 2 m / min.
ds dx dt
2s = 2x +0 s
dt dt
ds
s 12
dx
= dt
dt x
When, s = 2 m : x
( 2 ) − (1.2 )
2 2
x=
x = 1.6
Thus,
dx 2 ( −2 )
=
dt 1.6
dx
= −2.5 m / min
dt

39. ECE Board November 2003


What is the second derivative of y with respect to w in the following
equation: y = (3w2 – 4) (3w2 + 4)?

A. 36w3
B. 9w4
C. 9w16
$ D. 108w2
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 611

Solution:
Given:
( )(
y = 3w 2 − 4 3w 2 + 4 )
y = 9w 4 − 16
Taking the first derivative of y with respect to w:
dy
= 36w 3
dw
Taking the second derivative:
dy
= 36w 3
dw
d2 y
= 108w 2
dw 2

40. ECE Board November 2003


A stone is thrown into still water and causes concentric circular ripples.
The radius of the ripples increases at the rate of 12 inches/sec. At what
rate does the area of the ripples increases when its radius is 3 inches?
(in sq inch/sec)

A. 402.55
B. 275.60
$ C. 226.19
D. 390.50

Solution:

dr
A = πr 2 = 12 in / s
dt
dA dr
= 2πr
dt dt
dA
= 2π ( 3 )(12 )
dt
dA
= 226.19 in2 / s
dt

41 ECE Board November 2004


In how many equal parts can a wire, 50 cm long be cut so that the
product of its parts is a maximum?

A. 15
$ B. 19
C. 13
D. 20
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 612
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

Solution:

Using shortcut Method:


The number of equal parts can a number N be divided so that the product
of its parts is maximum is :
N
x=
e
Where:
x = number of equal parts
N = any number

Thus,
50
x= = 18.39 (say 18 equal parts)
e

42. ECE Board November 2004


⎛ sin x 3 ⎞
Evaluate: L im ⎜⎜ ⎟
x → 0 sin x 2 ⎟
⎝ ⎠

A. -1
B. 2Pi
$ C. 0
D. -2

Solution:

Applying L’Hospitals Rule:


3
sin x3 cos x 3x
=
( )
2

sin x 2 cos x 2 (2x)


3x cos x 3
=
2 cos x 2

Substitute limit:

3 ( 0 ) cos 0
=
2 cos 0
=0
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 613

43. ECE Board November 2004


A conical vessel 12 cm deep and with a radius of 6 cm at the top, is being
filled with water. If the rate at which the water rises is 2 cm/sec, how fast
is the volume increasing when the water is 4 cm deep?

A. 3 pi
B. 4 pi
C. 8 pi
$ D. 16 pi

Solution:

Given:
dh
= 2 cm / s
dt
1
V = πr 2h → X equation for volume
3
By ratio and proportion:
r 6
=
h 12 dh
= 2 cm / s
h dt
r=
2 6

Substitute to equationn:
2 r
1 ⎛h⎞
V= π⎜ ⎟ h 12
3 ⎝2⎠
h
πh 3
V=
6
Differentiating with respect to time:

dV 3πh2 dh
=
dt 6 dt
dV πh2 dh
=
dt 2 dt
dV π ( 4 )
2
= ( 2)
dt 2
dV
= 16π cm3 / s
dt
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 614
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

44. ECE Board November 2004


A customer is using a straw to drink iced tea from a right cylindrical glass
at the rate of 6 cubic cm per minute. If the height of the glass is 12 cm
and the diameter is 6 cm, how fast is the level of the iced tea decreasing
at a constant rate in cm per min?

$ A. 0.212
B. 1.57
C. 0.318
D. 0.747

Solution:

Equation for volume:


V = πr 2h

Differentiating with respect to time:


dV
= 6 cm3 / min.
dt
dV ⎛ dh ⎞
= πr 2 ⎜ ⎟
dt ⎝ dt ⎠
dh dV dt 12
=
dt πr 2

Substitute values:
6

dh 6
=
dt π ( 3 )2
dh
= 0.212 cm / min.
dt

45. ECE Board November 2004


Determine the coordinates of the centroid of the area x by the curve x2
= -(y – 4), the x-axis and the y-axis on the first quadrant.

A. (3/9, 9/5)
$ B. (3/4, 8/5)
C. (6/5, 4/7)
D. (4/3, 5/8)
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 615

Solution:
Solving for the coordinates of the centroid: (shortcut method)

3
xc = b
8
3 3
xc = ( 2) =
8 4 4
2 yc
yc = h
3
2 8 2
yc = ( 4 ) =
5 5 xc

46. ECE Board November 2004


A condominium is to be constructed in a rectangular lot with a perimeter
of 800 m. What is the largest area that can be enclosed by fencing the
perimeter?

A. 5 hectares
$ B. 4 hectares
C. 6 hectares
D. 3.5 hectares

Solution:
Given:
P = 800 m
For a given perimeter, the maximum area that can be enclosed is that of
a square,

Solving for the side of the square, x:


x
P = 4x
P
x=
4 x x
800
x=
4
x = 200 x
Thus, solving for the maximum area:
A = x2
A = ( 200 )
2

⎛ 1 hectare ⎞
A = 40,000 m2 ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ 10,000m ⎠
A = 4 hectares
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 616
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

47. ECE Board April 2005


The cost of a certain product is a function of the quantity q of the product:
c(q) = q2 - 2000q + 100. What should be the quantity for which the cost is
minimum?

A. 2500
$ B. 1000
C. 2000
D. 1500

Solution:
C(q) = q2 − 2000q + 100 → cos t equation

For minimum cost, take the first derivative of the equation and equate to
zero.
C '(q) = 2q − 2000 = 0
q = 1000

48. ECE Board April 2005


What is the area bounded by the curve defined by the equation x2- 8y = 0
and its latus rectum?

A. 5.33
$ B. 10.67
C. 7.33
D. 3.66

Solution:

x 2 = 8y is an equation of a parabola with vertex at the origin, axis on the


y -axis and opening upward.

Length of latus rectum:


LR = 8
4a = 8 8
a=2 2

Solving for area:


2
A parabolic segment =bh
3
2
A = ( 8 )( 2 ) = 10.67 square units
3
ECE Board Problems- Differential & Integral Calculus 617

49. ECE Board April 2005


The area in the first quadrant bounded by a parabola 12y=x2, the y=axis,
and the line y=3, revolves about the line y=3. What is the generated
volume?

A. 72.75
B. 80.75
$ C. 90.48
D. 85.25

Solution:

x 2 = 12y
When:
y=3
x = 12 ( 3 ) = 6 y=3
y 6
2 3
y= h
5
x − axis
2
y = ( 3 ) = 1.2
5

Solving for the area of parabolic segment:

2
A= bh
3
2
A = ( 6 )( 3 ) = 12
3

Using Pappus Theorem:


( )
V = A 2π y
V = 12 ( 2π )(1.2 )
V = 90.48 cu. units
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 618
ECE BOARD problems Differential and Integral Calculus

50. ECE Board April 2005


The area bounded by the graphs of y=2x+3 and y=x2 revolves about the
x -axis. Determine the volume generated.

$ A. 228
B. 329
C. 255
D. 375

Solution:
y = x 2 → parabola
y = 2x + 3 → line

( yL ) − ( yP ) dx
x2
V = π∫
2 2 dx
x1

Where:
y = yline − yparabola y
y = 2x + 3 − x 2

Solving for the limits x1 & x 2 ,


Equate:
yline = yparabola
2x + 3 = x 2
x 2 − 2x − 3 = 0
(x − 3)(x + 1) = 0
x = 3 ; x = −1
Solving for volume: (Use calculator)
( 2x + 3 ) ( )
3 2
V = π∫
2
− x 2 dx
−1
3
V = π ∫ (4x 2 + 12x + 9 − x 4 )dx
−1
V = 228 cu.units
Algebra & General Mathematics

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Plane & Solid Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 620
ECE BOARD problems Probability

1. ECE Board March 1996/ November 2003


The probability of getting a credit in an examination is 1/3. If three
students are selected at random, what is the probability that at least one
of the students got credit?

A. 8/27
B. 1/3
C. 2/3
$ D. 19/27

Solution:
Let:
P = probability that at least one of the 3 students got a credit
1
p = (probability of success)
3
2
q = (probability of failure)
3
n = 3 students
r = 1,2,3 (for exactly 1, exactly2 and exactly3 got a credit)

Using repeated trials probability formula:


P = nCr ( p ) ( q)
r n −r
→ (r = 1,2,3)

Substitute:
1 2 2 1 3 0
⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 2⎞
P = 3C1 ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ + 3C2 ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ + 3C3 ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝3⎠ ⎝3⎠ ⎝3⎠ ⎝3⎠ ⎝3⎠ ⎝3⎠
4 2 1
P= + +
9 9 27
P = 19 / 27

Alternate Solution: (Using complementary probability)


Let:
P = probability that at least one of the 3 students got a credit
Q = probability that none of the 3 students got a credit
Then,
P = 1− Q
P = 1 − ( q)
n

3
⎛2⎞
P = 1− ⎜ ⎟
⎝3⎠
P = 19 / 27
ECE Board Problems - Probability & Statistics 621

2. ECE Board March 1996


A person draws 3 balls in succession from a box containing 5 red balls, 6
yellow balls and 7 green balls. Find the probability of drawing the balls in
the order red, yellow and green.

A. 0.3894
B. 0.03489
C. 0.0894
$ D. 0.04289

Solution:
Let:
P = probability of drawing 3 balls in the order first red, second yellow
and third green
p1 = probability of drawing a red ball in the first draw
p2 = probability of drawing a yellow ball in the second draw
p3 = probability of drawing a green ball in the third draw
Then,
P = p1 × p2 × p3 → (product property for dependent events)
⎛ 5 ⎞⎛ 6 ⎞⎛ 7 ⎞
P = ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎝ 18 ⎠ ⎝ 17 ⎠ ⎝ 16 ⎠
P = 0.04289

3. ECE Board April 1998


A semiconductor company will hire 7 men and 4 women. In how many
ways can the company choose from 9 men and 6 women who qualified
for the position?

A. 680
$ B. 540
C. 480
D. 840

Solution:

Let:
M = no. of ways to select 7 men out of 9 equally qualified men
N = no. of ways to select 4 women out of 6 equally qualified woman
Then,
M = 9C7 = 36 ways
N = 6C4 = 15 ways
Thus,
Total no. of ways = ( 36 )(15 )
= 540 ways (by principle of counting)
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 622
ECE BOARD problems Probability

4. ECE Board April 1998


The arithmetic mean of 6 numbers is 17. If two numbers are added to the
progression, the new set of numbers will have an arithmetic mean of 19.
What are the two numbers if their difference is 4?

A. 21, 25
$ B. 23, 27
C. 8, 12
D. 16, 20

Solution:
Let:
x1 & x 2 be the two numbers
x 6 = 17 → Arithmetic mean of the first 6 terms
x 8 = 19 → Arithmetic mean of the 8 terms

Arithmetic mean of the first 6 terms is 17:


S
x 6 = 6 = 17
6
S6 = (17 )( 6 ) = 102 → sum of the 6 terms
With the two numbers x1 & x 2 added to the original sum the new
arithmetic mean is 19:
S 6 + x1 + x 2
= 19 (but x 2 = x1 + 4)
6+2
Substitute:
102 + x1 + x1 + 4
= 19
8
x1 = 23
Solving for x 2 :
x 2 = 23 + 4
x 2 = 27

Thus, the two numbers are 23 & 27.


ECE Board Problems - Probability & Statistics 623

5. ECE Board April 1998


The arithmetic mean of 80 numbers is 55. If two numbers namely 250
and 850 are removed. What is the arithmetic mean of remaining
numbers?

$ A. 42.31
B. 50
C. 38.62
D. 57.12

Solution:
Let:
x 78 = arithmetic mean of the remaining numbers

The sum of the 80 numbers is:


S80 = 55(80)
= 4, 400
With the numbers 250 & 850 being removed, the new arithmetic mean is:
4, 400 − 250 − 850
x 78 = = 42.31
80 − 2

6. ECE Board November 1999


Find the probability of getting exactly 12 out of 30 questions on a true or
false question.

A. 0.12
B. 0.15
$ C. 0.08
D. 0.04

Solution:
From the formula for repeated trials probability:

P = nCrpr qn −r
Where:
1
p = → probability of success for a true or false question
2
1
q = → probability of failure for a true or false question
2
Then,
12 30 −12
⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞
P = 30C12 ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝2⎠ ⎝2⎠
P = 0.08
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 624
ECE BOARD problems Probability

7. ECE Board April 2000


How many triangles are formed by 10 distinct points no three of which
are collinear?

$ A. 120
B. 56
C. 320
D. 720

Solution:
Let:
N = no. of triangles formed

Then,
N = nCr → (combination of n objects taken r at a time)

Since, three noncollinear points will determine a triangle, set r = 3 . .


Thus:

N = 10C3 = 120 ways

8. ECE Board November 2001


In how many ways can 9 books be arranged on a shelf so that 5 of the
books are always together?

A. 30,240
$ B. 14,400
C. 15,170
D. 14,200

Solution:

Number of ways, N:
N = 5!5!
N = 14, 400 ways
ECE Board Problems - Probability & Statistics 625

9. ECE Board November 2001


Find the probability of getting a prime number thrice by tossing a die 5
times.

A. 0.4225
$ B. 0.3125
C. 0.3750
D. 0.1626

Solution:
Let:
P = Probability of getting a prime number thrice (exactly 3) in 5
trials
p = Probability of success (probability of getting prime number in a
single toss)
q = Probability of failure (probability of not getting a prime number in
a single toss)
Outcomes which are prime numbers: 2, 3 & 5
Outcomes which are not prime : 1, 4, 6
3 1
p= =
6 2
3 1
q= =
6 2

P = nCr ( p ) ( q)
r n −r

3 2
⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞
P = 5C3 ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝2⎠ ⎝2⎠
P = 0.3125

10. ECE Board November 2002


How many 4-digit zip codes are there if no digit is repeated?

A. 17,280
B. 720
C. 151,200
$ D. 5,040

Solution:

Since we are only interested of a 4-digit code, the digit 0 can be a first
digit of the code.

Using box method:


No. of ways = 10 9 8 7
= 5,040
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 626
ECE BOARD problems Probability

11. ECE Board November 2002


During a board meeting, each member shakes hands with all the other
members. If there were a total of 91 handshakes, how many members
were in the meeting?

A. 12
$ B. 14
C. 13
D. 15

Solution:
Let: n = no. of members in the meeting
n!
= 91
(n − r ) !r !
n ( n − 1)( n − 2 ) !
= 91
(n − 2 ) ! 2!
n ( n − 1) = 182
n2 − n − 182 = 0
(n − 14 )(n + 13 ) = 0
n = 14 or n = −13 (absurd)

12. ECE Board November 2002


How many 3-digit area codes are there for a telephone company if the
first digit may not be 0 or 1, and the second digit must be 0 or 1?

A. 360
$ B. 160
C. 1000
D. 720

Solution:

Using box method:

The first box can be filled by any of the eight digits from 2 to 9:
The second box in two ways by either 0 or 1:
The third box in ten ways by any of the ten digits:

No. of ways = 8 2 10
= 160 ways
ECE Board Problems - Probability & Statistics 627

13. ECE Board November 2002


An urn contains white and black balls. If the probability to pick a white
ball is equal to log x and the probability that it will be black is equal to log
2x, what is the value of x?

A. 1.515
$ B. 2.236
C. 1.732
D. 1.414

Solution:
Let:
Pw = probability of picking a white ball
Pb = probability of picking a black ball
The sum of the two probabilities from the given problem must be 1:
Pw + Pb = 1
log x + log 2x = 1

Applying properties of logarithm:


log x + log 2x = 1
( )
log 2x 2 = 1
2x = 101
2

x2 = 5
x = 2.236

14. ECE Board April 2003


There are 2 copies each of 4 different books. In how many ways can
they be arranged on a shelf?

A. 5040
B. 1260
$ C. 2520
D. 1680

Solution:
Total no. of books = 8 , of which 2 are alike, 2 others alike, etc..

Thus, the total number of ways is:


8!
=
2!2! 2! 2!
= 2520 ways
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 628
ECE BOARD problems Probability

15. ECE Board April 2003


During the board examination, there were 350 examinee from Luzon,
250 from the Visayas and 400 from Mindanao. The results of the exams
revealed that the flunkers from Luzon, Visayas and Mindanao are 3%,
5% and 7%, respectively. If a name of a flunker is picked at random,
what is the probability that he is from Mindanao?

A. 0.330
$ B. 0.549
C. 0.42
D. 0.375

Solution:
Let:
N = total number of students
N = 350 + 250 + 400
N = 1000
The percentage of examinees coming form
⎛ 350 ⎞
Luzon: ⎜ 1000 ⎟ × 100% = 35%
⎝ ⎠
⎛ 250 ⎞
Visayas: ⎜ 1000 ⎟ × 100% = 25%
⎝ ⎠
⎛ 400 ⎞
Mindanao: ⎜ 1000 ⎟ × 100% = 40%
⎝ ⎠
Using Bayes Theorem:

PM =
( 0.40 )( 0.07 )
0.35 ( 0.03 ) + 0.25 ( 0.05 ) + 0.40 ( 0.07 )
0.028
PM =
0.051
PM = 0.549
ECE Board Problems - Probability & Statistics 629

16. ECE Board April 2003


If the odds against event E are 2:7, find the probability of success.

A. 0.275
B. 0.375
C. 0.368
D. 0.310

Solution:
If p is the probability that an event will occur, the odds against its
happening are :
1− p
q:p =
p
Substitute:

1− p
2:7 =
p
2 1− p
=
7 p
2p = 7 − 7p
7
p = = 0.777
9

No Answer

17. ECE Board April 2003


If the probability that a basketball player sinks the basket at 3-point range
is 2/5, determine the probability of shooting 5 out of 8 attempts.

A. 31.1%
B. 21.3%
C. 28.4%
$ D. 12.4%

Solution:

Let:
P = probability of shooting 5 out of 8 attempts

From:

P = nCr ( p ) ( q)
r n −r
→ repeated trials probability
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 630
ECE BOARD problems Probability

Where:
2
p= (probability of success)
5
q = 1− p
2 3
= 1 − = (probability of failure)
5 5
n=8
r =5

Substitute:
5 3
⎛2⎞ ⎛3⎞
P = 8C5 ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝5⎠ ⎝5⎠
P = 0.1239 or 12.4%

18. ECE Board November 2003


A statistics of a machine factory indicates that for every 1000 it produces
there is one reject unit. If a customer buys 200 units, what is the
probability that the delivery will have at least one reject unit?

A. 0.8186
$ B. 0.1814
C. 0.1918
D. 0.1655

Solution:
Let:
P = probability at least one reject unit
Q = pobability all units in good condition
Then,
200
⎛ 999 ⎞
Q=⎜ ⎟
⎝ 1000 ⎠
Q = 0.8186
Using complementary probability:
P = 1− Q
P = 1 − 0.8186
P = 0.1814
ECE Board Problems - Probability & Statistics 631

19. ECE Board November 2004


From the digits 0,1,2,3, 4,5,6,7,8,9 , find the number of six digit
combination.
A. 84
$ B. 210
C. 510
D. 126

Solution:
n = 10 : r=6
n! 10!
nCr = = = 210
(n − r ) !r ! (10 − 6 ) ! 6!

20. ECE Board April 2005


A bag contains 3 white balls and 5 red balls. If two balls are drawn in
succession without returning the first ball drawn, what is the probability
that the balls drawn are both red?
$ A. 0.357
B. 0.107
C. 0.237
D. 0.299

Solution:
No. of red balls = 5 ; No. of white balls = 3 ; Total no. of balls = 8

⎛ 5 ⎞ ⎛ 4 ⎞ 20
Pboth red = ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ = = 0.357
⎝ 8 ⎠ ⎝ 7 ⎠ 56

21. ECE Board April 2005


A janitor with bunch of 9 keys is to open a door but only one key can
open. What is the probability that he will succeed in 3 trials.
$ A. 0.333
B. 0.255
C. 0.425
D. 0.375
Solution:
The probability that the janitor will succeed in a single trial is 1 9 . Since
each of the three trials are mutually exclusive to each other, the
probability that he will succeed in three trials is the sum of the individual
probability for each trial. Thus,
1 1 1
P = + + = 0.333
9 9 9
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 632
ECE BOARD problems Probability

22. ECE Board April 2005


If there are nine distinct items 3 at a time, how many permutations will
there be?

A. 252
B. 720
$ C. 504
D. 336

Solution:
n=9
r=3
n! 9!
nPr = = = 504
(n − r ) ! ( 9 − 3 ) !

23. ECE Board November 2005


Compute the standard deviation of the following sets of numbers
2,4,6,8,10,12.

A. 3.416
B. 4.206
$ C. 3.742
D. 5.136

Solution:
2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12
Arithmetic mean =
6
Arithmetic mean = 7
(2 − 7)2 + (4 − 7)2 + (8 − 7)2 + (10 − 7)2 + (12 − 7)2
Variance =
6 −1
Variance = 14
S tan dard deviation = 14
S tan dard deviation = 3.742
Algebra

Plane & Spherical Trigonometry

Plane & Solid Geometry

Analytic Geometry

Differential & Integral Calculus

Probability and Statistics

 
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 634
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

1. ECE Board March 1996


The number 0.0123123123….. is a/an_______ number.

A. irrational
B. rational
C. surd
D. transcendental

2. ECE Board March 1996 / November 2002


In Algebra, the operation of root extraction is called as_______.

A. involution
B. revolution
C. resolution
D. evolution

3. ECE Board March 1996


The difference between an approximate value of the quantity and it’s
exact value or true value is

A. absolute error
B. relative error
C. one
D. change

4. ECE Board March 1996


MCMXCIV is a Roman numeral equivalent

A. 1974
B. 1984
C. 1964
D. 1994

5. ECE Board March 1996 /April 1999


If the roots of an equation are zero, then they are classified as

A. conditional solution
B. extraneous solutions
C. Hypergolic solutions
D. trivial solutions
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 635

6. ECE Board March 1996


A sequence of numbers where the succeeding term is greater than the
preceding term

A. Divergent series
B. Isometric series
C. Convergent series
D. Dissonant series

7. ECE Board March 1996


When the corresponding elements of two rows of a determinant are
proportional, then the value of the determinant is

A. unknown
B. zero
C. multiplied by the ratio
D. one

8. ECE Board November 1997


Which of the following cannot be an operation of matrices?

A. Subtraction
B. Addition
C. Division
D. Multiplication

9. ECE Board November 1997


Convergent series is a sequence of decreasing numbers or when the
succeeding term is ______ than the preceding term.

A. equal
B. greater
C. lesser
D. ten times more

10. ECE Board November 1997


In complex algebra, we use a diagram to represent a complex plane
commonly called _______.

A. Venn diagram
B. De Moivre’s diagram
C. Argand diagram
D. Funicular diagram
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 636
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

11. ECE Board November 1998


A function of F(x) is called _______ of f(x) if F’(x) = f(x).

A. explicit function
B. derivative
C. implicit function
D. antiderivative

12. ECE Board November 1998


Convergent series is a sequence of decreasing number or when the
succeeding term is ________ than the preceding term.

A. greater
B. none of these
C. equal
D. lesser

13. ECE Board April 1999


It is a sequence of numbers such that successive terms differ by a
constant.

A. Arithmetic progression
B. Infinite progression
C. Geometric progression
D. Harmonic progression

14. ECE Board April 1999 / November 2000

Equations relating x and y that cannot readily be solved explicitly for y as


a function of x or for x as a function of y. Such equation may nonetheless
determine y as a function of x or vice versa. Such a function is called
_______.

A. logarithmic function
B. implicit function
C. continuous function
D. explicit function

15. ECE Board November 1999


It is a measure of a relationship between two variables.

A. Function
B. Relation
C. Correlation
D. Equation
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 637

16. ECE Board November 1999


If a = b =a. This illustrates which axiom in Algebra?

A. Transitive axiom
B. Replacement axiom
C. Reflexive axiom
D. Symmetric axiom

17. ECE Board November 1999


To compute the value of n factorial, in symbolic form (n!); where n is a
large number, we use a formula called

A. Richardson-Duchman Formula
B. Diophantine Formula
C. Stirling’s Approximation
D. Matheson’s Formula

18. ECE Board November 2001


The smallest natural number for which 2 natural numbers are factors.

A. Least common divisor


B. Least common denominator
C. Least common factor
D. Least common multiple

19. ECE Board November 2003


If a = b, then b = a. This illustrates which axiom in algebra?

A. Symmetric axiom
B. Replacement axiom
C. Reflexive axiom
D. Transitive axiom

20. ECE Board November 2003


Which of the following equations defines the associative property of
addition?

A. (a + b) c = ac + bc
B. a + b = b + a
C. a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c
D. a + b = c + d

21. ECE Board November 2003


What is the classification of the sequence 1, 3, 5, 7, 9…….?
A. arithmetic
B. collinear
C. geometric
D. none among the given choices
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 638
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

22. ECE Board April 2004


One nanosecond is equal to how many second?

A. 10 −9
B. 10 −6
C. 109
D. 1010

23. ECE Board March 1996


Which of the following is true?

A. sin ( −θ ) = sin θ
B. tan ( −θ ) = tan θ
C. cos ( −θ ) = cos θ
D. csc ( −θ ) cos θ

24. ECE Board March 1996


The altitude of the sides of a triangle intersect at the point known as

A. incenter
B. orthocenter
C. circumcenter
D. centroid

25. ECE Board November 1997


The measure of 2.25 revolutions counterclockwise is ________

A. -835 degrees
B. 805 degrees
C. 810 degrees
D. -810 degrees
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 639

26. ECE Board November 1997 / April 1999


Of what quadrant is A, if sec A is positive and csc A is negative?

A. III
B. IV
C. I
D. II

27. ECE Board April 1999


The angle or inclination of ascend of a road having a 8.25% grade is
_____ degrees

A. 4.72o
B. 4.27o
C. 5.12o
D. 1.86o

28. ECE Board April 11999


The angular distance of a point on the terrestrial sphere from the north
pole is called its ______ .

A. colatitude
B. altitude
C. latitude
D. codeclination

29. ECE board April 12003


To find the interior angle of a triangle when the sides are given, we use
the law of _________.

A. tangent
C. cotangent
B. cosine
D. sine

30. ECE board April 2003


A measure of a central angle of a circle which subtends on the
circumference of an arc length equal to the length of its radius is known
as ________.

A. circular arc
C. chord
B. radian
D. degree
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 640
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics
31. ECE board April 2003
In what quadrants do the secant and cosecant of an angle plotted on a
Cartesian coordinates have the same sign?

A. I and III
B. I and II
C. II and IV
D. II and III

32. ECE Board March 1996


When two planes intersect with each other, the amount of divergence
between the two planes is expressed by measuring the________

A. dihedral angle
B. polyhedral angle
C. reflex angle
D. plane angle

33. ECE Board November 1997 / November 1999


If a regular polygon has 27 diagonals, then it is a,

A. nonagon
B. pentagon
C. hexagon
D. heptagon

34. ECE Board April 1998


The area of the region bounded by two concentric circles is called

A. circular disk
B. annulus
C. ring
D. washer

35. ECE Board November 1998


The apothem of a polygon is the ____ of its inscribed circle.

A. radius
B. circumference
C. diameter
D. length
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 641

36. ECE Board November 1998


Each angle of a regular dodecagon is equal to ______ degrees.

A. 135
B. 150
C. 125
D. 105

38. ECE Board November 1999


It is a polyhedron of which two faces are equal polygons in parallel
planes and the other faces are parallelogram.

A. Tetrahedron
B. Prism
C. Frustum
D. Prismatoid

39. ECE Board April 2000


Each of the faces of a regular hexahedron is a _______.

A. square
B. Triangle
C. rectangle
D. hexagon

40. ECE Board November 2000


An annulus is a plane figure, which is composed of two concentric
circles. The area of the annulus can be calculated by getting the
difference between the area of the larger circle and the area of the
smaller circle. Also, it can be calculated by removing the hole. This
method is called

A. Law of Extremities
B. Law of Reduction
C. Law of Deduction
D. Sharp Theorem
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 642
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

41. ECE Board March 1996


The cords of an ellipse, which pass through the center, are known as

A. asymptote
B. major axes
C. radical axes
D. diameters

42. ECE Board March 1996


A horizontal line has a slope of

A. negative
B. infinity
C. positive
D. zero
43. ECE Board March 1996
The line passing through the focus and is perpendicular to the directrix of
a parabola.

A. Tangent line
B. Directrix
C. Latus rectum
D. Axis of the parabola

44. ECE Board November 1997


A line which is perpendicular to the x-axis, has a slope equal to _______

A. 1
B. 0
C. infinity
D. -1

45. ECE Board April 1998


It can be defined as the set of all points in the plane whose distances
from two fixed points is a constant.

A. Circle
B. Hyperbola
C. Parabola
D. Ellipse
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 643

46. ECE Board April 1998


If the equation is unchanged by the substitution of y for x, then it’s curve
is symmetric with respect to the _________.

A. x – axis
B. y – axis
C. origin
D. line 45 degrees with the x – axis

47. ECE Board November 1998


In an ellipse, a chord which contains a focus and is in a line
perpendicular to the major axis is a _______.

A. latus rectum
B. minor axis
C. conjugate axis
D. focal width

48. ECE Board November 1998


If all the y-items have even exponents, the curve is symmetric which
respect to the _________.

A. line 45 degrees with the axis


B. origin
C. x-axis
D. y-axis

49. ECE Board November 1998


The graph of r = a + b cos 0 is a _______.

A. limacon
B. cardioid
C. lemniscate
D. lituus

50. ECE Board November 1998


4x2 – 256 = 0 is the equation of _______.

A. parallel lines
B. parabola 0
C. circle
D. ellipse
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 644
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics
51. ECE Board April 1999
The linear distance between -4 and 17 on the number line is

A. 13
B. 21
C. -17
D. -13

52. ECE Board April 1999


3x2 + 2x – 5y + 7 = 0. Determine the curve.

A. Parabola
B. Ellipse
C. Circle
D. Hyperbola

53. ECE Board November 2000


A locus of a point which moves so that it is always equidistant from a
fixed point (focus) to a fixed line (directrix) is a _______.

A. circle
B. ellipse
C. parabola
D. hyperbola

54. ECE Board November 2000


In general quadratic equation, if the discriminant is zero, the curve is a
figure that represent a/an______.

A. parabola
B. circle
C. ellipse
D. hyperbola

55. ECE Board April 2001


A line which a curve approaches indefinitely near as its tracing point
passes off to the infinity is called

A. Tangent
B. Asymptote
C. Directrix
D. Latus rectum
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 645

56. ECE Board April 2001


A parabola y = x2 – 6x – 9 opens ______.

A. to the right
B. upward
C. to the left
D. downward

57. ECE Board April 2004


What conic section is described by the equation x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y – 20 =
0?

A. circle
B. ellipse
C. hyperbola
D. parabola

58. ECE Board March 1996 /November 2000


If the first derivative of a function is constant, then the function is

A. sinusoidal
B. logarithmic
C. linear
D. quadratic

59. ECE Board March 1996


At the inflection point where x =a

A. f”(a) > 0
B. f”(a) < 0
C. f” (a)=0
D. f” (a) = infinity

60. ECE Board March 1996


The altitude of a cylinder of maximum volume which can be inscribed in
a right circular cone of radius r and height h is ________.

A. h/3
B. 3h/2
C. 2h/3
D. h/4
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 646
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

61. ECE Board March 1996


At maximum point the value of y” is

A. zero
B. infinite
C. negative
D. positive

62. ECE Board November 1997/ April 1999


If the second derivative of the equation of the curve is equal to the
negative of the equation of that same curve, the curve is

A. a paraboloid
B. a sinusoid
C. a cissoid
D. an exponential

63. ECE Board April 1998


Point of derivatives which do not exists (and so equals zero) are called
____.

A. minimum points
B. stationary points
C. maximum points
D. maximum and minimum points

64. ECE Board November1999 / November 2002


The integral of any quotient whose numerator is the differential of the
denominator is the _______.

A. cologarithm
B. product
C. logarithm
D. derivative

65. ECE Board April 2000


When f” ( x ) is negative, the curve of y=f( x ) is concave______.

A. downward
B. to the right
C. upward
D. to the left
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 647

66. ECE Board April 2001


_______ is the concept of finding the derivative of composite functions.

A. Logarithmic differentiation
B. Chain rule
C. Trigonometric differentiation
D. Implicit differentiation

67. ECE Board November 2004


What is the integral of sinx/tanx dx?

A. sinx + C
B. cosx + C
C. cosx + sinx + C
D. tanx – cosx + C

68 ECE Board November 1997


It is the characteristic of the population, which is the measurable.

A. Sample
B. Distribution
C. Frequency
D. Parameter

69. ECE Board November 1997


The quartile deviation is a measure of _______.

A. division
B. dispersion
C. certainty
D. central tendency

70. ECE Board November 1998


It is the characteristic of a population which is measurable.

A. Parameter
B. Frequency
C. Distribution
D. Sample
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 648
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

71. ECE Board April 1999


A frequency curve which is composed of a series of rectangles
constructed with the steps as the base and the frequency as the height.

A. Histogram
B. Ogive
C. Frequency distribution
D. Bar graph

72. ECE Board April 2000


The graphical representation of a cumulative frequency distribution in a
set of statistical data is called ______.

A. histogram
B. kurtosis
C. lepticurtic
D. ogive

73. ECE Board November 2001


A frequency curve, which is composed of a series of rectangles,
constructed with the steps as the base and the frequency as the height.

A. Histogram
B. Bar graph
C. Ogive
D. Frequency Distribution

74. ECE Board April 2004


The square root of a variance is generally referred to as ____________

A. standard deviation
B. central tendency
C. dispersion
D. median
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 649

75. The statement (x+y)+z=z+(x+y) illustrates which property of real


numbers?

A. associative
B. commutative
C. closure
D. distributive

76. Which of the following equations defines the associative property of


addition?
A. (a + b) c = ac + bc
B. a + b = b + a
C. a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c
D. a + b = c + d

77. Which equation illustrates the additive inverse property of real numbers?

1
A. a ⋅ = 1
a
B. a + ( −a ) = 0
C. a + 0 = a
D. a + ( −a ) = −1
x
78. What is the multiplicative inverse of ( x ≠ 0 )?
2
A. –x/2
B. 1
C. 2/x
D. 0

79. What is the additive inverse of -2a?

A. 2a
B. 2/a
C. 1/2a
D. a/2

80. What is the identity element for addition?


A. 0
B. 1
C. -1
D. 2
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 650
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics

81. What is the identity element for multiplication?

A. 0
B. -1
C. 1
D. 1/a

82. Which equation illustrates the multiplicative identity property for real
numbers?

A. x+0=x
B. x ⋅ 1 = x
C. x ⋅ 1/ x = 1
D. x ⋅ 0 = 0

83. The order of addition of two numbers does not affect the result. This is
known as

A. Closure Property
B. Associative Law for Addition
C. Distributive Law for Addition
D. Commutative Law for Addition

84. The terms of a sum may be grouped in any manner without affecting the
result. This is known as:

A. Associative Law for Addition


B. Closure Property
C. Distributive Law for Addition
D. Commutative Law for Addition

n
85. In a , the number a is called __________.

A. index
B. radix
C. base
D. exponent

86. The terms of a sum may be grouped in any manner without affecting the
result. This is known as:

A. Commutative Law
B. Associative Law
C. Distributive Law
D. Reflexive Law
QUICK ANSWERS in engineering mathematics 651

87. If equals are added to equals, the results are equal.

A. corollary
B. postulate
C. axiom
D. theorem

88. A mathematical argument that appears to prove something that we know


is incorrect.

A. axiom
B. theorem
C. fallacy
D. lemma

89. It is an algebraic expression consisting of two terms.

A. binomial
B. dinomial
C. monomial
D. dounomial

90. “Googol” is one of the smallest large numbers. What does it stands for?

A. 1 followed by a hundred 0s
B. 1 followed by a million 0s
C. 1 followed by a thousand 0s
D. 1 followed by a billion 0s
 
91. Irrational numbers are also known as?

A. tetrahedral numbers
B. prime numbers
C. transcendental numbers
D. vulgar numbers

92. A number which is divisible by the sum of its own digits is called
A. abundant number
B. palindrome
C. Harshad number
D. friendly number

93. Who introduced the multiplication symbol “X” in mathematics?


A. John Wallis
B. Leonard Euler
C. Pierre de Fermat
D. William Oughtred
MATHEMATICS SOURCE BOOK 652
ECE BOARD problems Algebra and General Mathematics
94. Who introduced the symbol “=” for equality?

A. Robert Recorde
C. Bramaguptha
B. Rene Descartes
D. Pythagoras

95. Who invented the symbol “n!” for factorial of n?

A. Chritian Kramp
B. Francois Viete
C. Ptolemy
D. Augustus de Morgan
96. Who gave the symbol “i” for −1 ?

A. George Boole
B. Bhaskara
C. Euclid
D. Leonard Euler

97. Which of the following cannot be the graph of a function?


A. Horizontal line
B. Vertical line
C. Oblique line
D. parabola

98. The graph of a trigonometric function can be shifted ________ by adding


a nonzero constant to the function.

A. horizontally
B. vertically
C. diagonally to the right
D. diagonally to the left

99. The graph of a trigonometric function can be shifted ________ by adding


a nonzero constant to the angle.

A. horizontally
B. vertically
C. diagonally to the right
D. diagonally to the left

100. Any function of a variable x, f(x), which repeats in values in definite


cycles is called
A. linear
C. harmonic
B. periodic
D. logarithmic
653

1. B 47. A 92. C
2. D 48. C 93. B
3. A 49. A 94. A
4. D 50. B 95. A
5. D 51. B 96. D
6. A 52. A 97. B
7. B 53. C 98. B
8. C 54. A 99. A
9. C 55. B 100. B
10. C 56. B
11. D 57. A
12. D 58. C
13. A 59. C
14. B 60. A
15. C 61. C
16. D 62. B
17. C 63. D
18. D 64. C
19. A 65. A
20. C 66. B
21. A 67. A
22. A 68. B
23. C 69. B
24. B 70. C
25. C 71. A
26. B 72. D
27. A 73. A
28. A 74. A
29. B 75. B
30. B 76. C
31. A 77. B
32. A 78. C
33. A 79. A
34. B 80. A
35. A 81. C
36. B 82. B
38. B 83. B
39. A 84. A
40. A 85. C
41. D 86. B
42. D 87. C
43. D 88. C
44. C 89. A
45. D 90. A
46. C 91. C

You might also like